Netflix Used AI To Put Gene Wilder’s Voice Into A New Reality Show




Silver Screen Collection/Getty Images

Netflix has worked with ElevenLabs to develop a recreation of Gene Wilder’s voice for use in an upcoming unscripted reality show inspired by Roald Dahl’s novel Charlie and the Chocolate Factory. Wilder played chocolate factory owner Willy Wonka in the 1971 film adaptation of the book and the gen-AI version of his voice will be used in a competition program with challenges inspired by the both the book and the film.

Variety reported that the recreation was done in collaboration with Wilder’s estate and with the approval of his wife, which does seem like the bare minimum of common decency when recreating a deceased performer. But as so often happens when I hear about AI-generated imitations of celebrities, my biggest question is: why?

The AI-generated version of Wilder’s voice appears to be in use in the show’s trailer, and it does sound like his take on Willy Wonka. But it’s eerie to hear that familiar voice narrating B-roll of a set that looks just like a production exec’s idea of whimsy. And it’s true that his portrayal of the chaotic chocolatier was one of Wilder’s more iconic roles (although he’s also very well-known for his many appearances across the hilarious filmography of Mel Brooks). But Willy Wonka originated in a book and is ripe for re-interpretation by other performers. Wilder might have been the best to do it, but he’s not the only actor to embody the character to date.

My immediate reaction is that paying to try and recapture a particular performance with AI is both a stunt to draw attention and a way to avoid paying a real actor to do a similar job. I’m willing to be wrong and for this to be tastefully done in a way that fans and AI critics alike will appreciate. But I’m not expecting that.

US Government Allows Anthropic To Redeploy Its Mythos And Fable AI Models

The Commerce Department has lifted their export restrictions.




Thrive Studios ID/Shutterstock

The US government has lifted its export ban on Anthropic’s Mythos 5 and Fable 5, allowing the company to give its customers access to the AI models again. If you’ll recall, the government ordered Anthropic to suspend all foreign nationals’ access to its newly launched AI models, even if they were in the US and working for the company itself, a couple of weeks ago. In response, Anthropic blocked all access to Mythos and Fable to ensure that it’s complying with government demands. Now, the company has announced on X that it will start restoring access to its AI models tomorrow, July 1, after receiving permission from the Department of Commerce. 

We’ve received notice that the Department of Commerce has lifted export controls on Claude Fable 5 and Mythos 5.

We’ll begin restoring access tomorrow, and will share an update soon.

We’re grateful to our users for their patience, and to everyone who worked with us on…

— Anthropic (@AnthropicAI) June 30, 2026

Just a few days ago, Anthropic received authorization from the government to redeploy Mythos 5 to “a set of US organizations that operate and defend critical infrastructure.” According to reports, that rollout gave around 100 organizations access to the company’s most powerful cybersecurity model for Project Glasswing partners again. But the fate of Fable, which Anthropic developed to make Mythos’ capabilities available to the public, remained unclear. 

According to the Financial Times, Commerce Department secretary Howard Lutnick told Anthropic in a letter that he was lifting the ban on Fable after the company had “agreed to proactively detect and address security risks associated with the models.” Based on previous reports, his department placed restrictions on Mythos and Fable after being warned by Amazon and other companies that they were vulnerable to jailbreaks and could be used for nefarious purposes. Anthropic had defended its models in the post announcing that it was blocking all access to them and had listed all the safeguards it put in place to make sure they will not be misused. 

Xbox Layoff Plans Reportedly Include Closing Arkane, Canceling Blade

As part of sweeping Xbox layoffs planned to start on July 6, Microsoft is considering shutting down Arkane Studios and canceling the Blade game its been working on since the end of 2023, according to Tom Warren at The Verge. Combine this with previous reports from Bloomberg and GamesBeat, and it looks like Microsoft is preparing to close or sell off five studios next week: Compulsion Games, Double Fine, Ninja Theory, Undead Labs and Arkane.

There hasn’t been an update on Marvel’s Blade in more than two years, despite our quiet anticipation, and Verge reports that the game is over budget and facing delays. Xbox is exploring options to sell Arkane, similar to its reported approach with Compulsion, Double Fine, Ninja Theory and Undead Labs.

The entire Xbox division is bracing for layoffs following a memo from new CEO Asha Sharma and Chief Content Officer Matt Booty that warned, “We have found ourselves over-extended…. Going forward, this cannot continue.” Xbox union members represented by CWA have expressed their disappointment and frustration with Microsoft leadership ahead of the firings, calling for good-faith negotiations and transparency.

Arkane Studios is better known as Arkane Lyon, the maker of the Dishonored series and Deathloop, and the team is known for crafting polished first-person stealth experiences in stylish environments. Microsoft shut down Lyon’s sister studio Arkane Austin, which was responsible for Prey (yay) and Redfall (oh no), as part of a wave of Xbox layoffs and studio closures in 2024. 

At the time, Arkane Lyon co-creative director Dinga Bakaba shared the following message: 

“This is absolutely terrible. Permission to be human: To any executive reading this, friendly reminder that video games are an entertainment/cultural industry, and your business as a corporation is to take care of your artists/entertainers and help them create value for you. Don’t throw us into gold fever gambits, don’t use us as strawmen for miscalculations/blind spots, don’t make our work environments Darwinist jungles. You say we make you proud when we make a good game. Make us proud when times are tough. We know you can, we seen it before.”

The video game market lost an estimated 14,600 employees to mass firings in 2024, following an already staggering loss of roughly 10,500 in 2023, according to the Game Industry Layoffs tracker.

Microsoft’s $69 billion purchase of Activision Blizzard King — the largest acquisition in the industry’s history — was finalized in 2023, following the company’s $7.5 billion purchase of ZeniMax (including Arkane Studios) in 2021 and previous studio-buying sprees. 

In January 2024, Microsoft slashed 1,900 jobs across Xbox, Activision, Blizzard and ZeniMax, kicking off another terrible year for layoffs in gaming. Xbox shut down Arkane Austin and Alpha Dog Games, sold off Tango Gameworks, and fired an additional 650 employees in 2024. The Xbox division was again rocked by layoffs and studio shutdowns in the summer of 2025, when Microsoft laid off 9,000 employees across the broader company.

It appears that the coming 2026 Xbox layoffs have already affected Hitman and 007 First Light developer IO Interactive, which was reportedly working on a fantasy game with Xbox as its publisher. IOI announced that its relationship with “an external partner” recently ended and it had to reduce staffing as a result. On the flipside, Kojima Productions’ game OD, which is being published by Xbox, will not be affected by the layoffs, according to IGN.

Samsung Teases Wide-As-Hell New Foldable

Expect the company to take a boxy direction when the next Unpacked rolls around.




Samsung (modified)

We’re likely coming up on another Samsung Unpacked event, but the brand has dropped some teasers about what we’ll be seeing when the next showcase does happen. A series of new videos shared to social media point to a different ratio in the works for Samsung’s next foldable.

While there aren’t any images of the phone itself yet, the videos all draw attention to objects (a broken chocolate bar, a lightly decapitated puzzle, etc.) that deviate from standard smartphone dimensions. The new proportions appear to be shorter and stockier than most comparable devices on the market, which are trying to mimic the rough size of a typical smartphone when they’re closed, just with added thickness. Taking this boxier form while folded means you’d likely get more of a widescreen experience when the smartphone is in its open configuration, instead of that mode feeling like a blockier tablet.

We had already heard rumors that Samsung was looking to experiment with a wider foldable for its next product, and this all but confirms that the change is coming. It’s tough to gauge whether this new approach marks a permanent shift or whether it’ll be a limited run, like its intriguing but short-lived Galaxy Z TriFold. We’ll likely learn more about the Samsung’s intentions when Unpacked does roll around.

BYD Patents Under-Car Animal Detector; No More Accidents!

The Chinese automotive manufacturer BYD has patented a new safety system designed to detect animals and other objects underneath a vehicle before it moves. Developed to prevent accidents, the technology addresses a common safety concern: domestic animals, such as cats and dogs, as well as wildlife, frequently seek shelter under parked cars.

The system utilizes specialized cameras and computer vision technology to capture images of the vehicle’s undercarriage. Each time the vehicle is started, the system captures fresh images and compares them against stored reference data. This process allows the technology to identify any unusual objects or unexpected movements before the car begins to drive, mitigating the risk of running over hidden animals.

To ensure reliability during daily operation and to minimize false alarms, the software includes advanced analysis capabilities. It is programmed to automatically ignore the vehicle’s permanent structural components, such as the suspension system and chassis. Additionally, the algorithm is capable of filtering out minor debris, mud, and dirt, ensuring that alerts are only triggered by genuine hazards.

According to AutoEsporte, this patent is part of a broader initiative by BYD to expand its vehicle safety and intelligent driver-assistance features. The company recently introduced a separate safety mechanism utilizing radar signal analysis to detect occupants, such as children or pets, who have been accidentally left behind in the back seats—a situation that can lead to severe heatstroke or fatalities.

BYD’s high volume of research and development supports these technological advancements. The automaker registers between 30 and 45 new patents daily in China. This continuous innovation is driven by a global workforce of more than 120,000 engineers and researchers, enabling the company to integrate new safety and automation features into each subsequent generation of its vehicles.

Filed in Transportation. Read more about BYD, Electric Cars, Patent and Safety.

Anthropic’s New Sonnet 5 Model Is Better At The Tasks That Are Running Up Enterprise Bills

This version of Claude should offer more efficient performance at lower costs.




Anthropic

Anthropic has released a new version of Claude that’s aimed at handling queries not just from human users, but from agentic AI. The company says its new Sonnet 5 model is capable of handling agentic tasks and delivering performance specs similar to its recent Opus models, but at lower prices.

Starting September 1, Sonnet 5 will cost $3 per million input tokens as a base and $15 per million output tokens. Before that date, the prices will be even lower. In contrast, Opus 4.8 currently costs $4 per million input tokens and $25 per million output tokens. It will be available at those prices in Claude Code and the Claude Platform. Sonnet 5 will also be available for all subscriptions, including as the default model for Anthropic’s free and pro tiers of Claude plans.

Agentic AI tools make vastly more queries of a model than a human is even capable of making, and those are largely responsible for instances where customers, particularly enterprise businesses, blow huge amounts of their budget on tokens. We have a more detailed explainer here if you want to get into the weeds about tokens and costs for Claude, because there still are free options for casual users. While this may not prevent all over-spending, Sonnet 5 takes advantage of a new tokenizer to offer greater efficiency to parties that are heavy agentic users.

Moto Tag 2 And Moto Buds 2 Plus: Motorola Announces New Accessory Availability And Color Expansions

Motorola has officially launched its latest ecosystem accessories, the moto tag 2 and moto buds 2 plus, across North America. The rollout introduces enhanced tracking capabilities and expanded aesthetic options, including additions to The Brilliant Collection and new PANTONE colorways. All relevant technical specifications, high-resolution imagery, and official promotional materials are accessible via the company’s press portal.

moto tag 2: Tracking Capabilities and Regional Pricing

Moto tag 2 PANTONE Arabesque

The moto tag 2 is engineered for precise item tracking, featuring Ultra-Wideband (UWB) technology, Bluetooth Channel Sounding, and integration with the Google Find Hub network. The device is equipped with a battery designed to last over 500 days.

Moto tag 2 PANTONE Laurel Oak

Available starting June 30, the regional pricing and promotional structures are detailed below:

  • United States: Available on Amazon.com and Motorola.com. The standard Manufacturer’s Suggested Retail Price (MSRP) is $29.99. A introductory promotional discount reduces individual units to $19.99, with a four-pack bundle option priced at $69.99.
  • Canada: Available on Motorola.ca with an MSRP of $39.99.

moto buds 2 plus: Expanded Colorways and The Brilliant Collection

Motorola has expanded the visual options for the moto buds 2 plus wireless earbuds. Joining the existing PANTONE Silhouette colorway are PANTONE Cool White and a specialized PANTONE Violet Indigo variant. The latter is part of The Brilliant Collection and features 12 Swarovski crystals integrated into each earbud.

moto buds 2 plus PANTONE Violet Indigo

Availability and regional pricing starting June 30 include:

Region
Model / Colorway
Retail Channel
MSRP

United States
The Brilliant Collection
Motorola.com
$199.99

PANTONE Cool White
Motorola.com
$149.99

Canada
The Brilliant Collection
Motorola.ca
$299.99

PANTONE Silhouette
Motorola.ca
$199.99

PANTONE Cool White
Motorola.ca
$199.99

Filed in Audio >Gadgets. Read more about Motorola.

How To Set A Custom Alarm Sound On Your iPhone

You can use any sound you want for an iPhone alarm, and here’s how to set it up.

There’s an art to picking a good alarm sound. It can’t be too pleasant that you happily listen to it for a few minutes instead of doing what you’re supposed to. Nor can it be too annoying, as that can put you in a bad mood as you scramble out of bed to shut it off (you do keep your iPhone out of reach while you’re in bed, right?). Some of the default ringtones and alarm sounds on iOS can veer in the latter direction, unfortunately. Thankfully, it’s relatively easy to set up a custom alarm sound on an iPhone.

If you’d like to use a certain song, the easiest way to do that is to be an Apple Music subscriber. The service has more than 100 million songs and you can set one as an alarm sound. First, you’ll need to add the song to your library. To do that, open the Apple Music app, search for the song you want to use as an alarm and tap the plus (+) icon next to the relevant result to add it to your library.

Then, all you have to do is open the Clock app on your iPhone and tap the Alarm tab at the bottom of the screen. You can either tap the plus icon to create a new alarm, or select an existing one. From here, select Sound > Pick a song. Search for the song you’d like to use as an alarm, tap the plus button next to it, then tap the back button, and finally Save or the check mark in the top right corner. That’s all there is to it.

If you’d prefer to have an entirely custom alarm sound on your iPhone, though, you’ll need to take a different approach.

How to use any sound as a custom alarm on iPhone

Before anything else, you’ll need to obtain the sound that you want to use for your custom alert. You can, for instance, grab an audio file from the internet or create one in an app such as GarageBand. It’s up to you to procure the audio. The important thing is that you’ll have to save this sound in Files. 

Starting in iOS 26, Apple has made it really straightforward to use an audio file you’ve saved as a custom alarm sound on your iPhone. Simply locate the sound you want to use in Files, and long press it. Then tap Share > Use as Ringtone (if the sound is over 30 seconds long, your iPhone will ask you to trim it to that length first). Shockingly enough, this will set your custom sound as your ringtone. You can always change this back.

At this point, it’s time to open the Clock app. Create a new alarm or tap on an existing one. Tap on Sound, and then pick your custom alarm noise. And you’re done! Unless you want to change your ringtone back, that is.

The inclusion of Use as Ringtone in the iOS26 share sheet means that you can also use audio that someone sends to you via, for instance, iMessage or email. So, if you like, you can clip a friend’s voice message and use that as an alarm. If you’re feeling really bold, you can wake up to the sound of your own dulcet tones by recording speech in Voice Memos and going through the same Share > Use as Ringtone procedure.

Is OnePlus Becoming An OPPO Product Series? That’s What A Report Says

Following rumors about the OnePlus shutdown, a sweeping restructuring effort within OPlus—the parent group encompassing OPPO, OnePlus, and realme—could fundamentally alter how the brands operate.

Reinforcing recent hints, according to a report from Moneycontrol, long-term plans may involve consolidating OPPO, realme, and OnePlus under a single operating structure.

Instead of functioning as independent brands, they would reportedly be managed as distinct product series under the broader OPPO umbrella.

The report surfaced following the departure of realme India CEO Michael Guo. While a realme spokesperson stated that Guo stepped down due to health reasons, industry sources indicate the resignation coincides with this massive corporate consolidation. Guo had also been informally overseeing OnePlus India’s operations prior to his exit.

This development follows a series of significant setbacks and organizational shifts for OnePlus, particularly within the Indian market. Recently, OnePlus India CEO Robin Liu resigned shortly after publicly denying rumors of a brand shutdown. Following his departure, OnePlus eliminated its entire physical retail presence in India, shifting to an online-only sales model with the launch of its budget-oriented Nord series.

Realme India’s CEO just resigned

Realme & OnePlus being merged

Realme shuts down in China, Global markets unaffected

OnePlus only active in India & China

OPPO is making big changes across markets

An even bigger news will come out next month…

y’all are not ready for it..

— Yogesh Brar (@heyitsyogesh) June 24, 2026

The known leaker Yogesh Brar mentions on X that “OnePlus [is] only active in India & China,” teasing that even bigger news will come out in the next months.

While the immediate context of the restructuring report focuses on India, the brand has experienced noticeable contractions globally:

  • Europe: Virtually the entire UK and European regional management and public relations teams departed within a span of a few weeks. Furthermore, official social media channels for OnePlus Europe have remained inactive for months.
  • North America: Although operations and consumer support officially continue, retail presence has diminished. Display units for the flagship OnePlus 15 and 15R models were recently removed from Best Buy shelves, and the regional division has not commented on future roadmap changes.

While the OnePlus US website remains active with a limited portfolio, these structural shifts point toward a centralized strategy. If these plans materialize globally, the enthusiast-focused OnePlus brand could transition into a specialized product line directly managed by OPPO.

Filed in Cellphones. Read more about OnePlus, Oppo and Realme.

California Bill To Preserve Online Games Fails Committee Vote

A bill that aimed to stop (or at least dissuade) publishers from taking games offline and making them unplayable has run into a roadblock in the California State Senate. The Protect Our Games Act failed to pass the Business, Professions and Economic Development committee, with four state senators voting in favor, three against and four abstaining.

The committee unanimously voted in favor of granting the bill reconsideration, meaning it could come back before this group of state senators. Assemblymember Chris Ward introduced the bill in February and it passed the California State Assembly 43-16 in late May.

That said, the abstentions prevented the bill’s progression for now. “Not enough yeses means the bill stops here for this session,” a volunteer with the Stop Killing Games campaign (which supported the bill) noted on Reddit. “That is the loss.”

The volunteer also claimed this was the movement’s first attempt to nudge such legislation through in the US, and that the bill got this far without paid staff or an in-person lobbying campaign. They said the Entertainment Software Association — a trade organization of major game industry publishers — brought in a lobbyist to halt the bill’s progress (including by claiming private servers for the likes of Minecraft would be “illegal”) and that Stop Killing Games would be more prepared to counter that in the future.

“Next session, we come back with an in-person lobbying presence, the funding to do this properly and a long list of organizations and developers signed on in support,” the volunteer, u/Mr_Presidentle, wrote. “We are not limiting this to California. We intend to introduce versions of this in other state legislatures, and we are seriously looking at the federal level.”

Were the proposed California legislation to become law as-is, the legislation would require publishers and “digital game operators” to give consumers a 60-day heads-up before delisting a game, along with information on how they could either obtain a refund or continue playing it. The publisher/operator would, for instance, be permitted to allow customers to play the game on a private- or community-run server in lieu of offering full refunds. The rules would not apply to subscription-based or free-to-play games. 

As VGC notes, players who logged into MultiVersus in the few months before it shut down in 2025 received an update that allowed them to keep playing the game offline. That kind of approach could offer publishers and “digital game operators” one option to avoid issuing mass refunds when they shut down a game’s servers should legislation along these lines come into force.

Apple Vs. U.S. Tech Controls: The Push To Source Memory From China

Apple is reportedly seeking permission from the U.S. government to source memory chips from ChangXin Memory Technologies (CXMT), China’s leading DRAM manufacturer.

According to a report by the Financial Times, the tech giant approached the U.S. Commerce Department and other Washington officials to request clearance. This move comes as Apple faces mounting pressure from soaring DRAM prices, driven by high demand for artificial intelligence infrastructure.

Political and Economic Pressures

The potential partnership presents significant political challenges, as CXMT is currently on the Pentagon’s list of Chinese military companies. Apple’s request highlights the tension between navigating geopolitical restrictions and managing rising hardware costs.

Recently, Apple CEO Tim Cook warned that the company would likely have to increase retail prices for MacBooks and iPads (which they ended up doing) due to data centers heavily consuming available global memory supply. Competitors and major chipmakers like Micron have also noted that clients are securing multi-billion-dollar, long-term memory supply agreements years in advance, giving primary suppliers like Samsung and SK Hynix substantial pricing leverage.

To mitigate these rising production costs, Apple is looking toward alternative suppliers. While Apple has spent years attempting to diversify its final assembly lines outside of China, it remains deeply dependent on the nation’s manufacturing ecosystem.

Domestic tech brands within China have increasingly turned to homegrown suppliers like CXMT and Yangtze Memory Technologies (YMTC) to reduce their reliance on foreign chipmakers. However, any deal between a prominent American corporation like Apple and a blacklisted Chinese entity would inevitably face intense regulatory and political scrutiny in Washington.

Currently, Apple’s outreach is characterized as a preliminary lobbying effort rather than a finalized or confirmed supply contract. Neither Apple nor government representatives have issued official statements regarding the talks.

Nonetheless, the development underscores how the massive demand for AI infrastructure is creating critical supply bottlenecks, pushing major hardware manufacturers to explore politically sensitive supply chain alternatives to keep their production costs manageable.

Filed in Computers. Read more about Apple and China.

Google’s Gmail Live AI Feature Is Now Available In Beta

You can use Gemini to quickly search your inbox with natural language.




Google

As we know, Google is deeply committed to find new ways that AI can save you from arduous tasks like, I don’t know, manually typing a keyword into the Gmail search box. Gmail Live, announced back at Google I/O last month and now in beta testing, allows you to search your email inbox using just your voice.

As spotted by 9to5Google, some Android and iOS users might start to see the new feature appear on their phones before it rolls out to Google AI Pro and Ultra subscribers at some point during the summer. It’s part of Google’s attempt to replicate the experience of using Gemini Live — live voice chats with the Gemini chatbot — in popular apps like Gmail, Docs and Drive, with each getting its own version of the functionality in the coming months.

I haven’t seen Gmail Live with my own eyes yet, but 9to5Google has a useful visual runthrough of how it works. If you happen to be a test subject, the Live icon should appear in the search field, with the Gemini button popping up next to it. Tapping this launches Gmail Live in fullscreen, with a warning that it remains a Beta feature for now. You’ll also see an onscreen button for quitting Gmail Live and returning to your inbox, as well as a mic mute toggle.

You can ask Gemini to search your email for things like upcoming travel dates or the whereabouts of orders. 9to5Google says there is currently a small waiting period for voice commands to be processed.

Gemini-powered Live functionality appears to be steadily rolling out to Google’s various apps at the moment. We’re still waiting for Docs Live, which will turn your stream of consciousness into a structured document draft, pulling in details from other apps with your permission. Keep Live brings similar features to Google’s notetaking app, and Android Authority has seen that one in the wild already.

A reminder again that all of these features will initially be exclusive to Google AI Pro and Ultra subscribers, with Google Workspace business customers able to test them in preview.

Researchers Turn Cockroaches Into an Underwater Cyborg For Rescue Missions

Researchers at Nanyang Technological University and Waseda University have published a new Nature Communications study, dated June 29, 2026, showing that a Madagascar hissing cockroach fitted with a wearable oxygen-supplying suit can keep moving in water, or in oxygen-poor spaces, for up to three hours in controlled tests.

That is the real advance here. Cyborg cockroaches are not new, and NTU’s lab has already shown how insect-based platforms could be guided through tight, obstructed spaces that would slow or stop conventional small robots. A separate Nature Communications paper published in 2025 also demonstrated swarm navigation with 20 cyborg insects, including one leader and 19 followers. This latest work expands the operating environment rather than the group size.

The suit itself is the interesting engineering detail. The researchers combined a flexible waterproof shell with a miniature oxygen-generation module and delivery tubes, creating a compact system that helps the insect breathe while preserving mobility. More precisely, the oxygen is generated chemically, rather than coming from a tiny air tank. That matters because payload and power are always the limiting factors at this scale.

This is also why the concept has practical appeal. In principle, a biohybrid insect can reach flooded voids, drains, pipes, or debris gaps where small wheeled robots struggle with traction, clearance, or battery limits. The study supports that vision, but it is worth keeping expectations in check. The paper does not show a real disaster-zone deployment, and it should not be stretched into wilder ideas that the research itself does not claim.

What makes this work notable is its restraint. Instead of building a miniature amphibious robot from scratch, the team used an animal whose locomotion is already highly effective at small scale, then solved one key barrier, respiration in hostile environments. That does not make cyborg insects field-ready overnight, but it does show how biohybrid robotics is becoming more practical, and a little less theoretical.

For now, the result is simple and compelling. A land insect can be adapted to cross into water without losing the mobility that made it useful in the first place.

Filed in General..

Shark’s New PowerDetect Transformer Turns Into Three Different Types Of Vacuum

It’s an upright, stick and handheld vacuum in one.




Shark

Shark has launched a new PowerDetect vacuum called the “Transformer,” because well, it transforms into three different types of vacuum. The whole setup is an upright vacuum with a big canister attached to it, but you can remove the canister (with, apparently, one click) to turn it into a stick vacuum that can fit into more places. Finally, you can remove the wand and attach one of its accompanying heads to turn it into a handheld vacuum. 

For this particular design, the company removed the typical bulky hoses commonly found in upright models. The full-size upright has the most powerful suction and is best used when deep cleaning carpets and hardwood floors. It shares its dual-brushroll system, which was designed to capture more dirt, debris and hair than its single-brush counterparts, with the stick form. Shark says the dual-brushroll system can actively remove hair wrapping into it while cleaning, so you don’t have to go in with scissors to remove them from the brushes.

The stick and handheld vacuum forms share a smaller canister near the handle, where the dirt goes every time you use them. When you’re done cleaning, just put the Transformer back together, and that smaller canister will automatically empty into the bigger one. No need to manually empty dirt from two dust cups. You can get the Shark PowerDetect Transformer right now from the company’s website and TikTok shop for $529. For $650, you can get the vacuum bundled with several tools and heads meant for homes with pets. 

Upright vacuums that turn into sticks aren’t that uncommon these days, but Shark’s trio system is pretty unique. That said, Eufy also launched a transforming model last year, particularly a robot vacuum that turns into a stick and a handheld. 

Shark

Proton’s Privacy-Focused Lumo Chatbot Gets Image Generation

Lumo 2.0 can also search for relevant background information.




Proton

Proton has rolled out its biggest update yet for the Lumo chatbot, almost a year after it launched. Lumo version 2.0 now comes with image recognition and generation, finally making it a legitimate competitor to ChatGPT and Gemini. Proton says the updated chatbot has the capability to generate images, as well as to analyze and edit them. Conversations involving images are still protected by zero-access encryption like all chats on Lumo, which means they can only be accessed on your device. The company says they can’t be accessed by third-parties or even Proton itself.  

In addition to image generation, the new Lumo also has a thinking mode for reasoning. Proton says Lumo 2.0 Lite scored 127 percent higher than Lumo 1.4 on the Artificial Analysis Intelligence Index benchmark, while Lumo 2.0 Max scored 240 percent higher. The benchmark measures a model’s capabilities across multiple tasks. The updated Lumo has deeper context, giving it the capability to dig deeper for relevant background information and provide you with more accurate responses. Plus, it can now surface the latest information and source citations in its responses.  

Lumo 2.0 is now available for use. Its core AI capabilities remain free, but you’ll have to pay $10 a month for Lumo Plus for unlimited chats, advanced image generation and access to Proton’s more advanced models. 

“Lumo 2.0 has been re-engineered from the ground up and the introduction of thinking mode gives it powerful new capabilities,” said Proton founder and CEO Andy Yen. “User testing demonstrates that the gap has closed to the point that for many use cases, users can no longer perceive a qualitative difference between Lumo 2.0 Max and the latest models from OpenAI and Anthrophic. Lumo 2.0 demonstrates that users no longer need to choose between powerful AI capabilities and meaningful privacy protections.”

Oura Ring 5 Review: Size Is Everything

Like its predecessors, the Oura Ring 5 monitors your activity, heart rate and temperature, crunching the numbers to offer insights on your health. Its app boils down your metrics to a series of scores (out of 100), keeping you appraised on how well you’re doing. Open it up and you’ll get a glanceable picture of how rested you are, how much you’ve moved and how relaxed you are. Below that, about half of your screen’s real estate will be taken up with a single item you need to focus on — if the system thinks you’re too tired or stressed, for example, it’ll show you.

These metrics aren’t tied to your vital statistics in the way you may think or expect, which can sometimes give odd results. For instance, the recent UK heatwaves meant I had a night sleeplessly laying in bed, but the next day I got a sleep score of 84. But the ring knew I was struggling, and gave me a Readiness score of 56 thanks to my elevated resting heart rate and lowered heart rate variability. This is because the Sleep score doesn’t measure how well you sleep, but how well structured your sleep is — go to bed and wake up on time, and you’ll get praise.

Unfortunately, Oura’s interesting new features aren’t yet available to test here in the UK, including Health Radar. It’s an evolution of the company’s Symptom Radar, which keeps an eye on trends to act as an early warning system for any impending issues. Health Radar keeps watch on the longer term picture, including monitoring your blood pressure and breathing at night. The ring can’t actually measure your blood pressure, it’s algorithmically derived from the signals it already collects. For instance, it’ll use the optical heart rate sensor while you’re sleeping to examine your pulse wave velocity, and make an inference from there. Similarly to Health Radar, Health Records and GLP-1 insights are presently limited to the US and some other territories.

The existing suite of features are plenty good enough to help you stay healthy. For instance, the app is proactive about advising you to rest or keep your stress down, and it gives you alerts when it thinks you’ve been sedentary too long. As with all wearables, so long as you don’t entirely outsource your relationship with your body to its conclusions, you’ll benefit from having something keeping an eye on how you’re doing.

I’m not qualified to speak about the health features for people who menstruate but there’s plenty of those here. Oura has a longstanding tie-up with Natural Cycles, the app that provides non-hormonal birth control utilizing the ring’s temperature monitoring. Natural Cycles recently began offering sleep insights that pull data from Oura, giving users an even deeper picture of their health.

As for the ring’s battery life, I found the claim of seven days to be on the conservative side for once. I started wearing the ring on a Saturday and it only started warning me I had less than a day of charge remaining the following Monday. For all smart rings, short battery life is a major reason people stop using them, because it’s easy to forget to charge them. Or worse, you forget to pick them back up from the charging plate if you miss the notification saying it’s charged. A week of battery life from such a small piece of gear is deeply worthy of praise.

Comcast Spins Off NBCUniversal As It Exits Media Entirely

Xfinity will remain under Comcast’s umbrella.




Aaronp/bauer-griffin/Getty Images

Months after splitting off many of its cable networks into a separate entity, Comcast is breaking itself apart again. It plans to spin out NBCUniversal as its own publicly traded company. In other words, it’s getting out of the media and entertainment business.

NBC, Telemundo, Peacock, Bravo, Universal TV and film studios, theme parks and Sky (Comcast’s European media business) will all be housed under NBCUniversal. Comcast will hang onto Xfinity and remain a cable, internet, landline and wireless provider. It’ll also maintain its business services.

“The proposed separation reflects Comcast’s track record of positioning its businesses to compete and win in rapidly changing markets,” Comcast said in a press release. “As technological innovation, consumer behavior and competitive dynamics continue to reshape both media and communications, Comcast’s Board and management team believe each company will be better positioned to pursue its own strategic priorities, invest for growth and create long-term shareholder value as independent entities.”

NBCUniversal is slated to become a standalone company within the next year or so, pending final approval from Comcast’s board, regulatory approval and other closing conditions. Current Comcast shareholders will own stock in both companies.

Just over a year ago, Warner Bros. Discovery said it would spin out its cable networks into an entity that was going to be saddled with the bulk of its debt. The likes of HBO Max, DC and the Warner Bros. film, television and game studios were slated to be part of a separate company that would perhaps be more attractive to a potential buyer. However, after a bidding war with Netflix, Paramount is set to buy all of Warner Bros. Discovery (including the cable networks) for $110 billion, pending approval from regulators.

Don’t Like Gemini? Here’s How To Roll Back To Google Assistant On Your Android Phone

Go back to a (slightly) simpler time.




Primakov/Shutterstock

So, you’re here because Gemini is driving you nuts. It’s a pretty common sentiment about the AI assistant, especially for those who use their phones to control their smart home devices. Even if you don’t use your Android phone to control your smart home, you may still want to get rid of Gemini because it takes too long to respond or it can’t even understand your commands in the first place. Maybe it gives you inaccurate weather forecasts and information about nearest establishments. Or maybe, it just keeps failing at the most basic tasks and has been throwing you too many errors. You’re not the only one tired of seeing “Something went wrong, please try again.”

Whatever your reason is, you don’t have to keep using Gemini if you don’t want to. Below, we’ve listed out steps you can follow so you can go back to using Google Assistant on your Android phone. If you want to get Gemini out of your other Google apps (like Gmail or Chrome), you can refer to our previously published guides as well.

How to switch back to Google Assistant




Screenshot by Mariella Moon

Try these steps on any standard Android phone.

  1. Go to Settings.
  2. Open the Apps menu. 
  3. Find the Assistant option.
  4. Scroll down to the “Digital assistants from Google” section. 
  5. On this screen, you can choose which digital assistant you want to use. Pick Google Assistant instead of Gemini. 
  6. Confirm the switch, and you’re done.

If your phone has its own branded Android skin, such as Samsung (One UI), Xiaomi (HyperOS) and Oppo (ColorOS), you may not find the same options in your menu. You can try these steps instead:

  1. Open the Google app on your phone. 
  2. Tap on your Google profile photo at the top right corner of the screen. 
  3. Open the Settings menu.
  4. Tap the Google Assistant option. 
  5. Scroll down until you find the “Digital assistants from Google” section. Tap on it. 
  6. From this screen, you’ll be able to choose between Gemini and Google Assistant. 

If you want to see less of Gemini in more places, you can check out more of our guides. I already mentioned our instructions on how to de-Gemini your Google apps, so the AI assistant doesn’t pop up in Sheets or Docs to distract you while you work. Take note, however, that you do lose some some features if you remove Gemini from your Workspace apps. And if you want to see less Gemini-powered results in your web searches, you can follow our instructions on how to turn off Google’s AI Overviews.

WhatsApp Introduces Usernames So You Can Chat Without Phone Numbers

You’ll be able to reserve the username you want starting this week.




WhatsApp

WhatsApp is launching usernames later this year, giving you an extra layer of privacy if you want a way to connect with a business or a new acquaintance without handing over your phone number. While the feature itself isn’t available yet, WhatsApp is opening up username reservations this week. The Meta-owned messaging app says its opening up reservations early because with three billion users, it wants to give people the chance to pick the username they want.

To claim a username, go to Settings, Account and then Username. You can choose your own, and you’ll be able to reserve it as long as it’s unique, but you can also use the in-app generator. If you’re reserving a username for an organization or a small business, or if you’re a creator, WhatsApp will allow you to claim your Instagram or Facebook name. The reservations will roll out globally, and WhatsApp will send you a notification when it becomes available in your country. 

When the feature itself becomes available in the coming months, other users and businesses will no longer see your phone number when you message them for the first time. If someone new wants to be able to contact you, they need to know your exact username. You can also set an optional key that other people will need to know along with your username before they can send you a message. During the reservation phase, you can set four digits as your username key, but it will be upgraded to alphanumeric code when usernames go live. 

With the launch of this feature, WhatsApp will be following in footsteps of Signal. The privacy-focused app introduced usernames in 2024 to be able to hide your phone number from other users. 

Dbrand’s Companion Cube Case For The Steam Machine Was A Lie




Dbrand

More than six months ago Dbrand showed off an awesome-looking mod for the Steam Machine that turned Valve’s latest gaming PC into a Companion Cube. It was cute, reasonably priced and by most accounts, quite well made. The one problem is that Dbrand forgot to ask Valve for permission, so even after garnering more than 100,000 pre-orders, the company was forced to cancel the accessory and take down all of its listings last week.

In a surprisingly forthcoming post on Reddit, Dbrand admitted that despite all the work that went into making the case, it had never asked for or received a license from Valve to use images and intellectual property from Portal — the game that originally spawned the Companion Cube — on its product. So unsurprisingly, after the mod went on sale last week, Valve’s legal team reached out to Dbrand and asked the company to take down the product and remove any related materials.

Dbrand says it tried to reach an agreement with Valve in order to keep the Companion Cube mod on sale, which Valve declined. To Dbrand’s credit, given the backwards nature of making an unlicensed product and then asking for permission after the fact, the company seems to understand why Valve did not want to give it their blessing. In its post, Dbrand said “Valve didn’t do anything wrong here. They built a game franchise a lot of people love and they alone get to decide how it’s used.” However, perhaps the most poignant comment came from user Degenerate_Media on Reddit, but we’ll let you read that one on your own.

Unfortunately, this means that anyone who was looking forward to customizing their Steam Machine with a Companion Cube-themed case is out of luck with Dbrand saying that refunds for the product are being issued today. Furthermore, for international customers that may have had to pay additional shipping costs, the company also says those fees will also be included as part of the refund.

In the end, I guess just like the cake from Portal, Dbrand’s Companion Cube is a lie too.

Tidal Isn’t Banning AI Music, But It Won’t Pay People Who Upload It

The streaming service’s new policy says that 100-percent AI-generated music will be demonetized.




Tidal

Tidal revealed its sweeping policy on AI-generated music that details exactly how the music streaming service will handle this growing phenomenon. The music-streaming platform explained on its website that it would demonetize any music that’s identified as 100 percent AI-generated. Tidal is still allowing tracks made with AI on its platform, but will slap a tag on anything that’s 100 percent AI-generated so its users are aware.

“Tidal’s priority is ensuring royalties go to original works directly produced, written, and performed by people,” the policy read. “We will therefore not knowingly attribute royalties to music we identify as wholly AI-generated.”

In the future, Tidal said that it would attach the AI-generated tag to anything that’s “substantially AI-generated” once AI detection tools get better. For now, Tidal said that it would hold AI content on its platform to “a higher standard of content integrity.” More specifically, Tidal said that any AI-generated music that “exploits an individual’s or group’s music, name or likeness, deceives listeners, or diminishes the quality of our service” would not be tolerated, along with any fraudulent activity like suspicious streaming or upload activity. According to Tidal’s post on X, this new policy will go into effect on July 15.

Tidal’s latest decision is similar to one of its competitors, who also demonetizes streams of AI-made tracks. Earlier this year, Deezer put out a report that AI-generated songs made up almost half of daily uploads. However, the French streaming platform said it only allows a small percentage of AI-generated music on its platform, with a majority of these streams being demonetized. Even streaming giant Spotify has employed its own way to address the wave of AI-generated music, introducing a “Verified by Spotify” badge that isn’t eligible for AI-generated music or personas.

The LG StanbyME 2 Max Is A Standalone 32-Inch Touchscreen Display That Costs $1,300

The battery lasts 4.5 hours, which is an improvement over previous iterations.

LG just announced the standalone StanbyME 2 Max touchscreen display. This 32-inch screen offers 4K visuals and around 4.5 hours of battery life, meaning you can move it around the home or office without it being tethered to anything.

To that end, it ships with a floor stand that can be placed just about anywhere, and the display can be detached from the stand entirely. It runs a custom operating system that allows native access to streaming apps, FAST channels and productivity tools, including video-calling tech. It features LG’s α8 AI Processor Gen3, which powers algorithms that adjust the picture and audio based on the content being viewed and the ambient conditions of the room. It also integrates with Dolby Atmos and includes side-firing speakers.

Of course, there are traditional HDMI and USB ports for those who want to use this as a monitor to display content other than what’s offered by the built-in OS. This could be a convenient way to quickly set up a gaming console or a work laptop. It also supports mirroring from smartphones and the like.

The battery life comes in at a respectable 4.5 hours. This isn’t a lot for, say, a modern phone, but this is basically a full featured smart display with plenty of bells and whistles.

This technology has come a long way in a relatively short period of time. The first StanbyME display came out in 2021 and only offered three hours of battery life and a smaller screen. It also maxed out at 1080p. The only major downside here is the price. The thing costs $1,300, which is a lot for a display even if it can be pulled around the house at will. As a final note, yes it’s actually spelled “StanbyME.” We aren’t sure where the “D” went either.

What To Expect Including The Touchscreen, Chips, Release Date And More

We’re tracking all the latest reports, including the launch date and potential price.




Engadget

Steve Jobs famously said that a touchscreen on a MacBook is “ergonomically terrible” and “doesn’t work.” Apple has apparently changed its tune, though. A rumored flagship model dubbed “MacBook Ultra” could be the company’s first laptop with an OLED touchscreen, promising a lighter design with high performance for creators. This device would go up against Windows touchscreen laptops, giving Apple access to a key market segment it has never touched before.

Recent reports and supply chain leaks have started to paint a picture of what the MacBook Ultra could look like. Below, we’ve rounded up the most credible rumors around features, pricing and the launch date, and we’ll keep this guide updated as new details emerge. Lots of things could change ahead of any launch, of course, including timelines and specs.

Finally, a touchscreen MacBook

Rumors about a touchscreen MacBook started circulating early in 2023, following a Bloomberg report from Mark Gurman. Numerous other leaks followed, and now it looks like 14- and 16-inch models (code-named K114 and K116) will arrive sometime in 2026. So why the change of heart since Jobs weighed in? Admittedly, basically everything in the tech industry has changed since then. Only Apple knows for sure, but it seems like the company finally wants to plug a big hole in its laptop lineup. 

Many artists need a touchscreen for drawing, masking, 3D and other work not easily done with a mouse. To date, those folks had to go buy Windows touchscreen laptops, often detachable or 360 models that fold flat with the display out. 

Apple’s only touchscreen option is the iPad, which is underpowered compared to high-end PCs. iPadOS is also missing key creative apps like Blender, while others including DaVinci Resolve and Adobe Photoshop are stripped back compared to the macOS versions. Considering that Apple devices are seen as artist-friendly, it’s weird that the company has never offered anything in this segment.

When could the MacBook Ultra launch?

Steady leaks since the initial report have added credence that MacBook Ultra was coming. But when? The company has reportedly settled on on a launch some time in the second half of 2026, likely near the end of the year, according to two key sources.

Bloomberg‘s Gurman has gone back and forth, most recently saying that the MacBook Ultra would arrive “late this year and early next year,” according to his report from Friday. That jibes with a separate leak from analyst Ming-Chi Kuo, who said last year that a touch display MacBook Pro would “enter mass production by late 2026.” 

That means that the MacBook Ultra could be the “one more thing” at a launch this year. That’s unlikely to be September’s iPhone 18 event (where the rumored iPhone Fold could also be revealed), since Apple rarely launches MacBooks and iPhones together. The MacBook Ultra more likely merits its own big launch, perhaps a bit later in the year. Again, keep in mind that the situation may change and the new models could be further delayed or even cancelled. 

MacBook Ultra design and display

The MacBook Ultra’s key feature will be an all-new OLED touch display offering more accurate colors and deeper blacks than the MiniLED and LCD displays on current MacBook models. It will also be thinner, lighter and more energy efficient. Apple will reportedly replace the MacBook Pro’s rectangular display notch with a “Dynamic Island” cutout like the pill-shaped one on an iPhone, covering a tiny hole-punch front camera, according to Gurman.  

The key update, though, is the “touch” part. The new model will support multi-touch exactly like an iPad Pro or iPhone. Touching a button or control will supposedly bring up a new type of menu surrounding your fingers with context-sensitive options. It will also display controls based on your prior interactions, and enlarge them for easier selection. The touch display may support Apple Pencil, according to some rumors, but nothing about that has been mentioned recently.

Apple doesn’t plan to position the MacBook Ultra as an iPad replacement or even a touch-first experience, though. Rather, it wants to let customers use touch as one of several input options, so the MacBook Ultra will still of course have a keyboard and touchpad. 

With the new OLED display, the MacBook Ultra is likely to be thinner and lighter than past models. Other design elements are not yet known, though Bloomberg has said that the new model is a “total redesign” over previous MacBooks. 

Performance and battery

The MacBook Ultra’s performance picture recently became clearer with another recent leak from Bloomberg‘s Mark Gurman. Rather than next-gen M6 Silicon, Apple will use its current M5 Pro and M5 Ultra chips in the first model. It will then skip over the M6 and employ the upcoming AI-focused M7 chips for the second-generation model. 

The reason is that Apple reportedly has no plans to build high-end M6 Pro or M6 Max chips — only a basic M6 processor that wouldn’t be appropriate for a flagship like the MacBook Ultra. That way, the company can fast-track its M7 chips, which will offer more advanced graphics and AI capabilities. Once those chips roll out (reportedly in 2027), they’ll appear in the next-gen MacBook Ultra. 

With the same chips but a more power-efficient OLED display, the MacBook Ultra should perform as well as current MacBook Pro models but could be even more battery-friendly. That would be impressive, considering the current 16-inch MacBook Pro can run for just over 30 hours on a charge. 

The MacBook Ultra could also be the first Apple laptop with native cellular support. Instead of needing to roam on Wi-Fi or connect to a hotspot, the new model could include built-in 5G connectivity via Apple’s own modem technology. 

Price

With the flagship designation and OLED touch display, along with ever-rising memory prices, the MacBook Ultra is likely to be the company’s most expensive MacBook to date. The current 14- and 16-inch MacBook Pros start at $1,999 and $2,999 respectively, so expect the 14- and 16-inch MacBook Ultra models to be priced well above that. 

Despite all the leaks, there’s still plenty we need to learn about Apple’s touchscreen laptop including the name, because “MacBook Ultra” has never been officially confirmed. And as mentioned, changes could happen ahead of the official launch. Still, with the iPhone Fold, things are looking good for not just one but two of Apple’s most significant product launches in years. 

Sensitive iPhone Supplier Details Were Part Of Last Week’s Data Leak At Tata Electronics

Some of Apple’s corporate secrets aren’t so secret any more.




onapalmtree/Shutterstock

On top of leaks around its next smartphone generation, Apple has had sensitive details about its manufacturing processes revealed. Reuters reported that the documents posted on “the dark web” allegedly show information about both components and their suppliers for the iPhone 18 Pro. The leak included specifics on hundreds of parts, such as chips on the main circuit board and elements of the smartphone’s battery and cameras, according to the publication. Last week, AppleInsider first reported on the cyberattack, which took more than 630GB of data from India-based Tata Electronics. Fellow clients Tesla and Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co. also had documents in the leak, but much of the information seems to center on Apple.

Tata has risen to become one of Apple’s most prominent suppliers outside of China. Apple told Reuters that it is working on long-term security measures with Tata and that it is investigating this incident. The company has typically kept quiet about the specifics of its supplier relationships, and having these details exposed could put Apple on the back foot in terms of any future negotiations with its partners, particularly as it increases prices for many products in the wake of RAM shortages. Apple is expected to announce the iPhone 18 Pro, along with the iPhone 18 Pro Max and possibly its first foldable smartphone this fall.

Here’s Why You Shouldn’t Plug A Power Strip Into A Smart Plug

How often do you check your devices’ power specifications before plugging them in? If the answer is “pretty much never” (no judgment!), you’re not alone — but knowing those numbers is really important when it comes to safely managing the load going into a given outlet. And the smart home era has brought an extra layer of complication. Nowadays, you may not always be plugging a device directly into a wall socket or power strip, but instead into a smart plug that serves as a go-between.

You might even find yourself considering plugging a power strip into a smart plug to add the convenience of remote controls, voice commands and scheduling to a handful of devices at once, rather than individually. For the most part, though, that’s a setup you’re better off avoiding. Why? It all goes back to those specs.

Smart plugs aren’t inherently incompatible with power strips. The issue is more about the risk of accidentally pushing them beyond their capacity by piling on devices that cumulatively draw more current than the plug is rated for. 

How to keep from overloading a smart plug

All of your devices should have a sticker or markings spelling out their voltage (V) and wattage (W). You’ll also often see a maximum amps (A) rating, which indicates the total amount of current the device can safely pull. That number is critical. If you don’t see it on the device itself, you can usually find it in the manual or spec sheet, or you could calculate it yourself by dividing the number of watts by the number of volts (W/V). Govee’s Smart Plug Pro with Energy Monitoring, for example, is rated for up to 15A. Plug in a power strip with, say, six, eight or even more outlets, and you may inadvertently end up at or over that limit as you fill it up.

Take it from smart home company TP-Link: “It is not recommended to plug a power strip into a smart plug. A smart plug has a lower maximum load capacity than a power strip. Connecting a power strip — or plugging a smart plug into an extension cord or surge protector — creates the risk of overloading the smart plug without realizing it, which can cause product damage.” And even scarier than a bit of damage to the product or outlet is the potential of this setup starting a fire.

Unless you’re committed to doing the math every time you add a new device to the strip and you know with absolute certainty that your calculations are correct, it’s just not worth the risk. Save yourself the trouble and plug your power strip directly into the wall rather than a smart plug. Smart plugs tend to be sold in multi-packs at relatively low cost anyway, so using them for multiple devices shouldn’t be a hassle.

While you may also be considering a smart power strip, proceed with caution. Most smart power strips are still only rated for 15A or fewer, so you could easily exceed the load capacity by taking this route.

Uber Is No Longer Offering Waymo Rides In Phoenix

Rather than external partnerships, Uber may start leaning on its own robotaxis for driverless options.




Around the World Photos/Shutterstock

Uber and Waymo have parted ways in the major US market of Phoenix. TechCrunch reported that the two transportation companies ended their almost three-year relationship in that city in May.

Waymo will still be offering rides with its autonomous vehicle fleet in Phoenix through its own app. The company has a long history in the city, using its streets as a proving ground before launching public rides in 2020. “After hundreds of thousands of trips with Uber, we have integrated these vehicles back into our Phoenix fleet, where they will continue to serve riders through Waymo, including our public transit integration with Via, and delivery with DoorDash,” Waymo told TC.

The bigger change emerging out of this dissolved partnership seems to be on the side of Uber, which has been building its own operations in autonomous vehicles. The company has worked with several different brands, from Avride to WeRide, to offer robotaxi rides around the globe. And now that Uber is involved in making its own autonomous cars thanks to a collaboration with Lucid and Neuro, the business may be looking to replace more of those piecemeal arrangements in favor of using its own designs.

The US Supreme Court Restricts Use Of Geofence Warrants

This is a big win for privacy rights.

The US Supreme Court just issued a ruling that limits geofence searches by law enforcement agencies, which could have major ramifications for privacy rights across the country. For the uninitiated, this is a relatively recent law enforcement technique in which police tap into the databases of tech companies to see who was near the scene of a crime.

In the 6-3 ruling, the country’s top court said that “an individual has a reasonable expectation of privacy in his cell-phone location information.” Justice Elena Kagan said that geofence warrants violate the Fourth Amendment’s prohibition against unreasonable searches. Moving forward, law enforcement will have to obtain an actual search warrant to force a tech company into handing over geofence location data. Search warrants require probable cause, which geofence warrants do not.

The case that led to this decision involves a robbery in Virginia, according to a report by NPR. A man stole $195,000 from a bank and the case went cold until detectives served Google with a geofence warrant. They obtained location information of cellphone users near the bank for the hour before and after the crime was committed.

Google pushed back in a way, providing the police with just three of the 19 people tagged as being near the bank. However, one of these three ended up being the culprit.

Okello Chatrie confessed but his attorneys argued in filings that geofence searches violate the Fourth Amendment, as they allow government entities to “search first and develop suspicions later.” In this instance, the geofence search mandated that Google pore through the data of millions of users. In other words, these people were searched without having done anything suspicious.

We don’t know how today’s ruling will impact past court cases that used geofence warrants. The ruling isn’t expected to change Chatrie’s sentence, according to a report by TechCrunch.

As for the government, it argued in its filings that location data isn’t constitutionally protected on the grounds that people “choose” to hand it over by failing to disable system-wide geotracking services and background app tracking on phones.

Layoffs Looming, Xbox Union Members Argue For Transparency And Good-Faith Bargaining

Rumor has it that Microsoft is preparing to enact mass layoffs across its gaming division this July, following multiple reports out of Bloomberg plus recent comments made by new Xbox CEO Asha Sharma and Chief Content Officer Matt Booty. The Communications Workers of America Union, which represents thousands of video game employees at Microsoft and beyond, is preparing to negotiate for employee protections, while calling for transparency from executives and demanding basic dignity for developers.

Sharma and Booty laid the groundwork for layoffs in early June, with a memo marking the first 100 days of new Xbox leadership.

“We have found ourselves over-extended as we executed on changing strategies in a landscape of more readily available content,” the pair wrote. Including the hard-fought acquisition of Activision Blizzard King, which cost Microsoft $69 billion in 2023, Xbox spent more than $89 billion in investments and studio support over the past five years, while the segment’s annual revenue declined by nearly half a billion dollars, the memo stated.

“Going forward, this cannot continue,” Sharma and Booty wrote, ominously. Bloomberg simultaneously reported that Xbox was planning substantial layoffs in July, right after the end of Microsoft’s fiscal year. A few days later, reports emerged that Xbox was shuttering or selling off three of its studios, Double Fine, Ninja Theory and Compulsion Games.

During a media call on June 29, CWA offered a clear message for Xbox leadership.

“We’re here to say this plainly: Those workers will not be treated as disposable,” CWA District 9 Vice President Frank Arace said. He argued that “the money is there” to keep Xbox teams intact, but that executives are funneling it elsewhere with little care about the human or creative impact of layoffs.

UVW-CWA treasurer Sherveen Uduwana agreed, noting that Microsoft just raised its console prices for the third time this year, and CEO Satya Nadella personally made $96 million in 2025.

“There is no shortage of wealth in the games industry, especially if we’re talking about Xbox, Sony, EA,” Uduwana said, concluding that these multibillion-dollar organizations are choosing to not support their developers.

CWA represents roughly 3,500 workers across the video game industry and its membership numbers continue to grow. In 2023, roughly 300 QA workers at Microsoft subsidiary ZeniMax Online voted to unionize, forming the largest video game union at the time. Their contract with Microsoft was ratified in June 2025, including minimum salary requirements, a framework for wage increases and protections regarding the use of AI. Multiple studios across Xbox have followed suit, including Raven Software and several teams under the Blizzard umbrella, including Overwatch and Diablo workers.

Today, CWA is calling for Xbox executives to sit at the negotiating table in good faith, and respond to workers’ demands for transparency, support and job security.

Four Xbox employees and CWA members shared their experiences working under a latent threat of sudden layoffs and studio closures. Elder Scrolls Online encounter designer Morgan Goin lost years of accrued benefits when Xbox suddenly closed Arkane Austin and then waited a month before transferring some developers to ZeniMax. Even when teams hit their metrics and executives gushed over their games, Xbox canceled projects and shook up studios without warning, Goin said.

Blizzard story editor and franchise developer Alison Veneto said that with each round of layoffs, affected studios lose incredible talent and also years of institutional knowledge. She added that it’s difficult to be creative with layoffs constantly looming and no defined rules dictating how mass firings should play out.

“Work with us,” Veneto said, speaking directly to Microsoft. “Adopt meaningful layoff protections.”

A common refrain was that Microsoft has shown little interest in actually negotiating with its unions, failing to give proper attention to meetings and leaving proposals on the table for months at a time. Unions representing workers at ZeniMax and other Microsoft studios have successfully won certain protections for all Xbox developers, but the basic framework around layoffs and studio closures still requires serious, good-faith attention, according to CWA.

“We’re done paying for executives’ failures,” Activision QA tester Andrew Snell said.

Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 Pro Phones Might Come With A Brutal Price Tag

Following the RAMmagedon chaos that drove Apple to raise prices on many devices, now another recent leak from China suggests that Xiaomi’s next premium flagship smartphone—likely the rumored Xiaomi 18 Pro—could see a significant price increase. According to a post on Weibo by the prominent tipster Digital Chat Station, the upcoming device may launch with a starting price of approximately 6,000 yuan (~$882).

If accurate, this represents a notable 20% increase over its predecessor, the Xiaomi 17 Pro, which debuted at 4,999 yuan (~$734). A 1,000-yuan jump would mark one of the largest generational price hikes for Xiaomi’s flagship lineup in recent years, signaling that consumers may need a substantially larger budget for next-generation premium smartphones.

Driven by Rising Component Costs

The primary driver behind this anticipated price surge is the escalating cost of core components, specifically DRAM and NAND memory. Industry analysts have previously warned about these market shifts, as semiconductor suppliers increasingly pivot their production capacities toward high-margin, AI-focused hardware. This shift has constrained the supply of standard mobile memory components, driving up prices across the industry. Because premium flagships require massive amounts of high-speed RAM and storage, manufacturers are facing higher production costs that are ultimately passed down to consumers.

Despite the higher price tag, the device is expected to offer significant hardware upgrades. The rumored Xiaomi 18 Pro will likely be among the first market offerings to feature Qualcomm’s next-generation mobile platform, the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 6 Pro. Xiaomi has historically been the first manufacturer to debut Qualcomm’s top-tier silicon over the past two years, a trend that appears set to continue.

Beyond the upgraded chipset, the phone is expected to justify its premium positioning with enhancements to its camera systems, battery capacity, and integrated AI capabilities. However, because this information stems from early supply chain leaks, final retail pricing and regional configurations may vary by the time the device receives its official global release.

Filed in Cellphones >Rumors. Read more about Leak, Qualcomm, Rumors and Xiaomi.

Half Of Social Media Child Safety Features Don’t Work, Report Claims

The study examines safety features found on Instagram, Snapchat, TikTok and YouTube.




Anna Barclay/Getty Images

A study from researchers at New York University and Northeastern University is claiming that at least half of the safety features meant to protect children on social media platforms don’t deliver on their promises. The study, published by Heat Initiative and Cybersafety Research Center, tested 86 features across Instagram, Snapchat, TikTok and YouTube. According to the analysis, each of the social media platforms had a failure rate of at least 50 percent when it came to its advertised protective features, like those that prevent adults from messaging children or stop underage accounts from accessing harmful content.

In the study, researchers created dummy accounts to mimic children of various ages, in addition to some adult accounts. The study examined three different scenarios: one where a child was using the social media platform naturally; another where a teen was trying to circumvent a safety feature; and a final case where a “malicious adult actor” would try to bypass the protection features of a separate teen account. Of the many safety features tested which were intended to be turned on by children themselves, the study considered it a failure if: the feature was either so difficult to find within various privacy setting menus as to make real-world use unlikely; or if it did not actually do what it described; or if the feature was completely missing from the platform.

The study’s testing showed that adult accounts were able to “search for, find and then message the child account with zero restrictions” on Snapchat. Similarly, the report noted that one of its teen Instagram accounts was able to “message an adult account they did not follow without any warnings.” The study also found that TikTok would suggest anorexia-related searches to teen accounts.

Spokespeople for Snap, Meta and YouTube contested the study’s findings in statements to the New York Times, which reported that it was able to replicate the study’s findings. A Meta spokesperson told the Times that “teens are seeing less sensitive content, experiencing less unwanted contact, and spending less time on Instagram at night,” thanks to Instagram’s Teen Accounts.

Beyond this latest study, social media companies are facing lawsuits from school districts and individuals who claimed their platforms caused harm. On top of that, many countries are pursuing social media bans for children, with Australia also strengthening its ban recently by doubling its maximum penalty for companies found in non-compliance.

Gemini AI Officially Rolls Out To Android Automotive

Google has officially begun deploying its Gemini artificial intelligence into vehicles equipped with Android Automotive OS. While the name is similar to Android Auto, which merely projects a smartphone interface onto a car’s dashboard, Android Automotive is a standalone operating system natively installed on the vehicle’s hardware.

The integration follows an initial announcement made during the Google I/O conference. According to recent reports, vehicles manufactured by Volvo appear to be among the first models to receive the over-the-air software update.

Enhanced Vehicle Control and Conversational AI

Upon receiving the update, drivers are greeted with an on-screen prompt introducing Gemini as their new in-car AI assistant. Users who prefer the previous interface retain the option to bypass the notification and continue using standard Google Assistant.

The transition to Gemini introduces several functional upgrades, primarily driven by improved natural language processing:

  • Contextual Control: Rather than relying on rigid, specific voice commands, drivers can interact with the vehicle using more conversational phrasing. For instance, commands regarding climate control, windshield wipers, or heated seating can be interpreted more flexibly.
  • System Integration: Because the operating system is embedded directly into the car’s hardware, the AI can interact with core vehicle diagnostics and comfort controls, though specific capabilities remain subject to individual manufacturer limitations.

Distinct UI Features

The Android Automotive implementation differs notably from the smartphone-projected Android Auto experience. On native systems, Gemini features a dedicated on-screen button that allows users to instantly trigger the interactive “Live” conversational mode. In contrast, the Android Auto version requires drivers to explicitly issue a verbal request to initiate a continuous, natural conversation.

This rollout marks a significant step in Google’s strategy to embed generative AI capabilities directly into modern transportation hardware, shifting vehicle interactions away from strict syntax toward adaptive assistant technology.

Filed in Transportation. Read more about Android Automotive, Gemini AI, Google, Google gemini and Volvo.

Rocket Lab Buys Satellite Company Iridium To Go Up Against Starlink And Amazon’s Leo

It wants its own satellite internet network.




Rocket Lab / Iridium

These days, it’s not enough to own a company that sends things up into space; you also need to own the things you’re sending up. Rocket Lab, one of the smaller names in the private spaceflight sector, has today announced it’s buying Iridium Communications in a deal worth $8 billion. In essence, it’s an attempt to buy the capacity it needs to go toe-to-toe with SpaceX’s ever-growing Starlink network. If all the regulatory hurdles are cleared, Rocket Lab will own Iridium’s network of 80 satellites, which connect some of the most remote locations on Earth, as well as its wireless spectrum.

If the name Iridium rings a distant bell, it’s because it’s the company Qualcomm partnered with to bring satellite texting to Android devices. Qualcomm dreamt up Snapdragon Satellite as an alternative to Apple’s space-based emergency SOS feature. Sadly, the program was scuttled in 2023 after phone manufacturers turned their noses up at the plan, and the only mainstream handsets with satellite connectivity are the Pixel 9 series.

The growing adoption of Starlink and SpaceX’s mad valuation have led plenty of its would-be rivals to buy in extra capacity. Back in April, Amazon announced a “merger” between its Leo satellite internet service and Globalstar, which provides the satellite backbone for Apple’s emergency SOS service.

In a statement, Rocket Lab said the deal would give it an “immediate foothold” in various space-based markets. That includes direct device communications and internet of things networks, as well as global positioning, navigation and timing services for major infrastructure providers. Rocket Lab will also likely see benefits for the various military satellite contracts it services. And while Iridium’s network hasn’t grown for a while due to its financial troubles, Rocket Lab is committing to “build upon it to scale into untapped markets and pioneer new space-based services to the benefit of global customers.”

Should You Still Worry About OLED Burn-In In 2026?

Burn-in is often overblown, but understanding the phenomenon is still important.




Peter Macdiarmid/Getty Images

Organic Light-Emitting Diode (OLED) televisions have revolutionized the home viewing experience. By ensuring that every pixel in your display is individually illuminated, OLED screens enhance images by providing deeper contrasts, fast refresh rates, and wide viewing angles. Despite these gains, early OLED televisions came with significant drawbacks. One notable problem was known as burn-in, in which OLED displays retain images even after they left the screen.

Burn-in is an unfortunate byproduct of OLED’s organic pixels, or diodes, which are more delicate than the synthetic ones used in LED screens. OLED screens also don’t use an extra light source, such as a backlight, for illumination. Instead, each pixel self illuminates and shuts down when not displaying color, creating more vibrant hues and deeper blacks. Although self-illumination enables better contrast ratios, it also asks each individual pixels to take on more direct energy. When asked to do so for long periods, it causes the pixels to wear down unevenly. Image retention is the ghostly remnant of this uneven degradation.

Burn-in is most likely to occur when parts of a display remains static, particularly with high brightness, as hotter diodes degrade faster. An obvious case would be a still picture or paused program which remains on the screen. Other common instances include television logos and chyrons, program menus, news tickers, and even subtitles. Black bars from letterboxing or 4:3 aspect ratios can also affect panels as those pixels won’t degrade while others do. As a whole, static images, when constantly on your screen, can leave their ghostly remanence upon your otherwise vibrant OLED display. 

Does burn-in still possible?

Unfortunately, manufacturers have yet to fully eradicate image retention. Several major display makers, such as LG , Samsung and Sony, host webpages coaching users on how to prevent burn-in. Phone manufacturers that deploy OLED screens, such as Google and Apple, also warn users about the potential for image retention. As LG reminds its users on its website, “it is possible to create image retention in almost any display if one really tries hard enough.”

It is important to stress that burn-in won’t likely occur after just a few hours. Rather, tests indicate that permanent burn-in will likely only occur after months or years of a TV displaying static elements. For example, during a long-term burn-in test from review site RTINGS, one user noticed subtitles caused burn-in after roughly 7,100 hours of viewing. In a statement given to CNET, a Sony spokesperson noted that consumers should avoid leaving static images, like a paused video game, “onscreen for several hours or days.”

You’re most likely to experience image retention from chyrons, logos, news tickers, and static elements found in video games. However, you’re only likely to run into problems if you watch the same television channel for hours on end. As such, your uncle who spends his days screaming at Fox News might be more likely to experience burn-in. Even in extreme cases, however, permanent image retention remains unlikely.

Importantly, not all static elements are created equal. During RTINGS‘ long-term study, for instance, testers found that “static scoreboards in sporting events don’t cause any problems.” But for most consumers who use their OLED televisions to watch films, series, sports and other content with varying imagery, burn-in is largely a relic of the past.

Preventing burn-in




Peter Macdiarmid/Getty Images

Many OLED displays come with features designed to prevent the likelihood of burn-in. LG, for instance, touts its OLED display as possessing “self-healing properties” that counteract the phenomenon. Automatic screensavers, meanwhile, can help prevent image retention by nixing static images from the screen. Some televisions offer pixel shift and panel noise features that periodically move or reset the screen’s image to prevent burn-in. Some can even automatically detect and adjust the brightness of static logos. Other helpful settings, like panel refresh or pixel refresh, can help reduce screen retention. These mitigating features are often turned on by default, but it’s worth checking to ensure everything that can help prevent marring your high definition television is enabled.

Ultimately, it’s largely up to viewers to prevent burn-in. However, anyone with a semi-regular viewing habit shouldn’t have much of a problem. If concerned, refrain from leaving static images on your screen, lower your brightness and enable the settings mentioned above. When you start to see the faint glimmer of retained images on your display, turn off your screen and let it rest. Upon returning to your display, watch a few hours of regular programming. Movies, television series and live sports should all provide enough variety. If worried about burn-in on your OLED computer or phone screen, change your wallpaper and flip to dark mode. Luckily, burn-in remains a remote possibility for most consumers. 

Motorola Moto Pad 70 Pro Premium Tablet Launched With 3.5K Display And Snapdragon 8s Gen 4

Motorola has introduced the Moto Pad 70 Pro in India, a premium Android tablet designed for productivity, entertainment, and creative workflows. The device features a full-metal chassis measuring 6.2mm in thickness and weighing 589g. It comes bundled with the Moto Pen Pro stylus.

The tablet is equipped with a 13-inch 3.5K display that offers a 144Hz refresh rate, 12-bit color depth, Dolby Vision, and a peak brightness of 800 nits. Audio is delivered via quad JBL speakers featuring Dolby Atmos integration.

Internally, the device is powered by the Snapdragon 8s Gen 4 processor, combined with 8GB of RAM and internal storage options of 128GB or 256GB, expandable up to 2TB via a microSD card. It supports up to 120fps gaming and delivers an AnTuTu benchmark score exceeding 2.5 million.

The tablet runs on Android 16, with promised updates to Android 17 and 18, alongside security patches extended until 2030. Camera hardware includes a 13-megapixel rear sensor and an 8-megapixel front-facing sensor. The 10,200mAh battery supports 45W fast charging, and a 68W charging adapter is included in the box.

The Moto Pad 70 Pro leverages the Moto Pen Pro to enable several AI-driven functionalities, including:

  • Sketch to Image and AI Super Res
  • AI Live Transcript, AI Notes, and Smarter Reader
  • Smart Capture

Connectivity specifications consist of Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 6.0, Smart Connect, and a dedicated Desk Mode. An optional snap-on keyboard with a touchpad and a dedicated Smart Key is available to support PC-style workflows.

Pricing and Availability

According to GizmoChina, the device will be available in Pantone Titan, retail pricing begins on July 4 via Flipkart, Motorola India, and major retail outlets:

Configuration
Standard Price
ICICI Bank Discount Price

8GB + 128GB
Rs 36,999 (~$390)
Rs 32,999 (~$350)

8GB + 256GB
Rs 39,999 (~$420)
Rs 35,999 (~$380)

8GB + 256GB with Keyboard
Rs 45,999 (~$485)
Rs 41,999 (~$445)

The standalone keyboard can also be purchased as a bundle accessory for Rs 5,999 (~$63). We still have no official word about a release in other markets, such as the U.S.

Filed in Computers >Tablets. Read more about Android 16, Motorola and Qualcomm.

Google Reportedly Capped Meta’s Use Of Gemini AI For Coding And Chatbots

Even tech giants with their own LLMs are having trouble finding enough computing power.




Robert Way/Getty Images

Google was forced to cap Meta’s use of its Gemini AI model after Mark Zuckerberg’s company exceeded its computing capacity, sources familiar with the matter told The Financial Times. The incident reveals that even tech giants with their own LLMs are having trouble finding enough computing power for themselves, let alone their customers. 

Meta does not operate its own cloud business and is trying to rapidly expand its own data center build out, having pledged $600 billion in cloud computing investments over the next two years. Google reportedly warned the social media company about its capacity limits in March, in turn forcing Meta to request that employees use tokens more efficiently, the sources said. 

Gemini AI is being used by Meta for customer service, advertiser chatbots and coding, alongside processes like harmful content takedowns and scam detection. Meta initially chose Gemini for those things because it outperformed its own Llama open-source models, the sources said. The company also employs other models like Anthropic’s Claude for similar purposes.

Despite the billions spent so far on data centers, big companies are struggling to get enough capacity for their usage needs. Google itself recently agreed to pay SpaceX $920 million a month to use xAI’s data centers, due to the extra computing power required for Gemini Enterprise. 

AI power users are benefiting from the boom, but providers like OpenAI aren’t profiting yet, since revenue earned from AI so far is a small percentage of the costs, according to analysts. Recently, token prices have surged, forcing some companies to back off on AI usage — including, it appears, the AI companies themselves. 

DJI’s Osmo Pocket 4P Promises 17 Stops Of Dynamic Range

It will also come in white this time as well as black.




Steve Dent for Engadget

At an event in Malta, DJI has released some more information about its incoming pro gimbal camera, the Osmo Pocket 4P. A successor to the hyper-popular Osmo Pocket 3 vlogging camera (alongside the mainstream Osmo Pocket 4), the Pocket 4P comes with two cameras: one with a regular wide lens like the Pocket 4, and another with a 3x zoom lens for portraits and product shots. 

DJI now says that the Osmo Pocket 4P will offer 17 stops of dynamic range, which would beat every other consumer-level camera and put it on par with Arri’s mega-expensive cinema cams. DJI also introduced a new log mode, D-Log2, that will allow users to take full advantage of that extra dynamic range. The 17-stop claim will need to be verified, of course, once the camera is officially released. 

DJI also revealed the focal length of the lens as equivalent to 60mm for a full frame camera, making it handy for portraits and product shots, along with a “large” aperture that it didn’t yet reveal. Since we already knew this was a 3x zoom, that puts the main camera at about 20mm, giving users both ultra-wide and portrait options. 

The other main piece of news is that the Osmo Pocket 4P will come in white as well as black. That’s the same color as the Pocket 4P’s main rival, the Insta360 Luna Ultra, and gives buyers another color option. Like the latter, it could prove to be a dust and dirt magnet, however. 

Steve Dent for Engadget

The company is keeping all other specs under wraps, including things like the price, resolution and frame rates. This information isn’t too hard to find, though, due to leaks and the fact that the camera is already on sale in China, as per DJI’s usual wonky staggered release schedule. There’s still no release date for Europe or North America, but you can likely expect it to go on sale some time early next quarter.

5 Easy Ways To Get More Range Out Of Your EV

These little tricks will help you spend more time driving instead of charging.

Modern electric vehicles have come a long way since range anxiety was an actual concern. These days, EV makers have to clear an EPA-verified range of at least 300 miles to be taken seriously. Sorry, Fiat 500e. Some EVs even boast a range closer to 500 miles. Still, for longer road trips or if you plan to be passing through an EV charging desert, it might make sense to try some techniques to squeeze a little more range out of your EV’s battery. Beyond the typical ways to get more mileage out of cars in general, here are five ways to keep your EV going for longer between charging.

Take advantage of regenerative braking

Instead of wasting all the kinetic energy generated from braking like in traditional internal combustion engine cars, hybrids and EVs can capture all that potentially lost energy and convert it into electricity that powers its battery. Each EV maker has its own way of doing regenerative braking, but the general idea is that the electric motors that propel the EV forward can also act as a generator that captures the electricity generated from slowing down.

In cases where emergency braking isn’t needed, regenerative braking will step in and create small bursts of battery charge and bumps in EV range. It’s hard to say exactly how many more miles you’ll get thanks to this, but the US Department of Energy said that regenerative braking results in 22 percent energy recovery for EVs in combined city and highway driving.

Chill on the AC




Yusuke Ide/Getty Images

Unlike older gasoline-powered cars that use a compressor to power the air conditioning, an EV will rely on its battery to pump cold air into the cabin. That means EVs are using the same power source that supplies you with both air conditioning and range.

Instead, you may want to precondition your EV while it’s still plugged into an outlet at home. This way, all the heavy lifting of getting your cabin to the right temperature will be drawn from the power outlet and not the EV’s battery. Of course, you’ll still have to rely on the battery to keep you cool while driving, but it won’t have to work as hard to get down to the perfect temps. Alternatively, you could employ basic techniques like using sun shades, flushing out the stale air by rolling down the windows, or even opt for ventilated seats instead of turning on the AC.

Avoid driving in the cold

On the other end of the thermometer, extreme cold weather conditions can also impact your EV range. In the winter, cold temperatures can slow down the chemical reactions in your EV battery that produce power. According to the Department of Energy, freezing temperatures can affect EV range by up to 32 percent.

Consumer Reports did real-world tests that showed that cold weather of around 16 degrees can reduce an EV’s range by about 25 percent when driving at 70 mph, compared to driving in the same conditions but on a day in the mid-60 degrees. Just like running the AC on a summer day, driving in the frigid weather may cost you some range through needing to pump heat into the cabin, too.

Get rid of the junk in your trunk

While aerodynamics affects all cars and how efficiently they drive, it’s a major contributing factor to how EVs calculate their range. Less drag means more range, which is why many EV makers boast about their low drag coefficient numbers, like the Lucid Air and its 0.197.

Considering that, it’s important to remove any accessories from your EV that would affect its aerodynamics, including roof racks, bike racks, tonneau covers or crossbars. To eke out even more range, you can try to keep your trunk clean since any additional weight will also reduce your EV’s efficiency.

Tame the need for speed

As much as all EV drivers want to show off their rapid acceleration, it’s better to not have a lead foot when it comes to maximizing range. When you floor the accelerator, your EV has to burn a significant amount of power to achieve that burst of speed. If you add up that inefficient acceleration at every single intersection, you may end up spending more time charging your EV in the long run.

To get more range out of your EV, it’s better to coast on cruise control or tap into your EV’s eco mode. On top of that, the faster you go, the more air resistance you introduce. In tests conducted by Car and Driver, driving at 55 mph and at 75 mph contributed to more than 100 miles of range lost with the Kia EV9.

Australia Doubles The Maximum Penalty For Its Social Media Ban

The fine can now potentially hit 99 million AUD, or $68 million.




Matt Cardy/Getty Images

After becoming the first in the world to implement a social media ban for those under 16, Australia isn’t doubling down. In a press release, the Australian government announced that it will double the maximum penalty for any social media companies breaking its minimum age law, from 49.5 million to 99 million AUD, or more than $68 million.

“It’s clear big tech are not doing enough to comply with the law,” Anthony Albanese, the country’s prime minister, said. “These changes reflect the seriousness with which we take any failure by social media companies to comply with our world-leading law.”

Along with the new penalty threshold, the Australian government is granting its eSafety Commissioner, Julie Grant, more enforcement power. Now, the commissioner can demand social media companies provide evidence of how they’re stopping children under 16 years old from starting an account. Notably, the Australian agency can gather evidence regarding compliance with the ban from third parties, like from age verification or app store providers, according to the press release. The country’s online safety agency also said it’s still “actively investigating potential non-compliance” with Facebook, Instagram, Snapchat, TikTok and YouTube.

While the government said it has already seen more than five million under-16 accounts removed, deactivated or restricted since the ban went into effect in December, there have been some recent studies and polls that note the potential ineffectiveness. In April, a charity organization called the Molly Rose Foundation found that 61 percent of more than 1,000 kids polled between 12 and 15 years old still had access to social media. More recently, the University of Newcastle published a study that claimed that more than 85 percent of Australian teens under 16 are still on social media apps.

Mesh Wi-Fi Or A Range Extender? Here’s How To Know Which One You Actually Need

Wi-Fi extenders are cheap, but come with distinct drawbacks.




New Africa/Shutterstock

Few inconveniences inspire as much angst as a spotty Wi-Fi network. Whether your favorite streamer’s video quality fluctuates or you can’t stop losing connection during your Zoom interview, a poor signal can ruin the best laid plans. But before you ditch your internet service provider, it may be worthwhile investigating how to bolster your current network.

Consumers looking to expand their home or office internet signals typically turn to one of two options. Plug-in Wi-Fi extenders boost your router’s signal in distant rooms, but can suffer from strength and reliability issues. Mesh Wi-Fi systems, on the other hand, spread your router’s network equally throughout a given space with localized satellites, but are more expensive. Which you choose depends on context specific factors, ranging from your budgetary appetite to the physical dimensions of your home or office.

Before diving deeper into each system’s strengths and weaknesses, it is important to take stock of your specific Wi-Fi needs. Not to sound like a management consultant, but you need to define the problem before crafting a solution. Are you looking to fill a dead spot in your home, or do you need to expand your coverage through multiple floors and rooms? Are you in need of a high powered internet connection, or are you searching for a budget option that simply gets the job done? Your answers to these questions will likely determine which of these is right for you.

Extender vs. mesh: Which should you choose?




CoinUp/Shutterstock

Wi-Fi extenders are simple signal repeaters that you plug into an outlet to rebroadcast your connection to another region of your home or office. A budget solution that doesn’t require a new router, extenders are great if you’re looking to fill a specific gap in your network.  Relatively easy to set up with limited hardware, adding a quality Wi-Fi extender is a strong choice when needing to supplement signals at a particular point in your house, such as a dead zones in a garage or backyard patio.

The convenience and affordability of a Wi-Fi extender comes with distinct drawbacks. For one thing, extenders do a poor job of creating extensive coverage over wide areas and are not ideal for large homes. Because they must receive and rebroadcast your router’s signal, positioning and other environmental factors can have an outsized effect on performance. Moreover, extenders connect to both your router and devices through the same radio bands, halving the available bandwidth. Because extenders typically rebroadcast signals under a different Wi-Fi name, they require users to reconnect whenever tapping into their network. Although manageable if deployed selectively, relying on extenders throughout a home can become an inconvenience, particularly for bandwidth intensive activities.

Mesh Wi-Fi systems, meanwhile, create a wider network by stationing several nodes that provide equal coverage. Smart routing automatically connects devices to the strongest signal, eliminating dead spots and abolishing the need to connect to a new network. Increasingly popular, these systems require you to replace your current hardware with a mesh router and its satellite nodes. 

Unfortunately, mesh systems are costly and difficult to set up than Wi-Fi extenders. However, adding additional nodes after initial installation is relatively easy, making your mesh network a scalable solution capable of delivering an equally reliable across multiple rooms and floors. 

Although overkill if you have limited bandwidth needs or live in a studio apartment, mesh networks are unquestionably superior if you need strong coverage across larger areas. If you’re setting up an entertainment center in the basement or need to host video calls from your attic-turned-office, a mesh network will extend your signal without any bandwidth degradation. The best mesh Wi-Fi systems deliver fast, reliable signals to your entire home. Whether you’re willing to pay the hefty price for one likely depends on your space and consumption habits.

Flock Cameras Track More Than Your License Plate, And They’re Spreading Fast

“You can’t get a breath of fresh air … without us knowing.”




bluestork/Shutterstock

Thanks to the rise of AI, a new kind of surveillance camera has rapidly proliferated across the United States. Typically referred to as automated license plate readers, or ALPRs, they’re most often mounted along roadways, where they log the movements of cars which pass through their field of vision. Though various companies offer them, the most well known come from Flock Security, and the company has consequently been a lightning rod for public opinion. Shocking exactly nobody, there has been widespread public backlash to cameras that track everyone, whether or not they’ve been suspected of a crime.

Although Flock cameras are often referred to as license plate readers, that’s reductive. Reading license plates is their primary task, but they can be used to track just about anyone or anything. Even without a license plate, law enforcement officers can search for things such as, hypothetically, “green sedan with American flag bumper sticker,” or, “pickup truck with paint scratches on left side and dirt bike in truck bed.” Reducing Flock ALPRs to license plate readers is a bit like calling your own eyes “Engadget article readers” simply because that’s what you’re using them for at this particular moment. The company also offers AI surveillance cameras which do track individuals.

The issues with Flock Safety cameras are well documented: Flock has been plagued by security vulnerabilities, rampant misuse by law enforcement officers and AI malfunctions which land innocent people in trouble with the law. And once Flock cameras take root in a city, weeding them out can be nearly impossible. There are now over 100,000 ALPRs installed nationwide, with the vast majority coming from Flock.

How do Flock cameras work, and what do they do?




Smith Collection/gado/Getty Images

Flock Security cameras are, like most smart devices, small computers. They run a modified version of Android and wirelessly transmit footage to a database, where it is cataloged using AI for searched natural language searches by anyone with access to the system. Flock contracts with cities, towns, neighborhoods and businesses.

In addition to Flock’s infamous ALPRs, the company also offers AI security cameras, mobile security trailers, and  — just in case you’re a creep looking to point an AI camera into someone’s backyard  — quadcopter drones. All of them operate on the same principles. Just type what you’re looking for, and the system will show footage of anything it thinks matches your description. This makes AI powered cameras like Flock’s distinct from traditional surveillance or traffic cams, which require someone to manually look over footage in order to find a specific vehicle or individual.

The Flock network can be restricted to a contracted area, but many departments join a nationwide network. As the ACLU of Massachusetts pointed out, police as far away from the state as Texas can search its Flock footage. While Flock does not have a direct contract with federal law enforcement agencies, Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and other Homeland Security agencies are often granted access to the system through data sharing programs with local police departments (a practice which began before Flock arrived on the scene). In Denver, the ACLU of Colorado obtained logs showing that local police had conducted over 1,400 searches on ICE’s behalf as of August.

That’s not to say the cameras never prove useful for crime-solving. Flock has helped to solve at least one murder case and to take down a vehicle smash-and-grab operation. But its AI-enhanced capabilities track everyone, innocent or not.

Flock cameras have been riddled with security flaws

Flock vehemently insists that its cameras are secure. The truth is that Flock cannot seem to go very long without vulnerabilities becoming exposed. Many of the most critical exploits have been discovered by Benn Jordan, a musician and YouTuber with no formal background in cybersecurity research.

In December 2025, Jordan found that at least 70 Flock Safety cameras were exposed to the Internet and could be accessed through a commercial search engine. No password was required to view live footage of children at parks, couples having intimate arguments, and other moments people did not know were surveilled. Many exposed cameras belonged to Flock’s Condor cameras which track people, not vehicles. Jordan was even able to record Flock’s flippant response to his previous investigations onto a Flock Condor camera and then download the footage to include in his video.

That came after Jordan had already exposed numerous security holes in a November expose, many of which could be exploited with equally sophomoric techniques. With physical access to the outdoor cameras, Jordan and researcher John Gaines were able to press a physical button and connect to the camera over Wi-Fi, debug it with basic Android development tools, and gain root access  — even installing malware. There were also exposed USB ports vulnerable to a malicious USB drive. There were too many other findings to list, but Jordan’s video is comprehensive.

Most tech companies invite information about critical exploits with bug bounty programs, or at least by crediting independent researchers. Flock Safety, by contrast, has responded by smearing security researchers including Jordan as “activist groups who want to defund the police, weaken public safety, and normalize lawlessness.”

Cops have misused Flock cameras




Matthew G Eddy/Shutterstock

How intoxicating must it be, as a police officer, to gain access to the Flock network? Like Batman toward the end of The Dark Knight, you would instantly be able to spy on any individual, the entire city baring up its secrets to you with a few keystrokes. But unlike Batman, some police have used Flock to harass and stalk women, while Flock employees used footage of preschoolers to sell more cameras. That’s because there are very few guardrails, if any, to prevent abuse. A warrant is rarely required for a database search, and there’s no paperwork.

As reported this month by 404 Media, there have been dozens of documented instances in which cops have abused Flock to track the whereabouts of ex-girlfriends, current partners, and other individuals. In most cases, the stalking was only discovered when a victim searched their plate in HaveIBeenFlocked or a similar tool and discovered their whereabouts had been searched hundreds of times. That may sound bad, but it’s worse than it sounds. Since the only known cases are those where the offending officer was caught and arrested or fired, the true scope of abuse is likely much larger. Flock told 404 Media that “15 incidents of abuse” had surfaced because of “the transparency and accountability features” built into its platform, adding that its Audit Assistance tool “proactively flags unintended use.”

There have been issues inside of Flock itself, too. One particularly shocking report from 404 Media found that Flock employees had been watching children swimming in the pool and during gymnastics classes at the Marcus Jewish Community Center of Atlanta, and even showing those camera feeds to police departments as part of a sales demo. Flock responded belligerently, writing in part, “The employees being named online are well-intentioned employees who accessed a camera network with the city’s explicit permission, as part of their job. They are now being called predators for it.”

Flock cameras keep getting innocent people in trouble




Kali9/Getty Images

We can look to just one of the many cities Flock operates in to see how its cameras create issues, even without explicit abuse. In May of 2024, Denver, Colorado installed 111 cameras across the city. The contract was renewed in 2025 when Mayor Mike Johnston overruled a unanimous city council vote against the extension.

One Denver woman, financial advisor Chrisanna Elser, was stunned when Columbine police officer Sgt. Jamie Milliman knocked on her door and delivered a summons for theft. According to Milliman, she’d been caught on camera stealing a package from a front door. “You know we have cameras in that town. You can’t get a breath of fresh air in or out of that place without us knowing,” the officer can be heard saying in Ring doorbell footage from the September 2025 incident. Elser was lucky. Her Rivian truck has cameras of its own, and she was able to deliver footage from the day of the alleged crime, proving she had not stopped while driving through the area from which the package was stolen. The charges were eventually dropped.

Others haven’t been so lucky. Multiple Colorado drivers have been pulled over and treated as suspected criminals when Flock ALPRs mistook a number zero for a letter ‘O’, or vice versa. One driver told the local 9News he feels his safety is at risk because officers are alerted every time a Flock camera sees his vehicle. Police claimed they were unable to remove him from their hotlist.

After widespread protest, including a packed town hall in October attended by city council members and nationally known privacy advocates, Denver cancelled its Flock contract… and awarded it to Axon, a company which already provides body cameras to police departments.

Why do cities keep giving contracts to Flock?




Max Miller for Engadget

With so many alarming issues around Flock Safety, it’s hard to understand why these AI surveillance cameras keep cropping up. There are a few reasons, ranging from citizen disenfranchisement to restrictive Flock contracts.

While average citizens dislike the technology, especially those from marginalized groups most likely to be targeted by AI surveillance, they often have little to no say in the matter. Flock markets directly to law enforcement, and if you’re a cop or pro-law-enforcement city official, it’s easy to see why blanketing your locale in AI-powered cameras is a tantalizing prospect. Despite little evidence that Flock cameras actually reduce crime, the company markets its products as powerful crime-stopping and deterrence tools.

In Denver, Mayor Johnston defended his decision to retain Flock’s services by claiming in a 9News interview that the cameras had aided in solving the murder of a transgender woman, Jax Gratton, whose body was found in the nearby town of Lakewood. The case had become a rallying cry for LGBTQ safety in the Denver area. But the mayor’s claims were doubly false. Not only had Flock not assisted in the case, but no arrest had been made. Gratton’s mother publicly demanded a forthcoming apology from the mayor.

Shooing Flock away is made more difficult by its ironclad contracts. When Dayton, Ohio and Evanston, Illinois wanted out of their Flock deals, they were unsure whether removing the cameras would constitute a breach of contract. Their solution? Both cities covered the Flock cameras with garbage bags. The only way to evoke a more heavy-handed metaphor would have been to cover them with lampshades.

To see whether any Flock cameras are lurking near you, you can use the map created by DeFlock, an open-source tool tracking the proliferation of ALPR cameras.

Uber Expands US Driver Background Checks After Sexual Assault Lawsuits

Uber is adopting a more stringent background check process for its drivers, which will expand the kinds of criminal convictions that will disqualify them from driving or delivering for the company. The ridesharing firm has announced its new standard for background checks, shortly after its shareholders sued the company’s board of directors and executive officers. 

“Uber’s leadership has a long history of devoting insufficient resources to customer safety and protection, and setting a tone of non-compliance for the organization,” the lawsuit read. That lack of compliance, the lawsuit said, led to sexual assault and harassment of Uber riders. Uber has been facing waves of sexual assault lawsuits for years, and it recently awarded $8.5 million in damages to settle a 19-year-old’s plaintiff’s accusation that she was raped by a driver in Arizona. 

The company will start implementing its updated background check, which it believes is the strongest in the industry, starting on Monday. Under the new rules, violent felonies that involve armed robbery, aggravated assault and arson, as well child abuse and endangerment, strangulation and stalking, will disqualify drivers, even if their record was more than seven years ago. Uber already doesn’t sign on interested people who had been convicted of sexual assault, sex crimes involving minors, sexual offenses, murder or homicide, kidnapping and terrorism. 

Anybody convicted of DUI, speeding and reckless driving, theft and fraud, property damage, weapons offenses, harassment and violating a protective order, among others, also won’t be able to drive for Uber if their conviction happened within the past seven years. Drivers also can’t be convicted of driving without license and driving while uninsured over the past three years.

Uber is making a narrow exception for longstanding drivers who haven’t received any serious interpersonal safety-related complaints. As long as their felony conviction is older than 15 years old and was not sexual in nature, they can continue driving for Uber. “We believe this is the right thing to do for drivers who have rebuilt their lives and demonstrated good behavior on and off the Uber platform,” the company said. This exception will apply to approximately 2,000 drivers across the US. 

The company explained that it uses third-party background check providers, who “search a range of federal, national, state, and local sources, including federal court records, the National Sex Offender Public Website, international sanctions lists, and databases used to identify suspected terrorists.” Uber has been using a 7-year SSN trace in the US for its background checks. But going forward, its searches will use a 99-year, or lifetime, SSN trace for initial background checks and annual re-screening of existing drivers and couriers. According to Bloomberg, the new measures are expected to lead to the removal of tens of thousands of drivers, or around 0.5 percent of its workforce in the US

The Differences Between Dolby Digital, DTS And Atmos (And Which Is Better)

How to decide which of these surround sound formats is best for your home theater.




LIAL/Shutterstock

If you’ve been down the rabbit hole of home theater audio, you’ve likely encountered the world of surround sound audio formats. The two main players, Dolby and DTS, can be found in some of the best home audio gear and each offer multiple standards, and the differences can be opaque at first blush. So, what are the differences between Dolby Digital and Dolby Atmos, and what makes DTS:X unique compared to DTS?

DTS (short for Digital Theater Systems, the name of the company which owns the technology) has been a longtime competitor to Dolby formats, with Dolby first throwing down the gauntlet with Dolby Digital during the early days of home theater surround sound, and now with Atmos as spatial audio takes the cutting edge. Emerging with the move from analog to digital home video, both Dolby Digital and DTS aimed to deliver theater-style surround sound to the living room. DVDs were able to deliver channel-mixed sound using either format, a major boon for those who had invested in home theater systems.

Those early versions are now outdated. With the rise of 3D, object-based mixing, in which each individual sound within a mix can be tracked spatially rather than directed to channels (adding a Z-axis to the previously 2D mix), we now have Dolby Atmos competing against DTS:X. But while both technologies aim to deliver a similar audio experience, they have different pros and cons, as well as different levels of support that can affect which one is the better choice for you.

Dolby and DTS both offer multiple formats




Yuganov Konstantin/Shutterstock

The holy grail of tech is a single specification to rule them all. But in practice, that almost never happens. To accommodate different use cases, both Dolby and DTS offer multiple formats, and differentiating between them isn’t simple. Spatial formats aside (covered further down), the main differences come down to the way each codec compresses the audio stream.

Beginning with traditional, 5.1 and 7.1-channel surround sound, Dolby offers Digital and Digital Plus, respectively. These are both lossy formats, meaning they drop some detail compared to the original audio master. Dolby Digital Plus is the baseline audio format for many streaming services. DTS Digital Surround competes against these, and is also lossy, though slightly less so.

DTS-HD Master Audio and Dolby TrueHD are a step up. Both are bit-perfect, lossless formats, which makes them quite a bit more data-intensive. As a consequence, they are typically included on 4K Blu-Ray discs but not streaming services (this is why audiophiles with expensive home theater setups tend to prefer physical media over streaming). Even so, DTS-HD Master audio is technically more detailed, delivered at up to 24.5 megabits per-second (Mbps) with a sample rate of 96 kHz at 24 bits of depth compared to Dolby TrueHD, which maxes out at 18 Mbps with a sample rate of 96 kHz and 24 bits of depth when in an 8-channel configuration or 192 kHz and 24-bits when in a 6-channel setup. You should not give a single hoot about these differences unless you’ve invested enough money into your home theater sound system to fund a small startup, but if that’s you, DTS-HD is worth pursuing.

Dolby Atmos has strict requirements, while DTS:X adapts

Dolby Atmos has strict technical requirements that can make porting it from a theater to your home challenging. When installing a proper Dolby Atmos speaker setup, you need to mount some of them on the ceiling in order to properly hear the Z-axis of the spatial mix. You’ll need at least two and up to four top-mounted speakers for full height imaging. Soundbars with Atmos from companies like Samsung attempt to circumnavigate that requirement by firing some of their sound toward the ceiling and bouncing the audio waves back down to the listener. But as many have found out the hard way, this requires very flat ceilings without any lighting fixtures, and even then, it can disappoint because your soundbar doesn’t know how high your ceiling is. Ultimately, Dolby Atmos is the best choice for those who can invest in a fully custom multi-channel speaker arrangement configured to Dolby’s precise specifications.

DTS:X is contrastingly adaptable to your needs, partially because it runs on the multi-dimensional audio (MDA) open-source standard —despite itself being a proprietary format. Rather than requiring a specific configuration of speakers, it uses whatever you’re already working with and uses an automatic calibration process to map spatial objects within your existing speaker setup. Additionally, it is not as reliant on overhead sound, and can mix down to a 5.1 or 7.1 setup. This can make it a better choice for unconventionally shaped rooms or for those who cannot afford a full 7.1.4 system. It also theoretically supports unlimited audio objects compared to Atmos’s 128-object limit. While this all makes it sound like DTS:X is the no-brainer choice, we haven’t yet talked about compatibility.

How many speakers do you need for Dolby and DTS formats?

We should briefly touch on speaker configurations, but in general, you can feel free to choose a number of speakers that makes the most sense for you. Both DTS and Dolby formats are highly configurable, though, as alluded to above, Dolby Atmos has relatively stringent requirements. Channel configurations are numerically represented as X.Y.Z, where X represents the number of primary speakers, Y stands for the number of subwoofers, and Z denotes top-mounted height channels. For example, 7.1.4 configurations have seven main speakers, one subwoofer, and four overhead speakers.

Dolby Digital, Digital Plus, and TrueHD are configurable with mono and stereo speakers, as well as 5.1 and 7.1-channel setups. The same goes for DTS and DTS-HD Master Audio.

Dolby Atmos needs at least 3.1.2 channels, which is what you’ll get with most Atmos soundbars (covered below in more depth). For a full speaker array, the most common layouts are 5.1.2 and 7.1.4. However, Atmos is configurable up to a whopping 11.1.8 setup, which will map each object in the mix with maximum precision. There are many other supported speaker configurations for Atmos, so head to Dolby’s speaker setup guide page to see each of those options.

As mentioned above, DTS:X is channel-agnostic, and can adapt to any speaker arrangement you happen to have. If you want both Atmos and DTS:X, prioritize dialing in your perfect Atmos setup, then configure DTS:X after the fact.

Soundbars, surround sound, and you

The technical differences between Dolby and DTS formats pertain mainly to multi-channel speaker setups. However, soundbars are far more popular, since you can simply plop them on your TV console and plug them into your HDMI port. Many soundbars market themselves as supporting Dolby and DTS formats, and there’s a solid chance you clicked on this article hoping to determine whether you’re actually getting the capabilities advertised on the box.

It is self-evidently impossible for a single soundbar to deliver the full-fat experience of being surrounded by speakers, especially when some are supposed to be overhead. Instead, most Dolby Atmos or DTS:X-capable soundbars have a number of drivers which point upward at an angle. In combination with an onboard processor, it blasts sound toward your ceiling, bouncing it back down toward you. It’s a clever workaround, but the spatial effect can be fragile.

Object-based audio from a soundbar with Dolby Atmos or DTS:X requires very flat ceilings without any lighting fixtures, and even then, it can disappoint because your soundbar doesn’t know how high your ceiling is. If your room has flat ceilings with an average height of around 12 feet and no lights or other fixtures to get in the way, soundbars can deliver much more impressive spatial audio than you might assume. But if you’ve got vaulted ceilings, ceiling fans, or hanging lamps, you’ll struggle to hear the immersive effect. Even a popcorn ceiling can cause the sound waves to disperse rather than reflecting back into your ear. If your room is suitable, position the soundbar so that nothing is above it to block the top-firing drivers, and position your couch the same distance from the soundbar as the soundbar is from the ceiling.

Which surround sound format is best for you?




Grassetto/Getty Images

When it comes to choosing between DTS and Dolby formats, high-resolution physical formats like 4K Blu-Ray  often use Dolby Atmos mixing but sometimes use DTS:X. However, if you’re primarily streaming movies, you’ll be getting Dolby Atmos in most cases. With the exception of Disney+, which supports both formats, major streaming services have almost exclusively embraced Dolby Atmos. That includes Amazon Prime Video, Apple TV+, HBO Max, Netflix, and even Paramount+. In theaters, you’ll find Dolby Atmos in auditoriums with Dolby Cinema, versus Imax, which uses DTS sound for home video releases through its Imax Enhanced program (although Imax sound in theaters uses Imax’s proprietary audio format).

If you must choose for whatever reason, prioritize Dolby Atmos support in your audio setup for the broadest possible compatibility. The good news is that most consumers do not need to choose between Dolby and DTS formats. The vast majority of audio receivers and soundbars can handle both.

Ultimately, Dolby Atmos reigns supreme due to its hold over the industry. When assembled to Dolby’s specifications, Atmos can create a magical experience that makes you feel like you’re inside the action, but that illusion can quickly fall apart if you do not or cannot meet its exacting requirements. DTS:X has more limited support but can be much easier to adapt to your room and speaker configuration. 

Are Smart Bulbs More Expensive To Run Than Standard LEDs?

We may receive a commission on purchases made from links.

Smart bulbs have really caught on in recent years, and it’s easy to see why. They are a breeze to use, work exactly as advertised and offer a simplified introduction into the world of smart home automation. Also, there’s just something fun about barking “turn the lights off” like a spoiled monarch and getting the bulb to do your bidding.

Smart bulbs tend to be filled with some nifty, albeit relatively simple, tech, leaving many to wonder if they use more energy than traditional LED bulbs. After all, they do contain more components to enable communication with your smartphone or Wi-Fi. So are these gadgets truly energy efficient or does the convenience come with a price? 

Do smart bulbs use more energy than standard LED bulbs?

The answer is yes. Smart bulbs do use a tad bit more energy than regular LED bulbs. This is due to the nature of the technology. The two types of bulbs use the same amount of energy when illuminating a space, but standard LEDs draw no power when turned off. Smart bulbs do draw a bit of power when not in use, so they can remain connected to Wi-Fi or a hub. 

According to a 2019 study published in ScienceDirect, “when a user turns off a smart LED bulb from a mobile device, the bulb stops emitting light; however it is constantly consuming power.” The study found that of the 30 smart LED bulbs tested, 21 had standby power consumption levels of less than 0.5 watts, which met the requirement set out by the Energy Star program.

How much more energy does a smart bulb use?

Smart bulbs use very little electricity in standby mode. This varies depending on the manufacturer and model, but we’ve found devices like the TP-Link Tapo that are advertised as consuming about 0.2 watts in standby, while Philips Hue stated in a whitepaper that most of its “more modern products” consume less than 0.5 watts while in standby mode. 

A single bulb’s standby power consumption will increase your energy bill by $0.35 to $1.30 per year, though this will vary depending on local utility costs. For many, this difference in consumption will be negligible and won’t impede smart bulb adoption.

The US Department of Energy notes that devices left in standby mode make up around 5 to 10 percent of a home’s total electricity use. The biggest standby power thieves are things like microwaves, televisions, routers and computers, though.

Can you still save money in the long run?

Absolutely. The additional power draw of a smart bulb is so small that the various benefits offered could offset the cost and even reverse it. One of the primary functions of a smart bulb is the ability to turn it on or off at will via an app or smart assistant. Another primary function is the ability to create schedules. Taken together, this can drastically reduce the amount of time the bulb is being used. Many models even allow for dimming, which further lowers the energy load.

Are there any other hidden costs with smart bulbs?

There is one other fairly significant cost factor, but it’s not hidden at all. That’s the price of the actual bulbs. Smart bulbs tend to be more expensive to purchase when compared to regular bulbs. Traditional LEDs cost anywhere from $1.50 to $4 per bulb, and combo packs can lower the price even further. Smart bulbs start at around $6, in the case of IKEA’s latest offering, and shoot all the way up to around $90. However, the average price sits at around $8 to $15 per bulb. Combo packs can help keep costs down.

Do smart bulbs last longer than traditional LEDs?

No, but it’s a bit more complicated than that. Smart bulbs are typically rated slightly under traditional LED bulbs when it comes to lifespan. This is primarily because of the additional components involved with a smart bulb, which can wear down as the years go on. On paper, regular LEDs last for 20 to 40 years and smart bulb LEDs last anywhere from 15 to 25 years.

Once again, this can be offset by the nature of the technology. Smart bulbs won’t stay powered on as long as old-school light bulbs, but the added control options will likely translate to a more economical usage schedule.

Here’s Your Daily Reminder That You Don’t Own Digital Content

People in Europe will soon lose access to Studio Canal movies they paid for on the PlayStation Store.




Sony

Sony has notified customers in a handful of European countries that they’ll soon lose access to some movies that they’ve purchased through the PlayStation Store due to the upcoming expiration of a licensing deal with Studio Canal. If you bought any of the movies on the list in affected regions, which includes hundreds of titles, “it will be removed from your video library” on September 1, according to the warning. It’s yet another frustrating reminder that paying for a digital product doesn’t actually equate ownership — when licenses expire or servers are shut down, your purchased content might go right with them. 

The PlayStation Store posted the notice about the termination of Studio Canal movies on several regional pages, including those for UK, French, Italian and Spanish customers. Don’t get your hopes up for a refund, either. The notice doesn’t mention anything of the sort. The expiration date is still a few months away, though, so there’s still a chance things could change. The PlayStation Store was set to pull Discovery shows a few years back due to licensing issues, but it ultimately worked out a new licensing agreement so it could reverse course on their planned removal.

Engadget Indie Pitch: I’M YOUR HOST

What’s your game called and what’s it about?

Our game is called I’M YOUR HOST. It’s an audio deduction game where you use a custom OS to restore a series of lost podcast episodes.

How big is the development team?

Three of us at Calligram Studio. Eleanor Summers is the artist, Alexander Smith is the sound designer and composer, and I, Jigmé Özer, do the rest.

How long have you been working on it?

About two years. We started pretty much after Phoenix Springs was released in late 2024; it was our first game and it was in development for seven years. The idea with this one was to have a short, manageable scope. Fingers crossed it’ll be ready in a handful of months.

What’s the origin story of I’M YOUR HOST? Share what inspired you.

I’ve done a lot of video and audio editing in the past, and I’ve always been fascinated by the bits that don’t make it into the final cut. The dailies, or BTS footage, the bad takes. All the stuff left on the cutting room floor. It’s like a liminal space between the worlds of reality and fiction. The idea with I’M YOUR HOST is to give players a straightforward linear narrative through the structure of the podcast episodes, but also to let them sense a parallel story emerge via discarded interviews, field recordings, and other audio clips. 

Editing is essentially manipulation. It’s a big theme of the story, which revolves around paranoia and technological coercion.

Calligram Studio

Talk about the importance of audio, and particularly narration, when it comes to designing an immersive and methodical mystery.

If you close your eyes and listen to what’s around you right now, you can try to imagine it’s an audio recording for ten seconds. Maybe there’s office chatter or the noise of ambient traffic in the distance. Audio packs such a huge amount of information in such a short timeframe. Who is talking, and what mood are they in? Where are they in the world? Are they lying? These are all clues we pick up on in split seconds, and it’s a really fun texture to play with when constructing a deduction game.

What draws you to the retro-futurism aesthetic, and how does this visual style support the mechanics of I’M YOUR HOST?

Although we call it an audio game, the truth is that I’M YOU HOST is secretly a text game. And when it comes to displaying text on a screen, nothing is as evocative or texturally interesting as older computer operating systems. I researched a lot of retro UIs for the project, especially no-frills scientific research software. They have such a beautifully clunky quality. But I always kept going back to early Winamp and Avid, which is video editing software. 

There is a modern version, but my film school had an old analogue copy with a big chunky purpose-built keyboard and jog wheel — like a big dial you could turn to scrub the video frame by frame. It felt so tactile and tangible. I guess that’s why it’s more appealing than a modern phone UI where you gently tap glass with the tip of your finger.

Why are video games your chosen form of expression?

I think maybe there’s a simple model of storytelling and technology that goes like this: First we told stories orally, then we wrote them down in books. Then we added audio and had radio plays. Then video, and that led to films and TV. Then interactivity, and that’s where we’re at with video games. And maybe the temptation is to think that interactivity means choice, but I’m much more interested in playing around with the linearity of time. 

Like, you die in an area once and respawn with a new skill or knowledge about an enemy. That’s time travel. I get excited when I think about all the storytelling possibilities that the medium affords.

Calligram Studio

What’s the biggest roadblock you’ve faced as a smaller developer?

Honestly can’t think of anything. We’ve kinda made a conscious effort to carve out our own niche for the studio. Maybe one foot in the very obscure jam / itch.io stuff and one foot on the periphery of the industry. We’re happy with our path so far. 

If the game flops, though, I’m sure I’ll find plenty of culprits.

What can larger companies and publishers do to better support developers like yourself?

I’m trying to think of an interesting answer that isn’t just: money. But it’s hard to answer because we spoke to a few great publishers for this project and they were all very supportive. It just wasn’t the right time or fit. 

However, if by larger companies you include distributors like Steam, then, yeah, I’d d happily make good use of the 30 percent cut we’ve been paying them. It’s absurd that the sliding scale currently benefits AAAs, who pay a smaller fee the more units they ship. It feels completely backwards.

Let’s bring it back home. Sell I’M YOUR HOST in one sentence:

Think Her Story, but weirder.

Calligram Studio

I’M YOUR HOST is in development and will be published by Calligram Studio. It will be available on PC, Mac and Linux and can be wishlisted on Steam. Its release date is “fingers crossed it’ll be ready in a handful of months,” or, TBA.

Tesla Settles Lawsuit Over Fatal Pedestrian Crash Involving Full Self-Driving

The lawsuit dates back to a deadly incident in Arizona in 2023.




Sjoerd Van Der Wal/Getty Images

Tesla has settled another lawsuit that involves a death related to one of its driver assistance systems. As first reported by Bloomberg, the lawsuit, which revolves around the death of 71-year-old Johna Story in Arizona, has been resolved but terms of the settlement weren’t disclosed.

Story’s family filed the lawsuit against Tesla in 2023, following the incident where the grandmother stepped out of her car to direct traffic around a separate collision that was caused by sun glare. Story was then hit and killed by a Model Y that was using Full Self-Driving. Notably, this case was the first reported incident of a pedestrian fatality related to Tesla’s automated driving technology. Besides the lawsuit, the crash led to a federal investigation from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, which examined how Full Self-Driving operates in poor visibility conditions.

Unlike most other incidents involving Tesla’s driver assistance features, the lawsuit targets Full Self-Driving, which has since been rebranded to Full Self-Driving (Supervised). In the past, other legal actions filed against Tesla mention its previous Autopilot feature, like the lawsuit involving a Model X driver who crashed into a median and died while using Autopilot. Tesla has since settled that lawsuit with the victim’s family. However, Tesla is facing a new lawsuit from the family of a woman killed this month in an accident involving a Model 3 driver and the alleged use of “an automated driving assistance system.”

Ayaneo’s New Horizontal Handheld Is An Even Better Remake Of The Game Boy Micro

The Pocket Micro 2 has a larger battery, improved controls and even a 3.5mm headphone jack.




Ayaneo

In typical Ayaneo fashion, the handheld maker finally revealed the price and the spec sheet of its Pocket Micro 2, the follow-up to its modern-day remake of the Game Boy Micro from 2024. Ayaneo first teased the second-gen horizontal handheld nearly two weeks ago, but has now revealed that the Pocket Micro 2 will start at a $269 retail price.

For that price, you get the same 3.5-inch LCD display with a 960 x 640 resolution that we first saw with the Pocket Micro. To justify the slight bump in cost, Ayaneo added a new Snapdragon chip from Qualcomm for better performance and a larger battery with a 3,950mAh capacity. The handheld also includes some ergonomic tweaks, including a larger D-pad, bigger ABXY buttons, improved shoulder buttons and the introduction of recessed dual TMR joysticks that should be more comfortable and prevent stick drift. Ayaneo kept the USB-C port, the microSD card slot and the WiFi and Bluetooth connectivity, but decided to add a 3.5mm headphone jack to live up to its retro remake style.

With early bird pricing, you can get the model with 6GB of memory and 128GB of storage for $239 before it rises to its normal $269 price tag. For those looking for a more premium option, the variant with 8GB of memory and 256GB of storage will start at a launch price of $309 before going up to its retail price of $339.

Ayaneo put its Pocket Micro 2, which is available in black, white and purple, up for pre-order yesterday in “limited quantities on a first-come, first served basis.” The store page already shows that the newest handheld is already sold out, but Ayaneo said in its Discord that “we’re currently discussing with our suppliers to see if additional production can be arranged.”

“We’ll emulate the level of demand and determine whether it can meet the minimum order quantity requirements for another production run,” Ayaneo said on Discord. “We can’t promise that we’ll be able to make it happen, but we’ll do our best to explore every possibility.”

The Kindle App For iOS Has Features Your Aging Kindle Doesn’t

Amazon’s Kindle AI features help you read beyond the lines, so long as you have the right ereader.




Asiandelight/Getty Images

Amazon is going all-in on bringing artificial intelligence to your reading experience, adding several new smart features to its famed Kindle ereaders. Officially announced in June 2026, the conglomerate frames its AI add-ons as “making it easier to stay immersed in your books” by offering spoiler free recaps and AI assistants capable of bringing context to your reading experience. When combined with your Kindle’s previous smart features, which allowed users to do everything from look up definitions to translate foreign languages, the rollout is indicative of an publishing landscape searching for new ways to incorporate emerging technologies into your reading experience, whether you asked for it or not.

Unfortunately, not every reader will have access to Kindle’s AI infusion. As it stands, Amazon has rolled out its new recap features to newer Kindle devices and American iOS users. However, its Ask this Book AI chatbot will only be available on the the US-version of its iOS Kindle application, for now. Kindles will be receiving the Ask this Book feature later this year. Likewise, both recaps and Ask this book functionalities are expected to come to Android applications by the end of 2026.

The additions come as Amazon pushes users towards newer models of their flagship ereader. Earlier this year, the Seattle company announced it would discontinue support for its earliest Kindle models. To assuage concerns, Kindle assured users that their older models will continue to function. However, users won’t be able to import new titles to their libraries.

In a similar vein, Amazon will not be pushing its latest features update onto its older Kindle models. Instead, the contextual tools will only be available to Kindles released in 2024 or after. With that in mind, the phone application proves a useful workaround, allowing readers to test whether AI functionality is really worth the upgrade.

Previously on Kindle . . .




Solovyova/Getty Images

Amazon pitches its new Recaps functions as something akin to the “previously on …” segments of popular television shows. Readers can seamlessly return to their favorite series without missing a beat through “quick refreshers” of previous installments, including key plot points and character developments. It’s important to note that these recaps are anything but spoiler-free. As someone who judges those that skip to the back of the book, the thought of accidentally reading a recap of a book I’ve yet to devour sends a cold shiver down my spine. Proceed with cautious.

Readers can discover if Recaps are available for their favorite series in both their Kindle and iOS app. If using your ereader, simply visit the series’ page in your Kindle Library and select the “View Recaps” button above the listed books. From there, select the book you’d like a refresher on. You can also select the “View Recaps” via the three dotted menu at the upper righthand corner of your screen. If using your phone, the same option will appear once you select and hold the book grouping in your library.

A new addition to Recaps’ functionalities is Amazon’s Story So Far feature, which allows readers the option of receiving spoiler free summaries “tailored to your current position in the story.” American users can access the feature on all Kindle Scribe devices, as well as any Kindles, Kindle Colorsofts, or Kindle Paperwhites released in 2024 or afterward. Readers married to their older Kindle products can access the upgrade through the iOS app.

It’s important to note that these updates are not available for all Kindle books. To learn whether your read is included in the “thousands of best-selling English-language eBooks” eligible for Amazon’s newest feature, look for the “Read recap” button when you press and hold a book in your Kindle. To access the feature while reading your book, tap the three-dot menu at the top right corner of the screen.

Your new AI reading assistant




FotoField/Shutterstock

A new AI assistant will be added to your reading experience. In its press release, Amazon states that its chatbot, dubbed Ask this Book, will instantly answer “questions about plot details, character relationships, and thematic elements without disrupting your reading flow.” Although these responses will be tailored to your current place in a story, users can also ask the chatbot about the entirety of the book. You can also ask text-specific questions by highlighting passages in your Kindle. 

Ask this Book is available on Kindle’s iOS application for US customers. The chatbot will be extended to Amazon’s newer Kindle devices and Android OS app by the end of 2026. But not all books are eligible for the tool. To learn if your text is within Amazon’s AI tutor’s wheelhouse, simply highlight any selection of text in your book, where you will see an “ask” symbol besides features like “highlight,” “look up,” “copy” and “note.”

Users can access their Ask this Book assistant in one of several ways. First, you can find the feature in the application’s in-book menu. You can find the chatbot in your in-book menu, or access it whenever you highlight a passage in your selected text. From there, tap “ask” and a prompt of suggested questions will appear on the bottom of your screen. You can also type your own question in the grey space below. From there, you can interact with your book assistant exactly like you might any chatbot.

A controversial new feature




Sestovic/Getty Images

Unsurprisingly, Amazon’s latest AI features have sparked controversy, as authors, publishing houses, and readers alike criticized the conglomerate for potential copyright infringements. As the Authors Guild points out in a statement, Amazon did not receive prior licensing permission from authors and their publishers to include their work in its chatbot feature. As the Guild argues, the addition of AI features “turns books into searchable, interactive products akin to enhanced ebooks or annotated editions—a new format for which rights should be specifically negotiated.” 

Amazon, for its part, responded to the Authors Guild by stating that Ask this Book “only uses content from the book as a prompt,” rather than to train its underlying LLM. Amazon also noted that the function serves as “a natural language expansion of the search functionality that already exists in Kindle apps and for which no license is required,” likening Ask this Book to the internet searches users make throughout their reading processes.

As it stands, authors and publishers have no control over whether their books are included in Amazon’s chatbot toolkit. In response to the publishing industry newsletter Publishers Lunch, an Amazon spokesman said that the conglomerate did not provide the ability to opt out of the tool in order to maintain “a consistent reading experience.” Moreover, Amazon’s dominance of the ebook market further constrains author’s ability to opt out of the feature, as Amazon holds an estimated three quarters of the ereader market. On balance, the Authors Guild said the feature “sets a dangerous precedent for the future of licensing for AI features.”

Ultimately, the controversy speaks to the ongoing legal battles raging throughout the AI space. Will authors be compensated for their role in AI models? Or will it simply be considered the cost of doing business in an ever-changing ebook landscape? No matter where you fall on the issue, Amazon’s latest AI features reflect the forces shaping the next era of book publishing. Whether Amazon’s customers feel that the benefits of AI are worth the moral ambiguity it engenders will remain center stage.

MSI Claw 8 EX AI+, Sony A7R VI, Ray-Ban Meta Optics And More

A roundup of recent reviews published by Engadget.

Hot Reviews Summer™ is in full swing, and we’re back with another round of devices that we’ve recently put through their paces. If you’re into gaming handhelds, smart glasses, smart speakers and both pro-grade and vlogging cameras, this week’s roundup is for you. Keep scrolling to catch up on some of the reviews you might’ve missed before the next batch arrives. 

MSI Claw 8 EX AI+

New gaming handhelds are popping up all of the time, and MSI’s Claw 8 EX AI+ made a lasting impression during our tests. It’s expensive, but for the high price you get massive performance, according to senior reviews writer Sam Rutherford. “The Claw 8 EX is a beastly handheld that has pushed mobile PC gaming performance to new highs,” he said. “It just sucks that the price basically makes it off limits to most folks, unless you have seriously deep pockets.”

Sony A7R VI

With Sony’s cameras, you typically have to choose between either speed or resolution. The company hasn’t delivered both in the same model until the arrival of the A7R VI. And that combination, according to contributing writer Steve Dent, makes a near-perfect high-resolution camera. “The A7R VI is Sony’s most impressive camera in years, offering ultra-high resolution images and impressive speed,” he said. “It’s still primarily a portrait and landscape camera, but might tempt action photographers who would love the extra megapixels to crop in on distant subjects.”

Ray-Ban Meta Optics

The Ray-Ban/Meta team-up has delivered several options for the smart glasses crowd, but only recently has the duo given users the ability to grab a pair with prescription lenses. They aren’t cheap, but they do offer a better fit than previous versions. “Ultimately, if you already like Ray-Ban Meta glasses, and you want to use them with your prescription, the Optics line is definitely the most comfortable, premium version you can get,” senior reporter Karissa Bell said. “It’s just a question of whether you can justify what it costs.”

Insta360 Luna Ultra

Insta360 is not only coming for DJI’s grip on the gimbal camera market, but the company beat its rival to the punch with a dual-lens model. The Luna Ultra also offers optical zoom and a clever detachable display, but the most attractive feature (for now) is availability. “The good news is that the Luna Ultra is independently a great vlogging camera,” said contributing reviews writer James Trew. “Insta360 made a great debut into the category and we’re all just waiting to see how DJI responds.”

Google Home Speaker

Google has a new smart speaker for the new Gemini for Home era. Unfortunately, that means we may not know the ultimate usefulness of the plainly named Google Home Speaker for a while. “If you’re someone who already has some Google or Nest speakers and aren’t happy with how the Google Home app and Gemini are working, this new speaker doesn’t change that,” deputy news editor Nathan Ingraham said. “Hopefully Google will continue to improve things on the software front, because the Google Home Speaker does a good job of holding up its end of the bargain.”

XGIMI MemoMind One

If you’re worried AI could ruin your smart glasses experience, look away now. Senior writer Daniel Cooper discovered an awfully creepy AI assistant on the XGIMI MemoMind One glasses, despite the device having several excellent qualities. “The irony is that I actually quite like using MemoMind One as my glasses, because I find having a second screen to be tremendously useful,” he said. “What lets all of this down is the finer margins that just need a little more time in the oven before they’re fully baked. Perhaps that could be a wish the creepy Wishes app could capture and fulfill, deleting itself from the product before it launches.”

NASA Tests An In-Orbit Refueling Device For Deep Space Missions

The cryocoupler, developed by L3Harris, will facilitate refueling in orbit.




NASA/Tyson Eason

Future deep space missions may need to refuel in orbit before they can head to their final destinations. NASA has been working on in-orbit refueling solutions for years, and one of its latest efforts is testing a “cryocoupler” developed by American tech company L3Harris. You can think of the cryocoupler as the nozzle of a gas pump, which is needed so it can fit a car’s fuel tank. Cryocouplers will allow spacecraft to link to orbiting gas stations, so they can fill up before they leave the vicinity of our planet. 

“In-orbit cryogenic refueling between two spacecraft has yet to be done and remains one of the toughest engineering challenges in spaceflight,” said Travis Belcher, cryocoupler project manager at NASA’s Marshall Space Flight Center in Huntsville, Alabama. Effective cryocouplers will have to be able to facilitate the transfer of extremely cold fluid, such as liquid hydrogen and liquid oxygen, without leaking. And since these propellants have to stay chilled at hundreds of degrees below Fahrenheit, the device will need to have the proper materials and strong seals. They (obviously) cannot be manually operated, as well.

“The cryocouplers we’re working on can attach and detach multiple times and are fully automated, so astronauts won’t have to perform a spacewalk to transfer propellant,” Belcher added. “They’re rigorously designed to withstand space and sized for the expected tank designs.”

To test L3Harris’ cryocoupler, Belcher’s team ran liquid nitrogen at negative 321 degrees Fahrenheit through several connected and disconnected configurations. Those tests provided the team with data on how the device reacts to significant temperature differences. They also put the coupler through operational tests, such as simulations of misaligned dockings, as the device was designed to accommodate some degree of misalignment. 

It’s early days for L3Harris’ cryocoupler, so these tests are pretty basic. Belcher says future tests will be designed for specific missions, so the coupler can be assessed according to those missions’ requirements. For now, you can watch part of the test below.

For @NASA’s next generation of deep space exploration missions, spacecraft may need to refuel in Earth orbit before pushing farther into the solar system.

Engineers from #NASAMarshall and L3Harris are testing a technology vital for in-orbit refueling: https://t.co/oeqGBtvzpj pic.twitter.com/4w6HErAIAq

— NASA Marshall (@NASA_Marshall) June 26, 2026

A Sidescrolling Roguelite Platformer, Steam Deck Air Hockey And Other New Indie Games Worth Checking Out

Dark Scrolls

Developer: Doinksoft
Publisher: Devolver Digital
Platforms: Steam (Windows; playable on Steam Deck), Nintendo Switch
Price: $10, with a 10 percent discount on Steam until July 5 and free copies of Gunbrella and Gato Roboto included in select territories

I’ve mostly enjoyed my time with Dark Scrolls, though I don’t think it quite adds up to more than the sum of its parts. The title is pitch perfect for a side-scrolling platformer that’s influenced by FromSoftware games. I dig the Master System-style visuals and shoot-’em’up feel. It’s nice that there’s local and online co-op support, but I haven’t tried that yet.

Keeping in with the old-school vibe of Dark Scrolls (as well as FromSoft games), there isn’t a tutorial to speak of. You’ll figure out the characters’ abilities through experimentation. Alternatively, you can pick up your phone in real life and call a hotline that Doinksoft set up, just like the game helplines of old. Cute. The review guide sent out to journalists also evoked classic game manuals. I enjoyed that very much.

I like the variety of heroes as well. You have access to three at the jump — the ax-throwing, ground-pounding Grizz suited my playstyle well — and you’ll unlock others as you progress. The first of those is likely to be an adorable pup named Biscuit with a bark that’s more powerful than its bite. Alas, I couldn’t quite get to grips with Biscuit. I died far more rapidly as the dog than with other characters.

You earn coins from chests and defeating enemies, and use these to buy perks that you can employ throughout your run. Perks are tied to your character’s star level and, from what I’ve seen so far, they each last for a short time. Still, that could be enough to quickly destroy a boss if you have the bomb perk. Star levels reset when you trigger your special ability. In Grizz’s case, that involves firing a bunch of axes in multiple directions at once.

However, the roguelite aspect is where Dark Scrolls falls short for me. Many of the perks — such as a rocket jump — are fun, though the upgrade economy is brutal. Each level has a shop where you can buy upgrades, but the prices increase dramatically between stages.

I get what Doinksoft is going for. Every time you level up your character in, say, Elden Ring, it costs more. That approach doesn’t quite work here given the linear format of the levels and the randomization of chests. You can’t exactly farm coins from enemies whenever you like.

Mini AirHockey

Developer: Geert Verhoeff
Publisher: Sumatras Studios
Platform: Steam (designed for Steam Deck)
Price: $1, with a 10 percent discount until July 8

Geert Verhoeff makes neat hand-drawn projects that are primarily designed for Steam Deck, such as a maze game that you can play using gyroscopic controls. The latest is Mini AirHockey, a two-player experiment that makes use of the handheld’s touchpads.

It works best when the players are positioned at each end of a Deck, as if they’re playing regular air hockey and defending a goal on the narrower side. They use a touchpad to control a paddle and hit the puck.

There’s no real depth to Mini AirHockey and it’s a bit janky — much like the Scotland team that has deeply disappointed me at the men’s World Cup. Still, it’s an interesting way of looking at how the Steam Deck might be used to deliver different types of games, even if this one harkens back to the likes of Pong. It could also be a fun way for Deck owners to show their family and friends what the system is capable of.

Dart Racer

Developer: LubSoft
Publisher: Proteus Interactive
Platforms: Steam (Windows, VR; Steam Deck verified). Also available on Meta Quest
Price: Usually $10, with a 20 percent discount until July 7

I was already looking forward to Star Wars Galactic Racer even before previews dropped this week suggesting it plays like a roguelite take on the Burnout series. That game is still a few months away. In the meantime, Dart Racer could be a decent way to tune up.

This is an arcade podracing game with a Nintendo 64-era look from solo developer Piotr Jastrzębski aka LubSoft. You can customize the design and capabilities of your ship (or “dart”). The option to play in VR with a first-person cockpit view is intriguing, though I would worry about getting motion sickness while tearing around these tracks.

Dart Racer is initially available in early access. Jastrzębski estimates the full version is at least nine months away. The plan is to add more darts, tracks, upgrades, customizations and a campaign mode.

Deer & Boy

Developer: Lifeline Games
Publisher: Dear Villagers
Platforms: Steam (Windows; Steam Deck verified; demo available), PS5, Xbox Series X/S and Nintendo Switch
Price: $20, with a 10 percent launch discount

Here, we have a narrative-driven platformer akin to Inside and Planet of Lana. A young runway and a fawn (who grows during the game, like in Neva) forge a bond as they help each other navigate the wilderness and a variety of obstacles. Along the way, they’ll be confronted by shadowy threats.

Lifeline Games and Dear Villagers say Deer & Boy is a family-friendly game that has “no graphic violence or complex text.” There’s no dialogue either, so the music will have to do a lot of the heavy lifting to sell the stakes and convey emotion. This looks quite lovely, and I’m hoping to check it out at some point.

Apple Is Reportedly Looking To Buy Chips From A US-Blacklisted Chinese Company

‘The Financial Times’ says Apple is seeking clearance from the Trump administration.




Wirestock/Getty Images

Apple is trying to get the Trump administration’s permission to buy memory chips from a blacklisted Chinese company, according to the Financial Times. Specifically, Apple is reportedly looking to buy from Chinese memory chipmaker CXMT, which was recently added to the Pentagon’s 1260H list of companies. The Defense Department adds companies it believes are linked to the Chinese People’s Liberation Army to that particular list. 

While Apple is technically not prohibited from doing business with CXMT, it could face repercussions from the US government if it doesn’t get the White House’s blessing. The Defense Department cannot can’t sign contracts with any companies in the list or use their products or services through third parties. Apple first approached the commerce department about this a month ago, the Times says, and it’s also talking to its connections in Washington. 

Purchasing memory chips from CXMT could help Apple’s business weather the current shortage in memory chips. The company recently raised its prices for most of its hardware, shortly after Tim Cook warned that it can no longer escape the memory crunch. Apple’s 1TB M5 MacBook Pro now costs $300 more, and even the entry-level MacBook Neo got a $100 price hike. All iPad Pros will set you back $200 more than what it would have cost you just a week ago. At the moment, Apple purchases memory chips from American company Micron and South Korea’s Samsung and SK Hynix. 

The Times says Congress is expected to object if the Trump administration agrees with Apple’s plan. “Apple choosing to partner with a Chinese military company would be a grave mistake,” John Moolenaar, who leads Congressional efforts to investigate China’s geopolitical influence, told the publication.

Apple Executive In Charge Of Vision Pro Is Reportedly Leaving For OpenAI

Paul Meade will start OpenAI’s hardware division, ‘Bloomberg’ says.




Apple

Paul Meade, an Apple VP who heads the Vision Products Group, is reportedly leaving the company next week for OpenAI. According to Bloomberg, the top executive in charge of the Vision Pro headset and Apple’s smart glasses projects will be starting up the AI company’s hardware unit. OpenAI has been developing AI-powered devices with Jony Ive’s startup since 2025. While Ive’s io merged with OpenAI in a $6.5 billion deal, it remains independent.

It’s unclear how the new in-house hardware department will affect OpenAI’s work with Ive’s startup. Bloomberg says Meade will oversee the development of a family of AI-powered devices. The Information reported earlier this year that Ive’s studio is also working on a series of AI devices, including a smart speaker that’s expected to be available sometime in 2027.

At Apple, Meade led the hardware engineering for the Vision Pro headset for seven years and had also been spearheading the company’s smart glasses projects. Previous reports said Apple won’t be launching its first smart glasses model until the end of 2027. Meade also worked on the iPad and the iPhone before joining the Vision Products Group in 2017, and then overseeing the group’s hardware engineering a couple of years later. Fletcher Rothkopf, who was one of the founders of the Apple Vision Pro team, will be taking over many of Meade’s responsibilities. 

Bloomberg says Meade’s departure was caused by John Ternus’ impending appointment as CEO of Apple. Ternus is currently SVP of hardware engineering and will take over from Tim Cook on September 1.

‘Careless People’ Author Accuses Meta Of ‘Punishing’ Whistleblower

Sarah Wynn-Williams alleges Meta is making an example of her.




AS photo family/Shutterstock

Sarah Wynn-Williams, author of a book detailing her experiences as Facebook’s Director of Public Policy, is suing her former employer. She alleges Meta is “punishing” her for “disclosing its illegal and indefensible workplace conditions and corporate misconduct to federal regulators.” That includes enforcing a broad non-disparagement clause to “silence” attempts to speak out and an alleged campaign of “surveillance to monitor Ms. Wynn-Williams’ speech and associations.” The complaint, filed in California yesterday, adds that Meta is doing this “to strike fear into the heart of anyone else who dares to consider speaking the truth about Meta’s unlawful and abusive practices in the public interest.”

Her book, Careless People, was published in March 2025 and contained staggering allegations about the company’s leadership. It is alleged that Joel Kaplan, the mastermind behind the platform’s rightward shift, didn’t know Taiwan was an island, harassed Ms. Wynn-Williams and turned a blind eye to events in Myanmar. The company filed an emergency motion with an arbitrator seeking to block its publication, alleging that Wynn-Williams had violated the non-disparagement agreement she signed as part of her severance deal. At the time, Meta spokesperson Andy Stone said the book is “false and defamatory,” adding it “should never have been published.” It was subsequently published and reached the top of the New York Times’ bestseller list. 

Of course, when Careless People was published, it instantly caused the company to go out of business and its leaders were given the necessary scrutiny… oh hang on, wait, no. The company’s share price reached a high of $785 a few months later, and by the end of 2025, its user figures had increased.

NASA’s TESS Spacecraft Finds Two ‘Cotton Candy’ Planets In One System

These super puffy planets are very rare.




NASA / Daniel Rutter

NASA’s Transiting Exoplanet Survey Satellite or TESS has found what NASA calls the two “puffiest” worlds ever found. While they’re as big as our gas giants, they’re so light and airy that their density is apparently comparable to cotton candy. One of the planets, called TOI-791 b, is nearly the same size as Jupiter but only has three percent of its mass. Meanwhile, the second planet called TOI-791 c is even larger than Jupiter but only has 5.9 percent of its mass. 

The planets were discovered by a team led by George Dansfield of Oxford University’s Department of Physics, who studied data provided by TESS. Dansfield said we’re only aware of a handful of super puffy planets, and the fact that these two are in the same star system is even rarer. NASA Ames research scientist Steve Howell explained that large planet formation is believed to drive the evolution of planetary systems, so “further study of these Jupiter-size, but far less than Jupiter-mass, planets is of high value.”

NASA launched TESS back in 2018 to detect planets outside our solar system, but are relatively close to us. The telescope looks for exoplanets in an area 400 times larger than what the Kepler mission covered. So far, TESS has found 7,931 exoplanet candidates, 897 of which have already been confirmed. For this particular planetary system, TESS was able to gather 1,122 days of data over the course of seven years.

Based on that data, researchers concluded that the super puffy planets have unusually long orbits, making them even rarer finds. They’re also locked in an orbit around their star that has them tugging on each other. That affects the timing of their transits around their host star, and that variation is what scientists used to calculate their masses. There’s still a lot they don’t know about the planets, however. NASA says researchers are hoping to know more about the chemical makeup of their atmosphere, how their spin affects their shape and, ultimately, how “cotton candy” planets like them form. 

OpenAI Launches A Limited Preview Of GPT-5.6 For A ‘Small Group Of Trusted Partners’

OpenAI has started previewing its GPT‑5.6 series, which will be available in three versions, to a limited number of trusted partners. The company says the variant Sol is its strongest model yet, while Terra is for everyday use and has a similar performance to GPT‑5.5 despite being twice as cheap. Luna, the last variant, is the company’s lowest cost model. OpenAI plans to give them a broad release sometime in the coming weeks.

The company gave the US government a preview of GPT‑5.6 and its capabilities before today. It’s also  by the administration’s request that it is previewing the model to a small group of trusted partners “whose participation has been shared” with the government. “We don’t believe this kind of government access process should become the long-term default,” OpenAI wrote in its announcement. It said it’s taking the “short-term step,” for now, because it ensures it can release its latest model series to the public soon. 

President Trump signed an AI cybersecurity order earlier this month, which asks companies to present their most powerful models for voluntary government review 30 days before making them publicly available. According to a recent report by The New York Times, OpenAI, Anthropic, Google, xAI and Microsoft have been giving the government early access to their latest models even before Trump signed the order. Meta was the only holdout, and the US government has reportedly been urging it to submit its AI models for evaluation. 

GPT‑5.6 introduces a “max” reasoning effort, which gives Sol more time to reason deeply. Sol is also OpenAI’s most capable model for cybersecurity and is the best option to help users find and fix vulnerabilities. OpenAI says Sol comes with strengthened protections for high-risk activities and sensitive requests. It also says that the company had spent several weeks finding its weaknesses and fortifying it against real-world attacks.

The company put safeguards on all the variants, however, to make sure they hold up to real adversarial pressure. In addition, OpenAI trained GPT-5.6 to refuse “prohibited cyber assistance,” including attempts at jailbreaking the model. It spent 700,000 GPU hours to find universal jailbreaks to develop measures against them, and it pledges to implement a “rapid-response process to reproduce, assess, prioritize, and remediate newly discovered jailbreaks.”

OpenAI’s focus on jailbreak prevention likely stems from what happened to Anthropic. A couple of weeks ago, Anthropic suspended all access to its Mythos 5 and Fable 5 models after a directive from the government. While the company didn’t say it outright, Amazon and other companies had reportedly notified authorities that its models could be jailbroken and used for malicious purposes. It has started lifting its access block, though, since US government has just given Anthropic permission to redeploy Mythos to a select group of organizations. 

The company has priced GPT‑5.6 Sol at $5 per million input tokens and $30 per million output, much less than what Fable cost when it was still available. ($10 for input and $50 for output for the same amount of tokens.) Terra costs $2.50 for input and $15 for output, while Luna costs $1 for input and $6 for output. 

Prices Rocket Up On Xboxes, MacBooks, iPads And More

The RAM crunch is crunching.




Engadget

As we were warned, that pesky AI boom and the resulting demand for memory-hungry data centers are hitting consumer tech. And it’s hitting it hard.

Microsoft and Apple were the bringers of ill tidings and price rises. First up, Xbox Series X and S price jumps – one editor noted that his Series X and Series S, bought together, now cost $100 less than a Series X console. Also, this wasn’t the first price increase, or even the second, for a gaming company struggling against PlayStation.

Microsoft also announced its new Surface laptops cost between $500 and $600 more than the models they’re meant to replace. It’s all a bit rich coming from Microsoft, too, one of the major investors in AI.

Then there’s Apple, which has claimed it absorbed the costs of rising memory prices in recent years, but that’s no longer the case. Punishingly, that includes a $100 bump to its new low-cost MacBook Neo. The increase scales with the machine’s power, with the M3 Ultra Mac Studio going up by $1,300.

So far, there are no changes to iPhone prices, but the Apple TV 4K is now $199, up from $129, and the HomePod is $50 more expensive at $349. The Vision Pro headset now costs $3,699, up from $3,499.

If you were looking to get a new laptop, it might be wise to take another look at Prime Day deals. Or take a closer look at the refurb and pre-owned market.

— Mat Smith

The most popular Grok feature is, apparently, exactly what you think




Getty Images

xAI has long promoted Grok as a racier chatbot with fewer guardrails than other AI companies. We’ve seen that play out in some disastrous ways over the last year. It might just be a numbers game: NSFW activities account for “well over half” of Grok’s traffic, according to a new report in The Information that cites two former employees of the SpaceX-owned company. That includes using Grok to generate actual porn, as well as “adult role-play chats” and “huge volumes of requests for erotica.”

The report added that an internal analysis found that a “significant proportion of requests” to its coding model were for “porn or nude images”, simply because it’s cheaper to utilize that model than base Grok.

Continue reading.

YouTube doubles the speed of Shorts

YouTube has announced that it’s making Shorts more “intuitive” with several key changes, including the removal of dislikes, a clear screen mode (à la TikTok), and double-speed playback.

A new Clear Screen mode scrubs the interface away and can be toggled on in the three-dot settings menu. It has also replaced the “like” button with a heart to provide a “more meaningful way” to interact with content. I can’t think of anything more meaningless.

Continue reading.

IBM says it has created the world’s first sub-nanometer chip




IBM

Building on the “nanosheet” architecture IBM used in 2021 to create a 2nm chip, the company says its new “nanostack” design allowed it to go even further, producing a functioning 7-angstrom (0.7nm) chip. The result is a piece of silicon packing nearly 100 billion transistors into a chip the size of a human fingernail. In practical terms, IBM says those additional transistors translate to a chip that offers either “up to 50 percent more performance, or 70 percent greater energy efficiency than IBM’s 2nm node chips.”

Continue reading.

Anthropic Gets US Government’s Permission To Redeploy Its Mythos Cybersecurity AI Model

It suspended all access to Mythos and Fable after an order from the US government.




Michael M. Santiago/Getty Images

The US government has given Anthropic permission to redeploy Mythos 5 to “a set of US organizations that operate and defend critical infrastructure,” the company has announced on X. While Anthropic didn’t say how many organizations will see their access restored, Semafor has reported that the company has gotten permission to redeploy its strongest cybersecurity model to more than 100 institutions in the US, including major corporations and government agencies.

Anthropic said that it’s redeploying Mythos 5 quickly and continuing to work with the government to expand access even further. It’s also in talks with the government make Fable 5 available for use again, but it didn’t give a timeline for it. 

If you’ll recall, Anthropic blocked all its customers’ access to Mythos 5 and Fable 5, its model designed to bring many of Mythos’ capabilities to the public, on June 12. The company explained at the time that the government wanted it to suspend all foreign nationals’ access to its models, even if they’re in the US and working for Anthropic itself. The government reportedly gave Anthropic the directive after being warned by Amazon and other companies that the models could be jailbroken and used by bad actors. US authorities were also reportedly concerned that a China-linked group had gained access to Mythos 5.  

According to Semafor, Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick wrote a letter to Anthropic to tell them his decision. “I have determined that appropriate safeguards are in place to permit certain trusted partners to access the Claude Mythos 5 Model,” he reportedly wrote. “Anthropic has committed to work with the US government on protocols and standards and releases” for its models, he added. Lutnick’s letter also revealed that Anthropic made significant progress to get the block lifted by having daily talks with the government over the past two weeks. 

Since June 12, we’ve been working closely with the US government to restore access to Claude Mythos 5 and Fable 5. Today, the government notified us that Mythos 5, our strongest cybersecurity model, can be redeployed to a set of US organizations that operate and defend critical…

— Anthropic (@AnthropicAI) June 27, 2026

Samsung Prime Day Deals Cut Up To $2,200 Off Popular OLED TVs – Last Day!

Samsung’s latest Prime Day TV deals include a wide range of discounts across its 2026 OLED lineup, 2025 OLED models, The Frame lifestyle TVs, and Mini LED 4K models. For anyone planning to upgrade the living room, gaming setup, or bedroom TV, this is the last chance today offers to buy everything from premium big-screen models to smaller, more budget-friendly options.

At the top of the OLED lineup is the S95H, Samsung’s 2026 OLED flagship and one of our Editor’s Choice Award recipients. The 83-inch S95H is $200 off, bringing the promo price to $6,299.99, while the 77-inch S95H is also $200 off at $4,299.99. The 65-inch S95H saves $100 at $3,299.99, while the 55-inch model saves $200 at $2,299.99.

Samsung S95H 4K OLED TV’s exclusive FloatLayer frame with Slim Fit Wall Mount

Compared to last year’s excellent S95F, the 2026 Samsung S95H adds a more design-focused FloatLayer frame with Slim Fit Wall Mount support, helping it sit flush against the wall like a premium art display. According to Samsung, the S95H is the only 2026 Samsung OLED TV with the new FloatLayer frame design. That means the S90H and S85H still benefit from Samsung’s OLED picture upgrades, but they do not get the same art-gallery-style metal frame and flush wall-mounted look as the flagship S95H.

It is also the first Samsung OLED with Samsung Art Store integration, making it feel closer to The Frame when not in use. Samsung also improved the experience with better glare handling, higher reported brightness, onboard HDMI 2.1 ports, and up to 165Hz refresh rate for smoother PC gaming.

Samsung’s 2025 OLED flagship, the S95F, gets much larger discounts. The 83-inch S95F is currently $1,500 off, bringing the promo price to $4,999.99, while the 77-inch model is also $1,500 off at $2,999.99. The 65-inch S95F is $1,100 off at $2,199.99, and the 55-inch model is $700 off at $1,599.99.

Samsung S95F 4K OLED TV – demo march 2025

I had a demo of the 65-inch Samsung S95F 4K OLED last year, and the image quality was excellent. In 2025, the Samsung S95F TV was one of best OLED TVs on the market, with advanced glare-free technology, strong brightness, deep contrast, pure blacks, and Pantone-validated color accuracy.

The S90F lineup may be even more attractive for mainstream buyers, with savings of up to $2,100. The 65-inch S90F drops to $1,299.99, while the 55-inch version is now $1,099.99.

Samsung’s more affordable S85F OLED series is also discounted, with the 83-inch model saving $2,200 and landing at $2,299.99. The 55-inch model is down to $899.99, making it one of the more accessible OLED options in the sale.

For people who care as much about design as picture quality, The Frame remains one of Samsung’s most distinctive TVs. The 65-inch The Frame 2025 model is $800 off at $999.99, while The Frame Pro starts at $1,499.99 for the 65-inch version.

Samsung is also offering deals on its Mini LED 4K TVs, including the 85-inch M80H for $1,599.99 and the 55-inch M80H for $599.99. Smaller M70H models start at $329.99, giving shoppers a lower-cost way into Samsung’s 4K lineup.

Samsung S95F 4K OLED TV – demo march 2025

Filed in General. Read more about 4k Streaming, 4K TV, AI (Artificial Intelligence), CES, CES 2025, CES 2026, Oled Tv, Oled Tv 4k, Samsung and Tizen.

Volkswagen Reportedly Plans To Cut 100,000 Jobs

The workers’ union plans to fight the cuts.




Tobias Arhelger/Shutterstock

Volkswagen, the auto giant that leads Europe in electric vehicle production, plans to cut 100,000 jobs or 15 percent of its global workforce at German plants over the coming years, Manager Magazin reported. The plan represents the automaker’s largest overhaul in its 89-year history.

As part of the changes, Volkswagen will reportedly cease production at its Hanover, Zwickau, Emden and Audi Neckarsulm plants. Zwickau, in Saxony, was recently converted to an electric car production site for six EV models across the company’s VW, Audi and Cupra brands. That plant has seen multiple production pauses due to what the company has called weak demand for EVs.

Volkswagen had previously laid out plans for 50,000 job cuts, citing Trump’s tariffs and Chinese car sales at the time. Volkswagen’s unions agreed to those layoffs in a deal struck in late 2024, provided that the manufacturer didn’t cut jobs further or close additional plants until at least 2030. 

However, VW has now escalated that significantly despite the agreement. “The entire Group — including its brands and subsidiaries — must undergo profound changes,” a spokesperson told CNBC. Volkswagen declined to comment on other details from “internal, confidential documents,” the spokesperson added. 

The automaker’s unions and representative organizations pledged to fight the reported layoffs and plant closures. “If such plans were to be pushed forward, we would prevent them with all our might,” the IG Metal union and General Works Council said in a joint statement. 

What To Expect At The Next Samsung Galaxy Unpacked

what-to-expect-at-the-next-samsung-galaxy-unpacked




Samsung

Although it isn’t yet official, you can bet the farm that Samsung will hold a Galaxy Unpacked event this summer. The rumor mill even points to a specific time and venue: July 22 in London. But whether that’s the official date or not, you can expect a foldable-focused shindig sometime soon. Samsung will likely unveil new Galaxy Z Fold and Galaxy Z Flip phones, as well as new Galaxy Watches. And we just might get a closer look at Samsung and Google’s Android XR smart glasses.

A wider Galaxy Z Fold 8




Sam Rutherford for Engadget

At last year’s event, Samsung launched its most polished foldable yet, the Galaxy Z Fold 7. But now the company appears ready to shake things up. Leaks point to a wider Fold model alongside one with the more established design.

Curiously, the wider shape more closely aligns with what industry insiders expect from Apple’s upcoming foldable iPhone. Welcome to the world of Big Tech, where you have to question whether a new product was greenlit to compete with one that doesn’t yet exist.

This model would trade the narrow design of the current Fold line for something that, when opened, more closely resembles a small tablet. It may even resemble the first-generation Pixel Fold (pictured above). Leaks suggest this wider Z Fold 8 would have a 7.8-inch inner display and a 5.4-inch outer display. Its outer screen is also expected to be wider, which could make it feel more like a standard phone when closed. It’s rumored to have two rear cameras, compared to the three on the current Fold line.

When leaks about this wider Fold first surfaced, they hinted that it would be sold as an offshoot from the main series. (Think something along the lines of the Z Fold Special Edition.) However, the latest ones suggest Samsung may position this model as the standard Galaxy Z Fold 8.

Galaxy Z Fold 8 Ultra




Sam Rutherford for Engadget

Meanwhile, a foldable whose aspect ratio and feature set resemble last year’s standard model could be called the Galaxy Z Fold 8 Ultra. (Confused yet?) As its alleged name suggests, this phone would be the top-tier model.

The Z Fold 8 Ultra is rumored to include a less visible display crease than its predecessor. It could also carry a new Snapdragon chip, a 200-megapixel main camera and 45W charging.

We can speculate as to why Samsung might rebrand the previously standard model as “Ultra.” First, one heavily rumored name for Apple’s foldable is the iPhone Ultra. More cynically, Samsung’s (unconfirmed) naming could also be designed to make a more expensive Fold feel more justifiable. With AI data-center-fueled shortages driving up memory prices, it wouldn’t be surprising to see a price hike for the lineup. (The 2025 model was already $2,000, so… yikes.) But if the new phone’s upgrades are more incremental than revolutionary, that could be a hard sell — “Ultra” naming or not.

Galaxy Z Flip 8




Mat Smith for Engadget

Then there’s the cheaper Galaxy Z Flip 8. It’s rumored to include a new hinge design that reduces the display crease. This could also make the phone a bit lighter at 180g. (The Flip 7 weighs 188g.)

Leaks point to a return to a Snapdragon processor, after last year’s model used a Samsung Exynos chip. (Specifically, the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5.) Elsewhere, expect the same 6.9-inch inner display and a 4.1-inch cover display.

If those are the only upgrades — and we see a RAMageddon-fueled price increase — it’s hard to imagine the Galaxy Z Flip 8 as a compelling buy. Such a ho-hum launch likely wouldn’t put to rest rumors that Samsung might axe the Flip line after this generation.

Galaxy Watch 9 and Watch Ultra 2




Amy Skorheim for Engadget

Updated Galaxy Watch models typically arrive in the summer Unpacked event, too. Leaks point to a Galaxy Watch 9 with mostly incremental design changes, including a new case color and new bands. You can also expect the Snapdragon Wear Elite processor, and on the software side, it’s rumored to receive new health-tracking features.

Meanwhile, the Galaxy Watch Ultra 2 could be a similar story. Leaks suggest it will also have subtle design changes: a boxier look, thinner bezels with number markings and more muted accent colors on the side buttons.

As for the Galaxy Watch Classic — you know, the one with a rotating bezel and a more traditional watch design? Well, at least one leak suggests Samsung will skip it this year.

Android XR glasses




Google

One of the event’s more interesting updates could be a product we’ve already caught a glimpse of. Samsung and Google teased their first Android XR-powered smart glasses at Google I/O 2026. If the companies’ stated timeline holds, this event could be the perfect stage to reveal more details.

The first model is a pair of audio-focused glasses developed with Gentle Monster and Warby Parker. They have an ever-present Gemini voice assistant — including (arguably creepy) cameras for contextual AI. In other words, it’s their answer to Meta’s Ray-Ban specs. A second Google-Samsung pair with a built-in display is in the pipeline for 2027.

Google previously said the audio glasses would arrive this fall, so don’t expect an imminent release after Samsung’s Unpacked event. But it seems likely the company would use the spotlight to tell us more about the device, which could possibly include pricing and a release date.

It’s A Dumb Time To Buy An Xbox, Even With The Coming Price Hike

In the immediate aftermath of Microsoft’s announcement that it was raising prices of the Xbox Series X and S for the third time this generation, a tiny trend broke out on our technology news feed. A smattering of stories appeared encouraging readers to run out and buy an Xbox console before the price hike goes into effect on August 1. Combine this deadline with the allure of active Prime Day deals on Xbox consoles, and the message from these articles is clear: The best and most fiscally responsible time to buy an Xbox is right now, so go do it.

Allow me to play devil’s advocate.

While it often makes sense to plan purchases around known price hikes, it’s a dumb time to buy an Xbox. Yes, even with discounts offering an Xbox Series S for $350 and an Xbox Series X for $573 — hell, especially at these prices. In 2020, the Xbox Series S launched at $300 and the Xbox Series X was $500. Over the past couple of years, I personally picked up a Series X for less than $400 and a Series S for $250. These consoles are now in their sixth year, and normally around this time in the generation, hardware prices would be dropping and we’d be getting cool colorways and bundles. Today’s discounted Xbox prices are obscene for a console entering its sixth year.

It’s worth noting that today’s marketplace is uniquely unmoored, fueled by a memory and storage shortage that’s driving up hardware prices across the tech industry. However, Microsoft is a core part of the problem here. The company is exacerbating the RAM shortage with massive investments in AI data centers, and its feigned ignorance around spiking Xbox console prices is laughable.

Corporate chicanery aside, it’s simply not a great time to buy into the Xbox ecosystem. You could say there’s never been a worse time, in fact. Microsoft is in disarray following years of layoffs and studio closures, falling console profits, and executive-level changes to the Xbox business in 2026. Just this month, news broke that Double Fine, Ninja Theory and Compulsion Games are in imminent danger of being shut down, while new Xbox CEO Asha Sharma and Chief Content Officer Matt Booty set the stage for more layoffs in July.

On the software side of things, Xbox doesn’t have a ton of exclusive games, as its first-party titles are widely available on PC. Its recent hits like Avowed, Indiana Jones and the Great Circle and Keeper are all available on Steam, and Xbox is legally obligated to distribute its largest first-party franchises (i.e., Call of Duty) across platforms. That’s not to mention the push to get its games on PlayStation and Switch, no matter how short-lived that may end up being. One of Microsoft’s loudest marketing points has been the fact that its games will work on subsequent consoles and eventually come to PC, and even if they’re not saying it out loud any more, the company is a leader in platform-agnostic cloud play. When everything is an Xbox and Xbox games are available anywhere, you don’t really need an Xbox at all.

There is zero reason to rush out right now and buy a six-year-old gaming console for more than its launch price, just because it’s going to become even more expensive soon. If you haven’t needed an Xbox before now, chances are, you still don’t need one. This might be rich coming from a consumer tech blog, but there is no real-world achievement for collecting every piece of contemporary gaming hardware — the closest we get is clout, but the returns on social media likes and comments are hollow and diminishing. Unlike Xbox prices, which are only rising. The actual smart move is to wait until the next generation hits — which is apparently very soon — and either pick that up or grab a Series console that will then be priced to clear.

This is nothing against the media outlets that’ve run stories encouraging people to take advantage of Prime Day Xbox console prices. Truthfully, there is a very small market for this advice and it’s fine to show these six people where the best deals are at the moment. But as general-audience advice, it sucks.

Besides, aren’t you saving up for a Steam Machine right now?

Rokid Prime Day Deals Take Up To 50% Off AR Glasses

Rokid is offering several Prime Day discounts on its AR glasses and entertainment bundles, giving shoppers a cheaper way to try big-screen viewing without buying a traditional monitor or TV. The deals cover the newer Rokid Max 2 AR Glasses, the original Rokid Max, the Rokid Station, and the Rokid AR Joy Pack bundle.

The best offer is the Rokid Max 2 AR Glasses in Black, now priced at $379, down from $529. That is a 28% discount, making it a more attractive option for users who want a portable display for movies, gaming, travel, or productivity.
The Rokid Max 2 AR Glasses feature a 215-inch virtual screen at a 6-meter distance, Micro OLED displays, a 50-degree field of view, 120Hz refresh rate, and adjustable brightness up to 600 nits. They weigh 75 grams, connect via USB-C without an internal battery, support HDCP streaming, and include adjustable nose pads plus myopia adjustment up to 600 diopters.

For a lower entry price, the Rokid Max AR Glasses are available for $259, reduced from $399. That works out to 36% off, and may appeal to shoppers who want AR-style personal viewing without paying for the latest model.
The Rokid Max AR Glasses offer a large virtual screen experience with Micro OLED visuals, a 50-degree field of view, 120Hz refresh rate, and up to 600 nits of brightness for movies, gaming, and screen mirroring. They connect via USB-C, do not require an internal battery, and include comfort-focused features such as lightweight wear and adjustable myopia correction.

Rokid is also discounting the Rokid Station, which drops from $199 to $99. At 50% off, it is the biggest percentage discount in the lineup and can help turn compatible AR glasses into a more complete streaming setup.

The Rokid AR Joy Pack AR Glasses Bundle is also on sale for $328, down from $498, a 35% discount. This bundle may be the most convenient choice for buyers who want glasses and accessories in a single purchase.

With prices starting at $99 for the Station and $259 for AR glasses, Rokid’s Prime Day offers make its portable display ecosystem more accessible than usual. As always with Prime Day deals, availability and pricing may change quickly.

Filed in General. Read more about Ar Glasses, Augmented Reality (AR), Deal and Deals.

Is Your Phone Charger Wasting Electricity When It’s Not Charging?

Most people leave chargers plugged in when they aren’t being used to juice up phones, but is this a good idea? It’s convenient, sure, but it may leave you wondering if these chargers continue to draw electricity from the outlet even when their phones aren’t charging. Short answer? Yes, but things are a bit more complicated.

Do chargers use electricity when not charging?

Yes, chargers will draw electricity when plugged into an outlet, even when not charging a device. These devices pull a small amount of electricity when plugged in, which is typically referred to as “standby power.” The transformers and circuit components of a charger stay active whenever plugged in, which allows for immediate charging once something is connected.

How much energy does a charger use when not charging?

Chargers aren’t exactly energy hogs. A single charger’s standby consumption sits at around 0.1 to 0.5 watts. This adds up to 2 to 24 watt-hours each day. That’s fairly negligible, though it can add up when considering homes with numerous chargers in just about every room.

Does this increase a home’s energy costs?

Yes, though not by very much. Depending on where in the world you are, a single phone charger left idle could add anything from 50 cents to $4 to your annual bill, but one must consider every charger in the home separately. This includes not just smartphone chargers but also tablet chargers and portable gaming console chargers.

Do other items use standby power besides chargers?

Yes, many items throughout the home use standby power when not being used. This includes tech like computers and gaming consoles, but also stuff like televisions, microwaves and coffee makers. All told, standby power accounts for 5 to 10 percent of a typical home’s electricity use, according to the Canadian government.

Are there ways to reduce the power draw from chargers?

There are a couple of things worth trying if standby power is increasing the utility bill. Not all chargers are created equal, and low-quality models can draw more energy when plugged in. Go with an energy-efficient charger that can handle multiple devices simultaneously. Another option is to plug the chargers into smart outlets that can be remotely disabled when not in use via a smartphone app.

Inspect the chargers regularly to look for wear, poor connections and overheating, replacing when necessary. When all else fails, just remove the chargers from the outlet when not in use (or flip the switch on the outlet, if that’s a thing where you are). That’ll solve the issue for sure.

Samsung Will Start Charging For SmartThings API Access

This will impact Home Assistant users and those who rely on similar third-party tools.

Samsung just announced it’s going to start charging for SmartThings API access, which is the company’s smart home automation platform. Most of these changes impact software developers and other commercial partners, but there is a way this could hit regular users in their wallets. 

Starting in October, there’s going to be a $5 monthly plan for “non-commercial individual developers.” This won’t impact people using the traditional SmartThings app to control any of the thousands of gadgets that automatically work with the platform. It does, however, apply to those who use third-party tools like Home Assistant to control their Samsung-connected devices.

It’ll also likely impact those with custom smart home controls, adding yet another monthly subscription fee to the pile. This seems like a real kick in the pants to the smart home open-source community.

“We’re all for choice, but feel very disappointed that users will have to decide whether to shell out for access in the shadow of yet another cloud paywall,” Home Assistant founder Paulus Schoutsen wrote in a blog post.

What are users getting as part of all this? We aren’t exactly sure. Samsung says the added funds will allow it to “invest heavily in the enterprise-grade features our partners and users have been asking for.” The company hasn’t released any concrete details, other than saying that it’s working on new integrations and expanded capabilities of some kind. There is a new Developer Center hub coming down the pike, which will provide “current usage and data points to optimize” code.

Again, this starts in October. Access to the SmartThings API remains free for the time being.

Apple Raises Prices Globally: Which Devices Cost More Now?

If you have been following tech news in the last couple of months, you’re aware of the memory crisis (popularly known as “RAMmageddon“), which lead several brands to increase prices of their devices around the world, since pretty much everything tech nowadays use these components. Up until now, Apple was managing to hold on doing these increases, but, unfortunately, this holding has come to an end.

The Cupertino giant has implemented immediate price increases across several major product lines, including the Mac, iPad, Apple TV, HomePod, and Vision Pro. These global adjustments, ranging from $30 to $1,300, apply directly to existing hardware configurations without providing additional storage or memory capacity.

The MacBook Neo cost went up from $599 to $699

The company attributes these increases to a severe global shortage of memory and storage chips. This scarcity is driven by unprecedented component demand from artificial intelligence (AI) data centers. Apple leadership recently described the supply constraint as a highly unusual industry disruption, noting that component costs have risen at an unprecedented pace. Manufacturing has shifted heavily toward high-bandwidth memory for AI servers, reducing the components available for standard consumer electronics.

Apple is not alone in adjusting its retail pricing strategy; major competitors like Samsung, Microsoft, Dell, HP, and Sony have similarly raised prices on laptops, smartphones, and gaming hardware due to identical supply chain pressures.

Affected vs. Unaffected Products

While computing and home entertainment hardware saw immediate price adjustments, other core product categories remain unchanged for the time being:

  • Price Increased: MacBook Air/Pro/Neo, iMac, Mac Studio, Mac mini (M4 Pro), all iPad models, Apple TV 4K, HomePod, HomePod mini, and Vision Pro.
  • Price Unchanged: iPhone models, Apple Watch, AirPods, and the Studio Display.

Industry analysts from prominent firms like JPMorgan and Counterpoint Research note that while the iPhone was excluded from this round, price increases between $50 and $270 are widely anticipated during the upcoming product launch cycle this September.

Market Outlook and Consumer Impact

The updated pricing is active across Apple’s digital storefronts. In regions reliant on third-party authorized resellers, local price shifts may experience a brief delay while absorbing exchange rates and import duties. Consumers planning immediate purchases may still find legacy prices at certain multi-brand retailers before existing inventories are entirely depleted.

Component manufacturers project that supply constraints could persist until 2027 or 2028, with extended market pressure lasting through 2030. Consequently, these elevated retail prices are expected to remain entirely permanent.

Mac Price Changes

Product
Old Price
New Price
Change

MacBook Neo
$599
$699
+$100 (16.7%)

13-inch MacBook Air
$1,099
$1,299
+$200 (18.2%)

15-inch MacBook Air
$1,299
$1,499
+$200 (15.4%)

M5 MacBook Pro
$1,699
$1,999
+$300 (17.7%)

M5 Pro MacBook Pro
$2,199
$2,499
+$300 (13.6%)

M5 Max MacBook Pro
$3,599
$4,099
+$500 (13.9%)

iMac
$1,299
$1,499
+$200 (15.4%)

Mac Studio (M4 Max)
$1,999
$2,499
+$500 (25.0%)

Mac Studio (M3 Ultra)
$3,999
$5,299
+$1,300 (32.5%)

Mac mini (M4 Pro)
$1,399
$1,599
+$200 (14.3%)

iPad Price Changes

iPad (A16)
$349
$449
+$100 (28.7%)

iPad Air 11-inch
$599
$749
+$150 (25.0%)

iPad Air 13-inch
$749
$949
+$200 (26.7%)

iPad Pro 11-inch
$999
$1,199
+$200 (20.0%)

iPad Pro 13-inch
$1,299
$1,499
+$200 (15.4%)

iPad mini
$499
$599
+$100 (20.0%)

Apple TV, HomePod, and Vision Pro Price Changes

Apple TV 4K
$129
$199
+$70 (54.3%)

HomePod
$299
$349
+$50 (16.7%)

HomePod mini
$99
$129
+$30 (30.3%)

Vision Pro
$3,499
$3,699
+$200 (5.7%)

Note: Apple had already discontinued its cheapest Mac mini back in May, before this latest round of increases. Today’s price hike affects the higher M4 Pro Mac mini configuration, which moved from $1,399 to $1,599.

Filed in Apple >Computers >Gadgets >Tablets. Read more about Apple, Apple TV, Apple Vision Pro, HomePod and iPad.

Not All Tech Survives Solar Storms, Here’s What’s Most At Risk

The northern lights could mean lights out for the infrastructure we rely on.

In 1989, the Canadian region of Quebec experienced something that likely shocked many of its residents: the Sun knocked out its power grid. Caused by a geomagnetic storm, the resulting blackout made six million people lose power for nine hours. Known as ‘the day the sun brought darkness,’ the blackout is emblematic of both the potential effects of solar activity on modern technologies and our relative unpreparedness for a major solar storm.

Solar storms are caused by magnetic reconnection, a process in which the Sun’s rotation forces its magnetic fields to twist and knot. As it undergoes its 11 year cycle, the pressure from these fields mounts. Eventually, these magnetic fields break and rejoin, whereby energy and plasma explode from the Sun’s surface into the solar system. Although invisible to the naked eye, solar storms can have a profound effect on Earth’s magnetic fields. And while the phenomenon is responsible for the aurora borealis, it can also wreak havoc on our technological infrastructure.

These eruptions cause three types of solar storms. Solar flares are intense explosions of light and radiation. Capable of producing energy equal to a billion hydrogen bombs, solar flares travel at the speed of light, hitting the Earth’s atmosphere in just eight minutes. Radiation storms, meanwhile, are eruptions of charged particles that blast through the solar system, reaching Earth in just half an hour. The largest, coronal mass ejections, or CMEs, are massive clouds of magnetized plasma. Each of these solar events can disturb the Earth’s magnetic field to cause geomagnetic storms that threaten power grids, disrupt communications systems and even down global internet infrastructure.

What happens when solar storms reach Earth?

Before diving into how solar storms affect technology, you first have to understand the geomagnetic basics. Once a solar storm reaches the protective magnetic region of the Earth’s atmosphere, known as the magnetosphere, its charged particles temporarily change the atomic and magnetic makeup of the Earth’s atmosphere, disturbing its magnetic fields, currents and plasma.

Like the solar events themselves, these disturbances can be divided into three broad categories. Coronal mass ejections, for example, can cause geomagnetic storms which send geomagnetically induced currents (GICs) through the Earth’s magnetic field lines toward the southern poles, where they can surpass the Earth’s atmospheric defenses and disrupt technological systems. Intense solar winds can also generate geomagnetic storms. Similarly, radiation storms send highly charged proton particles down these magnetic field lines, forcing radiation into the lower levels of Earth’s atmosphere. Solar flares, for their part, can cause a phenomenon known as radio blackouts, through a process called ionization, in which magnetically charged particles blast through the atmosphere, dislodging electrons from atmospheric molecules and thereby changing the trajectory of radio frequencies.

The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration grades all three of these solar storms on a scale from one (minor) to five (extreme). Although solar activity is common, the vast majority of solar storms are recorded on the lower ends of the spectrum. For instance, while minor events may occur almost 3,000 times during an 11 year cycle, we’re likely to see less than five extreme solar storms over that period. However, even the largest storms on record pale in comparison to their historical predecessors. But we’ll get there. For now, let’s focus on what technologies are at risk.

Power Grids




Onurdongel/Getty Images

As evidenced by the geomagnetic event that caused the infamous Quebec blackout, strong solar storms can have a major effect on the world’s power grids. When geomagnetically induced currents hit electrical infrastructure, they can cause blackouts by overheating transformers, relays and sensors. Expensive and difficult to manufacture, replacing a critical mass of transformers could take years. Geomagnetic currents can also overload and damage grid systems’ transmission lines. The control and protection infrastructures through which we manage power grids are also vulnerable to geomagnetic currents. Over time, these storms can shorten the lifespan of grids by damaging their electrical components and insulating materials, causing noticeable wear. 

Not all power grids are threatened by solar storms equally, as several environmental factors shape whether grids are more susceptible to solar storms. For one thing, geomagnetic storms are geographically prejudiced. Because storms are drawn toward the Earth’s magnetic poles, latitude is the most consistent indicator of risk, with arctic regions seeing the strongest magnetic disruptions. In 2003, for instance, Sweden saw a portion of its power grid knocked out by a series of abnormally potent geomagnetic activity. Soil resistivity, which refers to how well the ground conducts electrical currents, is another factor. Areas with high likelihood of exposure whose soil conducts energy well are particularly at risk. For example, the arctic regions between 55 and 70 degrees latitude, are especially vulnerable, given their high latitudes and resistivity rates.

Increasingly, experts are concerned about the risks solar storms pose to artificial intelligence and other grid-needy industries. And while the AI boom is already straining our electrical infrastructure, the costs of widespread grid outages could prove catastrophic for the world’s fastest growing industry. Writing for Space News, Scot McIntosh, a former deputy director of the National Center for Atmospheric Research, said AI executives are “among those who should be most concerned” about the knock on effects of solar storms.

Satellites

Although satellites are designed to withstand solar weather, protecting them from the strongest solar events is costly and impractical. As such, solar storms can damage a satellite’s hardware and internal electronics. Such damage can reduce a satellite’s lifespan or potentially necessitate critical repairs.

A satellite’s software is also at risk. As Russell DeHart, a lead engineer at NASA’s Goddard Space Flight Center, describes it, high-energy particles can “end up hitting a computer chip aboard a spacecraft and cause a [computer programming] bit to flip,” prompting an “anomaly” known as “a single event-upset.” In essence, high-energy particles from a solar radiation storm can physically force the sequences of 0s and 1s that make up the program’s binary code to switch properties. If key operations experience a bitflip, it forces the satellite to suspend noncritical tasks until the issue is resolved.

CMEs typically heat and expand the atmosphere, creating a denser medium for satellites to pass through. This additional drag can force satellites to lose both speed and altitude, dropping up to 2,000 feet. Losing a few thousand feet while in an orbit over a thousand miles high may not seem like a disaster. But considering that satellites are precisely calibrated machines, the drop could be substantial enough to stop operations entirely. 

Complicating the issue is that low Earth orbit is increasingly crowded. Changes in altitude risk collisions with other satellites or space debris. And while most satellites have extra fuel to maneuver back into place, deploying it can cut down a mission’s lifespan. As Dehart notes, “you can see years shaved off” a satellite mission “if a solar cycle was more active than originally anticipated.”

Many satellite-dependent technologies are susceptible to these disruptions. For instance, a solar storm in 2022 knocked 38 SpaceX internet satellites out of orbit. In October 2003, meanwhile, a flurry of solar activity scrambled half of the world’s satellites. The storms grounded flights between North America and Asia, muddied TV and radio broadcasts, upended remote GPS systems, and curbed several scientific missions. As more of our technological infrastructure continues to migrates to low Earth orbit, such concerns are likely to become more acute.

Radio communications




Denys Yelmanov/Shutterstock

It goes without saying that satellite issues can disrupt a host of communication technologies. Navigation systems, like GPS, which depend on the exact positioning of a satellite and geographic coordinates, can be discombobulated by a sufficiently large solar storm. Just ask the farmers whose GPS-enabled tractors were knocked off-kilter by a solar storm in 2024, causing a reported half a billion dollars in damages. The same can be said for many satellite-dependent communications systems.

Beyond physical damage to satellites, however, solar storms can hurt satellite communication systems by changing the atomic makeup of the Earth’s atmosphere. As mentioned earlier, solar flares, CMEs, and solar radiation storms can all have a pronounced effect on the Earth’s ionosphere. Radiation storms, for one, can block the passage of radio waves at high altitudes. Ionization caused by solar flares and coronal mass ejections, meanwhile, causes the Earth’s ionosphere to either absorb or refract different radio waves. These changes in wave pathways can upend GPS and other satellite-dependent navigation systems that need frequencies to pass through the ionosphere. 

Radios that use high frequency radio waves, also known as shortwave radio, meanwhile, utilize the Earth’s ionosphere to refract radio frequencies and extend signal range. Typically used by operators who need to communicate beyond the horizon, shortwave radio systems are deployed by deep sea vessels, aircraft, emergency rescue crews and military personnel to communicate over vast distances. Changes in the ionosphere alter the angle of refraction, making it difficult for radio transmissions to reach their intended receivers. Very High Frequency and Ultra High Frequency radio communication systems, for their part, are more resilient to geomagnetic storms because they don’t depend on ionosphere refraction.

Satellite disturbances can affect popular consumer devices. According to a report by IoT manufacturer Memfault, a string of storms in 2024 potentially caused malfunctions in roughly 2.5 million of their devices. Luckily, solar events should only have a minimal impact on consumer cellular service, since the radio waves used by wireless networks are largely unaffected by ionization. Likewise, your phone’s GPS signal triages cellular tower location data with satellite GPS, limiting their exposure to satellite disruptions. However, many of these caveats likely go out the window in the case of catastrophic storms that decimate the power grids cellular networks depend on.

Internet




Imaginima/Getty Images

Some warn that a massive coronal mass ejection could also damage the world’s internet infrastructure. Dr. Sangeeth Abdu Jyothi, a professor and researcher at UC Irvine, released a 2021 paper detailing how a solar storm could cause a worldwide “internet apocalypse.” According to Jyothi, solar storms threaten the submarine fiber optic cables that give the world wide web its name. And while local and regional networks are likely safe, the cables that carry data between continents remains under threat.

To understand this distinction, we need to dive into the fiber optic deep end. For the sake of brevity, think of internet data as pulses of light beamed through thin strands of glass, which are known as fiber optic cables. The global internet is underpinned by roughly 870,000 miles of these cables, which carry data across the ocean floor. Interestingly, the fiber optics themselves are immune to GCI-induced outages. Unfortunately, light signals disperse as they travel long distances. To remediate this issue, signal repeaters are placed every 30 to 100 miles to amplify the optical signal. According to the NOAA, over 95% of international data is routed through these subsea cables.

Unfortunately, the electronic components of optical repeaters are vulnerable to geomagnetically induced currents. According to Dr. Jyothi, a sufficiently large CME could render many of these cables unusable, striking a blow to global internet infrastructure. Add potential damage to satellite internet systems, and a major solar storm could substantially slow internet traffic.

Notably, the study finds that some regions are more susceptible to the “internet apocalypse” than others. As with power grids, GCI damage to internet cables will likely correlate with latitude. The long distance cables connecting the U.S. to Europe are most at risk, while internal communications in Asia and Europe are comparatively insulated.

Preparing for the worst

Modern technologies have yet to encounter a historically strong geomagnetic storm, as the strongest recorded occurred in 1859. Known as the Carrington Event, the storm was three times larger than the one that knocked out the Hydro-Quebec electrical grid, and caused the Northern Lights to stretch as far south as Panama. What technology we did have, namely telegraph machines, went haywire, with some even catching fire. Scientists worry that such a storm could cripple our modern technological ecosystem, stranding planes, downing power grids, breaking internet connections and disrupting global communication systems.

Those looking to prepare for a major solar storm can ensure access to essential electronics through a variety of home products. For instance, generators are increasingly efficient, come in variety of sizes and prices, and are ideal for sustained power generation. Solar powered home battery backups, such as Anker’s Solix E10 or Tesla’s Powerwall, meanwhile, are eco-friendly alternatives capable of buoying power supplies for a few days. For more mobile options, portable power stations can pack a significant punch into a smaller package, while uninterruptible power supplies, or UPS, can be an affordable means of delivering power to essential electronics.

Luckily, storms like the Carrington Event occur only twice a millennia. However, even the Carrington Event is historically benign. Scientists found evidence of solar events that dwarf the 1859 storm by measuring the levels of carbon-14 in arctic ice samples. The largest of these are dubbed Miyake events, and one that occurred in 774 AD is hypothesized to have been 12 times larger than the Carrington storm.

Some scientists warn that a catastrophic storm is inevitable . As reported by the Washington Post, the National Academy of Sciences believes a geomagnetic disaster could cost over $2 trillion. Bolstering the world’s satellite, internet, communications and power infrastructure is likely to incur major financial costs. For example, the Foundation for Resilient Societies projects that securing the U.S. national power grid would cost roughly $255 billion alone. And although NASA has invested in detecting geomagnetic storms, a 2025 report by NOAA found that our solar forecasting systems also need upgrading. Addressing these issues will likely require extensive international cooperation. But given the relatively low year-to-year chances of a geomagnetic disaster, it remains unlikely that the world’s governments will collectively counteract them with the urgency some advocate. If you don’t believe me, just ask your local climate activist.

The U.S. Government Just Put OpenAI’s GPT-5.6 Under Lock And Key

The Trump administration has instructed OpenAI to restrict the upcoming release of its next-generation artificial intelligence model, GPT-5.6. Rather than making the software available to the general public upon launch, the White House requires the company to limit distribution to a select group of government-approved partners.

According to a report by The Information, OpenAI Chief Executive Officer Sam Altman detailed the directive in an internal staff memorandum. The communication explained that the federal government intends to review and approve access on a “customer-by-customer” basis during an initial preview phase. Altman noted that this restrictive framework does not represent OpenAI’s long-term deployment strategy and stated that the company aims to establish a more sustainable distribution method in the future.

Reports from CNN indicate that both OpenAI and federal officials view the capabilities of GPT-5.6 as comparable to Anthropic’s Mythos model. Government representatives have expressed an intent to collaborate with frontier AI laboratories to develop unified approaches for managing the challenges associated with scaling highly advanced technology.

This directive follows recent regulatory actions by the U.S. Department of Commerce involving Fable, a version of the Mythos model equipped with specialized safety guardrails designed to prevent the exploitation of software vulnerabilities. Following findings by Amazon researchers demonstrating methods to bypass those safety restrictions, federal authorities ordered Anthropic to suspend access for non-U.S. citizens both inside and outside the United States, including Anthropic’s own foreign-born personnel.

Identity Verification Measures

In response to these compliance mandates, Anthropic is reportedly developing mechanisms to adhere to the revised regulatory framework. Updates to the company’s privacy policy introduce a “Verification Data” category intended to facilitate Know Your Customer (KYC) protocols and digital identity verification. This framework may eventually require users to submit government-issued identification and biometric facial data to verify citizenship before gaining access to advanced AI models.

Filed in Robots. Read more about ChatGPT, Donald Trump and OpenAI.

Australia’s Social Media Ban May Not Be That Effective, Study Finds

The social media checks implemented in Australia after the country banned their use for teens under 16 have shown little evidence of being effective, according to a study by the University of Newcastle. Published in the British Medical Journal, the study surveyed participants between 12 and 17 years old before and three months after the law was introduced. It specifically looked at the participants’ use of TikTok, X, Facebook, Instagram, YouTube and Snapchat. 

Based on the information they gathered, more than 85 percent of teens under 16 continued using those social media apps, despite two-thirds of them reporting that they had encountered age checks. Approximately 54 to 68 percent of responders under 16 just kept on using their accounts. How, you ask? Well, the most common age check the Australian teens encountered was to self-declare their age, a method criticized by authorities in the country, as well as in other countries considering implementing the same law, due to its limited effectiveness. Among the responders, 24 to 39 percent encountered self-declared age verification, while 13 to 27 percent got through checks by uploading a selfie. 

That said, the study also showed that affected teenagers found other ways to keep using social medial. Around 15 to 19 percent of the responders said they used fake accounts to access the platforms, while 9 to 29 percent reported going on social media using someone else’s account. Approximately 11 percent of the teens said they used private browsers to get around the restrictions. There were very few teens who reported using a VPN. 

Overall, the study found that social media use remained the same among the 12 to 13 year olds after the law took effect. It declined among the 14 to 15 year olds, but it grew among the responders aged over 16. 

While the researchers admit that it’s early days and the sample size was small and relied on self-reporting, an accompanying editorial of the study stresses that the results are early signals worth tracking. 

“What these figures collectively describe is a partially implemented policy, one in which the mechanism intended to restrict access was not reliably activated,” said Dr. Amrit Kaur Purba, an assistant professor in the Faculty of Public Health and Policy at the London School of Hygiene & Tropical Medicine. “Australia’s experience shows that legislating a restriction is not the same as enforcing one: when age assurance relied on self-declared age, most adolescents continued to access restricted platforms. Countries now adopting similar measures – including the UK, which has committed to comparable restrictions and has tasked its regulator with defining effective age assurance before implementation – will need those mechanisms in place from the outset, rather than retrofitted once circumvention is already widespread. As governments across Europe, North America, and elsewhere consider similar approaches, Australia’s experience suggests that implementation may matter as much as legislation, and that lesson may prove as consequential as any headline result.”

Polestar Faces Impending Sale Prohibition In the United States

The United States government is tightening regulations on Chinese companies, escalating trade tensions between the two nations. The latest company impacted by these measures is the electric vehicle (EV) manufacturer Polestar, which operates under the Chinese automotive group Geely.

According to the automotive news outlet Carscoops, the U.S. Department of Commerce, through its Bureau of Industry and Security, intends to prohibit the brand from selling new models within the country starting in 2027. This development follows Polestar’s strategic decision in 2024 to shift production of the Polestar 3 model to South Carolina in an effort to bypass import tariffs imposed on Chinese-manufactured EVs.

The agency’s decision is rooted in the “Connected Vehicle Rule.” This regulation bans the sale of vehicles utilizing software or hardware originated from China or Russia, citing national security concerns regarding data and connectivity.

To operate within the U.S. market under these guidelines, automotive manufacturers must secure explicit sales authorization from the American government. To date, Polestar has not successfully obtained this clearance. The regulatory timeline dictates that the ban on software from these nations will take effect in 2027, followed by the hardware restrictions in 2030.

The enforcement of this policy has raised questions regarding the specific evaluation criteria used by U.S. authorities. While Volvo is also controlled by Geely, it has successfully secured the necessary authorization to continue its sales operations in the United States, contrasting sharply with Polestar’s situation.

Given that Polestar has already established local production infrastructure in the U.S., it remains uncertain whether the company will relocate its manufacturing bases or modify its supply chain to comply with the new regulatory framework. Consequently, the market outlook for the Sweden-founded brand in the United States remains highly unstable.

Filed in Transportation. Read more about Cars and Electric Cars.

California Launches Tracker For AI-Related Job Losses

It will be updated monthly.




Blackjack3d/Getty Images

California has launched a new portal, which tracks AI-related job losses in the state. According to the office of California Governor Gavin Newsom, it’s meant to serve as an “early warning system” for widespread job cuts due to artificial intelligence, allowing the government to proactively determine where interventions may be needed the most. 

The website says Newsom’s office worked with the California Employment Development Department, as well as with the California Policy Lab at the University of California to conduct research to measure AI-related job losses. They use Unemployment Insurance claims data combined with AI exposure measures to come up with the figures in the tracker. Anybody can see the data for themselves, and the tracker will be updated monthly. 

As Bloomberg notes, the tracker was built during a time when there’s increasing pressure on authorities to be more proactive when it comes to AI-driven job loss. Politicians are keen on being seen as a champion of the masses against AI, even more so for politicians in California, where many big tech companies are based. Newsom, who’s believed to be running for president in 2028, recently signed an executive order requiring state agencies to develop plans for offsetting AI’s effects on California workers.

The tracker will let you see potential AI exposure by different groups, such as age, education, gender, industry, race and ethnicity, as well as by region. For instance, people in the 25 to 35 age group seems to the most vulnerable to AI-related layoffs, females more so than males. According to researchers who studied the data used by the tracker, however, it shouldn’t be used as a definitive guide. The tracker can’t actually determine whether particular jobs were eliminated due to AI, and the trends seen in it could be caused by other economic factors. 

YouTube Shorts Nixes ‘Dislikes’ And Lets You Double The Playback Speed

It now offers a ‘Clear mode’ as well that was obviously nicked from TikTok.




FotoField/Shutterstock

YouTube Shorts only launched in 2020 but has since become a behemoth with 200 billion daily views as of last year, about the same as rival Instagram Reels. Now, YouTube has announced that it’s making Shorts more “intuitive” with several key changes, including the removal of dislikes, a clear screen mode and double speed playback. 

YouTube started hiding dislike counts years ago, but it has now removed the button completely on Shorts. “Instead, we’ll rely on our more precise controls, ‘Not Interested’ and ‘Don’t recommend this channel,’ to more accurately tune your feed and serve up content you’ll love,” the team said in a blog post. It has also replaced the “like” button with a heart to provide a “more meaningful way” to interact with content. 

Some Reddit commenters noted that removing the dislike button will make it harder to express contempt for AI slop and other bad content. Another noted, though, that the dislike button “messes with the logic of engagement” and that the “Not interested” and “Don’t recommend” options are a better way to avoid undesirable content.

The new Clear Screen mode is an obvious nod to TikTok’s clear mode. YouTube said that the interface can sometimes feel like “splotches on your windshield” so you now have the option to turn it off completely in the three-dot settings menu . YouTube also changed the way you mute video on Shorts if you blast sound in an inappropriate place. You now have to tap the video to stop it, then tap the “mute” button that appears. 

Finally, YouTube now lets you play Shorts at double speed by tapping and holding on the screen. You can then drag down to lock it for the duration of the video. YouTube called that “the most requested feature” for Shorts. The new settings are now rolling out in most regions, but may be coming a staggered fashion. For instance in my location in France, I’ve had the double playback speed for at least a few weeks, but the dislike button is still there.

Samsung’s Latest Budget Phone Has Mild Upgrades And A $50 Price Hike

The Galaxy A27 5G has a stronger chipset, at least.




Samsung

Samsung has revealed its latest budget-minded A-series phone, the Galaxy A27 5G. The main upgrade that the company is pitching this time is a new Infinity-O display. As with the display in last year’s A26, it’s a 6.7-inch Super AMOLED screen with a refresh rate of up to 120Hz. What’s different this time around is that it has a hole-punch design to accommodate the 12MP front-facing camera rather than a small notch at the top of the screen. “Together with a reduced and more balanced bezel, this adds screen space and removes distractions to keep content front and center,” Samsung claims.

The rear camera array includes a 5MP ultra-wide lens, 50MP OIS wide sensor and 2MP macro camera. The A27 has 6GB of memory and 128GB of internal storage, which is expandable by up to 2TB via microSD. The battery capacity remains the same as last year’s device as well at 5000mAh. There’s support for 25W fast charging too.

The A27 runs on a Snapdragon 6 Gen 3 chipset. Samsung suggests this helps make the handset feel more responsive for everyday use while delivering a GPU performance boost over the A26.

The handset has an IP64 rating for water and dust resistance, which is lower than the A26’s IP67 rating. It can withstand splashes, but isn’t rated to withstand temporary immersion in water.

On the software side, there are a bunch of AI features, including multi-object recognition in Circle to Search and real-time translation into 22 languages for transcriptions in the Voice Recorder app. You can choose from a number of AI assistants, including Gemini and Perplexity (Bixby is still kicking around too). Samsung says it will support the A27 with “with up to six generations of Android OS and One UI upgrades, as well as up to six years of security updates from the initial global launch date.”

You’ll be able to pick up an A27 in the US starting July 14. Other markets will get it a bit earlier, on July 3. However, as with pretty much every other device, there’s a price increase. The Galaxy A27 5G starts at $350, which is $50 more than the A26.

Russia Allegedly Used A Forensics Platform To Hack An Activist’s Phone, Despite Having Its Access Cut Off

The Russian government reportedly used the Cellebrite digital forensics platform to hack into the phone of a political activist, despite the Israeli company that makes the software previously canceling its contract with its Russian customers.

An investigation by The University of Toronto’s Citizen Lab revealed that Russian authorities used Cellebrite to access the devices of Andrey Pivovarov, the human rights defender and former director of non-profit Open Russia, without his consent. Pivovarov said he also hadn’t handed over any relevant passwords for his confiscated iPhone 12 or MacBook.

Pivovarov’s devices were not returned to his legal representatives until 2023, when he was serving a prison sentence, two years after they were initially seized. He has since been released and had them returned to him, and first contacted the Citizen Lab last year. The researchers said their analysis uncovered “traces of the use of Cellebrite’s forensic tools with high confidence” on the iPhone 12 that belonged to Pivovarov. This had occurred on or around June 17, 2021, when the phone was in the possession of the Russian government.

The Citizen Lab said its findings are backed up by official documentation published by the Russian authorities. They say a report titled “Forensic Expert Report No. 1269-17” when translated into English confirms the use of Cellebrite’s UFED Physical Analyzer and UFED 4PC toolkit. These tools enable the extraction of data from a broad range of devices and analyze it. WhatsApp, Telegram and Viber were all allegedly accessed to gain information about Pivovarov that could have been used as evidence in his prosecution.

The report claims the authorities used terms such as “Open Russia Civic Movement” and other political topics when searching the devices. They also searched for the names of oppositional figures such as Mikhail Khodorkovsky, the founder of the pro-democracy organization Pivovarov had previously worked for.

The Citizen Lab‘s report also noted that the Russian government was less successful in their attempts to gain access to Pivovarov’s MacBook, primarily due to it being encrypted. They claim to have evidence of a series of failed login attempts on the same day that they successfully hacked the iPhone.

Cellebrite, in its own words, provides “end-to-end digital forensics, investigations and intelligence solutions” to more than 60,000 agencies in 150 countries. It’s headquartered in Petah Tivka, Israel (with another major office on US soil) and according to the Citizen Lab has “a well-documented history of selling to governments with track records of persecuting activists, journalists and dissidents.” On its official website, Cellebrite says it specializes in “mastering the complexities of legally sanctioned digital investigations” and helps “convict bad actors.”

Cellebrite terminated its contract with the Russian Investigative Committee in March 2021, following accusations that it was effectively assisting the government with repressing its opponents through the use of its technology. Despite Cellebritie claiming the Russian authorities immediately stopped receiving updates when the company cut ties, they were seemingly able to gain access to Pivovarov’s devices three months later.

The Citizen Lab accuses Cellebrite of “failing to meet its corporate responsibility to respect human rights,” and said there is widespread evidence of the company being “comfortable” with selling to governments that may use the technology to commit human rights abuses. In an email sent to the Citizen Lab that was later shared with Forbes, Cellebrite’s chief marketing officer, David Gee, said that any use of Cellebrite’s platform in Russia after March 2021 was “entirely unauthorized.” “The Cellebrite hardware previously sold, prior to March 2021, would now be incompatible with modern devices and would operate without our technical support, our consent or any legal sanction from Cellebrite,” he added.

Sony Announces Major Layoffs At Bungie, Including Most Of The Destiny Team

Some devs working on Marathon have also been laid off and studio head Justin Truman has stepped down.

There are bad things happening over at Bungie. Sony just announced a major round of layoffs, primarily impacting the team behind the Destiny franchise. We don’t know many employees were impacted, only that it was a “significant number.”

Sony says it “explored multiple alternatives before concluding that a reduction was necessary to align the studio’s resources with its current priorities and long-term goals.” This comes directly after the final content update for Destiny 2, and was likely already in the works before that. We learned via Bloomberg‘s reporting back in May that developers weren’t working on Destiny 3 and that Bungie layoffs were likely forthcoming.

pic.twitter.com/ceJTcKMs23

— Bungie (@Bungie) June 25, 2026

This decision has also impacted some members of the Marathon team, though that game is still getting content updates. Sony says the remaining team will be working on Marathon alongside “incubation efforts for future projects.” There have even been reductions across Sony’s gaming division, primarily impacting folks working alongside Destiny and Marathon devs.

These cuts go to the very top. Bungie studio head Justin Truman is stepping down, according to Bloomberg. It’s no secret that Sony hasn’t been pleased with Destiny 2’s financials, with the company saying last year that the game’s “sales and user engagement have not reached the expectations” it counted on when the electronics giant purchased Bungie.

Sony bought Bungie back in 2022, in a deal reportedly worth $3.6 billion. The company has since lowered the value of the company to around $2.8 billion, making for a loss of over $700 million.

Apple Will Reportedly Skip The M6 Pro And Max And Jump Straight To M7

The 2027 chips will emphasize on-device AI processing.




Hapabapa/Getty Images

Apple may be changing up more than its prices. According to the latest report from Mark Gurman at Bloomberg, the tech company’s silicon strategy could also look different next year. His sources claim that Apple will not release Pro or Max versions of its upcoming M6 chip. If this does come to pass, it would be the first time Apple has only offered a base version of its in-house silicon.

Instead of offering more powerful M6s, Gurman writes that Apple would leap ahead to the M7 generation. Those chips reportedly will be designed to center on powering artificial intelligence. AI and Siri were the key talking points during the WWDC keynote this year, so its not surprising that Apple would continue to emphasize on-device AI in the next generation of hardware.

In skipping the more powerful versions of the M6, Apple could release the M7 during the first half of 2027. It would potentially be followed by M7 Max and Pro chips at the end of 2027. Apple hasn’t released an Ultra model since the M3 generation, but according to Gurman, we could see an M7 Ultra arriving in 2028.

It’s unclear if this change in strategy means Apple will be delaying its first possible touchscreen laptop, which was rumored to be coming to the M6 MacBook Pro. The company introduced the M5 Pro and Max chips earlier this year, and we expect to see the M6 announced for its entry-level MacBooks before the end of 2026.

You May Be Plugging Your Fire TV Stick Into The Wrong HDMI Port

Most modern TVs now come with a mix of HDMI 2.0 and HDMI 2.1 ports, some of which might be marked as ARC or eARC. HDMI 2.1 is the newer standard, and was designed to allow for far more bandwidth that its predecessor, making it perfect for 4K and 8K video, as well as games consoles that are hungry for the highest frame rates. 

The exact arrangement of ports your TV has and how to identify them depends on the brand of the TV. If you’re buying an ultra-modern flagship, for example, all of the ports might be HDMI 2.1-certified. Conversely, an older TV might not have any. The easiest way to tell which ports your TV has is to look at the box it comes in, where the specifications will very likely be listed somewhere.

If you’ve already chucked that away, you can usually identify an HDMI 2.1 port by the sticker next to it, which might explicitly list the spec, or say something like “4K @ 120Hz.” It may also just say “Game.” When a port is ARC/eARC it’ll usually have a sticker indicating as much, while a regular HDMI 2.0 port will typically just say “HDMI” with whatever number corresponds to that port.

HDMI 2.0 only affords you 18 Gbps of bandwidth, while the 2.1 standard doesn’t top out until you hit 48 Gbps. For this simple reason, your HDMI 2.1 ports should be reserved for the devices that really make use of that additional headroom, and the Fire TV Stick isn’t one of those.

With a maximum resolution of 1080p/60Hz, the Fire TV Stick HD (the entry-level model) is wasted on an HDMI 2.1 port, while the Fire TV Stick 4K maxes out at 4K/60Hz, which also falls within HDMI 2.0’s bandwidth capabilities. The Fire TV Stick 4K and 4K Max add support for HDR standards like Dolby Vision, HLG and HDR10+, as well as Dolby Atmos audio, all of which are also supported by HDMI 2.0.

If you have one of the UHD Fire TV Sticks and a spare HDMI 2.1 port then it’s definitely advisable to plug it into that to ensure your audio and video output is as good as it can be. But if you’re a gamer and own an Xbox Series X, PS5 or PS5 Pro, reserve the HDMI 2.1 ports for those first and foremost. This allows you to play games at up to 4K/120Hz where supported and unlocks valuable performance features like Variable Refresh Rate (VRR).

As Everything Gets More Expensive, It’s Time To Make Do And Mend

During World War Two, Britain launched a campaign to reduce clothing waste called Make Do and Mend. The government sent out training manuals and local groups ran classes to teach people how to make and repair their clothes. In the face of skyrocketing component costs, it’s time for all of us to adopt a similar attitude with our devices.

The AI bubble’s demand for data center capacity has swallowed the tech industry pipeline whole. But there’s only a handful of companies in the world making the components that make all of those machines work. Only one company is capable of making cutting edge chips, and only a handful more making RAM and SSDs, none of which can satisfy rising demand. According to consulting firm Kearney, the global RAMpocalypse is likely to remain an issue until 2030.

We’ve known for a few years this squeeze would juice costs, and things are really starting to bite. Apple is raising device prices across the board. Valve’s much-vaunted console alternative, the Steam Machine, is priced at $1,049 without a controller. (Valve said that the figure is far in excess of what it wanted to charge for the hardware.) Microsoft has added another $150 to the price of the 1TB Xbox Series X and up to $600 to the price of its most recent Surface laptops (and not even the good ones at that).

The inevitable response is to shrug our shoulders and stoically endure the pain given this is a global issue. A series of global conflicts (many of which were not necessary to enter into) have sent food and energy prices into the stratosphere. But, given we want our toys and we want them now, we’ll just have to make do with this latest indignity and cough up.

What would happen, then, if all of us simply chose not to buy anything new for the next year or two unless we really had to? What if we all adopted a Make Do and Mend approach, and did our best to help others do the same in the name of solidarity? After all, if we accept the higher prices, they’re far less likely to come back down again when the AI bubble bursts.

Especially as, for many machines, one component failing shouldn’t mean that your only option is to buy a replacement. For years, the industry has been working to undermine our ability to keep our machines running for longer to encourage this very attitude. Given it’s not going to walk that back any time soon, the duty falls upon us to take control of our own devices.

Part of this is simply about losing the fear that the industry has instilled in us about what we can and can’t do to our own gear. I won’t lie: I felt like I’d lost my knack for working with electronics after switching to Mac back in 2005. It wasn’t until I took on the climate and sustainability beat here at Engadget that I saw how easy repairs can be. I’m a big fan of Fairphone devices, which can be torn apart and put back together in minutes, and I can tear a Framework laptop down with my eyes closed. But from those early steps, I felt empowered to take on more and more repairs in my own life. I swapped out a broken backlight from my in-laws TV. I balked at a quote to fix a lawnmower and so I found the replacement part online for £9. If you don’t want to go that far, then perhaps it’s as simple as supporting your local independent repair store. Sharing your knowledge, and perhaps even your tools, with friends and your local community can help you, and them, feel more empowered.

There are, at least, some helpful figures in government who have made useful moves in this area. In 2024, Oregon was the first state to ban parts pairing, enabling the use of third party replacements in hardware. The EU has been working hard to mandate repairs as part of its broader crackdown on e-waste, and devices sold after February 18, 2027, must have easily replaceable batteries.

Not to mention, of course, that when something is broken beyond repairability, our first move should be to check out refurbished stores. I suspect that companies selling certified used hardware are poised and ready to take advantage of this situation, especially given the walls of iPhones you normally see in your local secondhand electronics store. If you can possibly resist the lure of the newest and fanciest piece of gear being shoved down your throat at every turn, then you might find yourself able to enjoy last year’s flagship at a half decent discount.

Fundamentally, the industry shouldn’t rely upon us meekly accepting and consuming whatever it sits in front of us. This is doubly true for companies that have used their wealth to make reckless investments in AI which has caused much of this trouble in the first place. It’s time we started to push back against this notion and, more importantly, regained the skills the industry has been so invested in getting us to forget.

Retroid’s Pocket Nova Is A Very Capable 4:3 Handheld That Costs $229

It should be able to handle up to GameCube and PS2 titles, thanks to a powerful chip.

Retroid just released a bunch of information about its upcoming Pocket Nova handheld console, according to a report by Time Extension. It’ll feature a Qualcomm QCS8550 processor, which is extremely similar to the Snapdragon 8 Gen 2. This means that the Pocket Nova will likely be a powerful machine with enough juice to run PS2 and GameCube games.

The 4.5-inch AMOLED display offers a 4:3 screen resolution, which also happens to be a great fit for PS2 and GameCube games. It comes with a 5000mAh battery with USB-C fast-charging and integrates with both Wi-Fi 7 and Bluetooth 5.

It’s fairly light, at under nine ounces, and includes a microSD slot for additional storage. The best part, however, is the price. The Pocket Nova starts at just $229, though that’s the entry-level version with 8GB of RAM and 128GB of storage. A model with 12GB of RAM and 128GB of storage costs $269. It’s available to preorder right now, but there’s no release date just yet.

RP Nova
Specifications pic.twitter.com/fsJKCkmkwq

— Retroid Pocket Official (@Retroid0fficial) June 25, 2026

Retroid has been on our radar for a while and has consistently pumped out high-quality portable consoles. The company’s Pocket 6 featured an actual Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 chip and could also handle games from the PS2/GameCube generation.

Commodore Has Dropped The Price Of Its Retro Phone By $100 Ahead Of Preorders

A refreshing direction for a price change.




Commodore

Commodore has entered the phone business. Pre-orders for the very adorable Commodore Callback 8020 will open on June 30, and the company has made a welcome change to its cost. The BASIC Beige, ProtoPET White, SX Silver, and the translucent blue Starlight Edition models of the privacy-focused flip phone will now start at $399 rather than $500. The Founders Edition model, thanks to its swanky 24 karat gold, will still cost the original $640.

The tradeoff for the $100 lower price will be that the baseline phones will no longer come with Hi-Def IEM earphones by default. They’ll also have a secondhand memory chip by default, and Commodore is backing them with the same one-year warranty as the new ones. Both the earphones and premium (i.e., new) memory will be available as upgrade options.

“The worldwide response to the Commodore Callback has been an incredible endorsement of our vision,” the company said in a blog announcing the change. “Alongside that excitement, many of you told us you wanted a more accessible entry point. We listened. Over the past week, we’ve worked tirelessly with our partners to find ways to lower the price while staying true to the product we’ve set out to build.”

Considering today already brought news that Apple and Xbox products are going up in price, having any company bringing the costs down is a happy development.

OpenAI Will Initially Only Release ChatGPT 5.6 To Government-Approved Customers

So much for voluntary review.




Primakov/Shutterstock

You may not be able to use the new ChatGPT 5.6 as soon as it’s finished. According to a report in The Information, OpenAI plans to stagger the release of its new AI model, and the first users will only be parties that are approved by the federal government. The publication’s sources said that, according to a staff memo from CEO Sam Altman, federal leaders will be “approving access customer by customer during this preview period,” hopefully followed a “couple of weeks later” by a more general release of the 5.6 model.

“We’ve made clear to the US government that this is not our preferred long term model, and will work with them and others in industry to achieve a more sustainable approach for future releases,” Altman reportedly told employees in the memo.

Several agencies appear to be involved in directing the change in course from OpenAI. The Information cited interactions with the Office of the National Cyber Director and the Office of Science and Technology Policy, as well as involvement from Department of Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick. Neither the White House’s nor the Office of the National Cyber Director’s representatives replied to the publication’s requests for comment.

President Donald Trump signed an executive order earlier this month asking AI companies to participate in a voluntary federal review of their more powerful models before they are publicly released. The government is expected to create a framework to standardize how it will assess new models. Shortly after, however, OpenAI rival Anthropic disabled all access to two of its recent models following a federal directive. That order didn’t provide specifics around its security concerns, only that the government wanted to block access to Anthropic’s tools for any foreign nationals. Between that instance and this additional stage to OpenAI’s latest rollout, there still appears to be a fair bit of confusion around how the review process will work and just how voluntary it is.

The Most Popular Grok Feature Is, Apparently, Exactly What You Think

NSFW uses account for “well over half” of traffic, a new report says.




Cheng Xin/Getty Images

xAI has long promoted Grok as a racier kind of chatbot with fewer of the guardrails of other AI companies. We’ve seen that play out in some disastrous ways over the last year, but we’re now gaining some insight into why the company has leaned so hard into that strategy despite some veritable PR disasters.

It turns out that NSFW activities account for “well over half” of Grok’s traffic, according to a new report in The Information that cites two former employees of the SpaceX-owned company. That includes using Grok to generate actual porn, as well as “adult role-play chats” and “huge volumes of requests for erotica.”

Grok’s users have even apparently discovered that it’s cheaper to channel such requests through the company’s models intended for writing code because those are cheaper to use. The report says that an internal analysis found that a “significant proportion of requests” to its coding model were for “porn or nude images.” All that would suggest that SpaceX can attribute a decent amount of xAI revenue to porn and adult content. Though the role of NSFW material in the company’s bottom line was somehow omitted from the company’s IPO paperwork, SpaceX told potential investors that Grok’s more “irreverent” features were a potential risk. It said it had aside $530 million to deal with potential legal costs.

The report also lays out some of the ways this has complicated things inside of the AI company. For one, xAI engineers had to figure out how to enable Grok to have sexy chats with users while blocking any prompts that might veer into child sexual abuse material. (There were, apparently, no “quick fixes” for the dilemma.)

Some employees were also less than thrilled with being assigned to work on “Ani,” Grok’s NSFW anime-inspired avatar companion. Others were reportedly “embarrassed and disturbed” by the ensuing scandal after Grok created a bunch of sexualized images of real people, including children. X later limited the ability to create racy edits out of images of real people using Grok directly on the platform, but paid subscribers to xAI can still generate such material, tests have found.

There are other potential challenges that could arise from Grok’s focus on R-rated material. xAI has aggressively pursued government contracts and has inked deals with various agencies and the military, institutions that you might typically expect to have a very low tolerance for anything remotely NSFW. But while Grok’s very public earlier dalliances into nonconsensual deepfakes and CSAM have prompted numerous lawsuits and investigations, it’s not clear if those incidents have had any impact on its relationship with the federal government.

Spain Will Require Carriers To Keep Mobile Networks Live During Power Outages

Backup systems will need to maintain connectivity for most of the country for at least four hours.




Daniel Prado/Unsplash

Spain will require mobile networks to have backup systems that maintain connectivity when power outages occur. Per a royal decree that will be approved by the end of 2026, mobile network operators (MNOs) and infrastructure companies will need to install batteries or other backups to keep service active for at least four hours during a blackout.

The mobile network rules will apply to businesses that serve at least 500,000 users or generate upwards of €50 million ($56.9 million) in annual revenue. The decree will stipulate that half of the population will need to be covered by this failsafe within the first year, then 65 percent in the second year and three quarters in the third.

Spain is looking to mitigate situations like the huge power outage that affected the country, as well as Portugal and France, last year. Requiring MNOs to maintain connectivity during outages — at least temporarily — is wise. However, this approach may become somewhat moot in the coming years as satellites that can connect directly to phones are integrated into mobile networks.

The decree will require other key infrastructure elements to remain up and running for a certain period after a power outage. For instance, control centers that could impact all of Spain if they were to go offline will need to remain in service for at least 24 hours. Emergency call centers will also need to have plans in place to maintain operations, as Reuters notes.

Notion Mail Is Shutting Down

It’s doubling down on agentic AI for your inbox instead.




Notion

Notion announced that it will shut down its email client later this year. Notion Mail will wind down across web, mobile and desktop platforms on September 22. It has published an FAQ for users to make sure that they don’t lose any messages or data in the transition. Most emails will still exist in a Gmail inbox, but customers will need to manually export their drafts, scheduled emails, snippets and auto label instructions.

We’re winding down the Notion Mail inbox across web, desktop, and iOS on September 22.

We launched Notion Mail with a belief that your inbox should think like you—more personal to how you work and over time, more capable with AI.

As Notion agents have gotten more capable, we’ve… pic.twitter.com/ebq7jWadGZ

— Notion Mail (@NotionMail) June 25, 2026

The company isn’t giving up on email entirely. “As Notion agents have gotten more capable, we’ve seen more users hand off email workflows to them,” the company said in an X post about the change in strategy. “Today, more than half of Notion Mail users manage emails without ever opening their inbox. So, we’re going all in on using agents to run your inbox.”

Notion offers a solid suite of productivity tools. It began offering Notion Mail after acquiring startup Skiff in 2024.

Hygon Reveals 512-Thread CPU And AI GPU To Rival Intel Xeon And NVIDIA

Chinese chipmaker Hygon has announced a new lineup of hardware designed for the data center and artificial intelligence markets. The launch features a high-core-count CPU, a dedicated AI accelerator, and comprehensive networking infrastructure, representing an effort to boost China’s technological independence and compete directly with established industry leaders like Intel and NVIDIA.

Next-Generation C86-5G Processors

Moving away from its consumer-focused predecessor (the C86-4G), the new Hygon C86-5G CPU family targets high-density server environments. Built on an updated microarchitecture, the processors deliver a claimed Instructions Per Cycle (IPC) improvement of over 15%. A key feature is the integration of Simultaneous Multithreading 4 (SMT4), which enables each CPU core to process four threads concurrently.

The flagship model in this family features 128 cores and 512 threads, achieving up to 10 TFLOPs of FP64 computing performance. It also offers 104 PCIe 5.0 lanes. To compete effectively against Intel’s Xeon 6 processors, Hygon has integrated AVX512 instruction support alongside native AI acceleration for INT8 and BF16 data formats. These CPUs are already in mass production, powering hardware ranging from standard rack servers to advanced liquid-immersion cooling cabinets that can host up to 80,000 cores per cluster.

AI Accelerators and Proprietary Infrastructure

Alongside the CPUs, Hygon introduced its new Deep Computing Unit (DCU) GPU accelerator. Designed for AI training and High-Performance Computing (HPC), this GPGPU architecture supports FP64, FP16, and BF16 precision formats. Equipped with High Bandwidth Memory (HBM) and high-speed interconnects, the DCU is positioned to compete directly with NVIDIA’s Ampere-based A100 GPU.

To complete its ecosystem, Hygon developed four infrastructure chips, including a 104-lane PCIe 5.0 switch and a Scale-Up Interconnect Switch designed to function like NVIDIA’s NVLink. Furthermore, its ScaleFabric networking line offers 400 Gb/s speeds with 0.93-microsecond latency, alongside switches supporting up to 800 Gb/s ports, aiming to provide an alternative to NVIDIA’s InfiniBand technology.

Filed in Computers. Read more about AI (Artificial Intelligence), CPU, GPU (Graphics Processing Unit), Intel and NVIDIA.

Xbox Prices Are Rising Again After Microsoft Helped Drive Up Component Costs

Another hour, another batch of price increases for notable consumer products. Microsoft says it’s once again jacking up the prices of Xbox consoles. Starting August 1, the 512GB Xbox Series S will be $100 more expensive and all 1TB models will run you an additional $150. The company is dropping the 2TB version of the Xbox Series X.

These changes will apply globally. Here’s what the updated prices will look like in the US:

  • Xbox Series S (512GB): $500
  • Xbox Series S (1TB): $600 
  • Xbox Series X Digital (no disc drive): $750
  • Xbox Series X: $800

Astonishingly, this is the third price hike for the consoles in the US since the start of 2025 for systems that debuted nearly six years ago. Microsoft increased Xbox prices in May last year then again in October. You already know exactly why.

“We hoped another price increase would not be necessary, and we have spent the last several months working with suppliers on options. Unfortunately, console storage and memory prices have increased by more than 2.5x and we expect another doubling by the fall of 2027,” Xbox said in a blog post. “The entire consumer electronics industry is struggling with the current components crisis, but the effects are particularly hard on consoles. Unlike phones, computers, speakers and other consumer devices, consoles are typically not sold at a profit, but instead for less than they cost to make.”

The blog post doesn’t get into the details of why storage and memory costs have skyrocketed, but Xbox’s parent is very much complicit. AI companies, which include Microsoft, are plowing immense levels of capital into building out data centers that require tons of memory and storage. The rules of supply and demand dictate that prices go up, which — as Xbox notes — is affecting all manner of consumer devices. Sony and Nintendo recently made their consoles more expensive as well, while Valve said this week the component crisis has affected price and availability of the Steam Machine, which starts at a whopping $1,049.

Microsoft says it’s looking to lessen the sting of the Xbox price increases in a few ways. Those include a buy now, pay later program at Microsoft Stores, zero percent APR financing through Amazon, second-hand console purchases and certified refurbished systems. As it stands, Microsoft is not reviving its Xbox All Access program that allowed customers to buy a console and Game Pass Ultimate via a monthly payment plan.

The company announced the console price increases as Xbox leaders “reset” the division in a bid to reduce costs and increase profitability. It’s expected that another round of widespread layoffs are set to hit Xbox following the end of Microsoft’s fiscal year on June 30. The head of Xbox Game Studios just stepped down, while several studios are said to be on the chopping block, including Ninja Theory, Double Fine and Compulsion Games. It’s been reported that the leaders of the studios have been negotiating with Xbox in the hope of spinning out their teams or finding new ownership.

Android Earthquake Alerts Notify Thousands Of Users Ahead Of Twin Tremors

Smartphone users running the Android operating system received early warning notifications prior to a major earthquake that struck Venezuela on Wednesday. According to reports shared across social media networks, the operating system’s automated alerts appeared several seconds before physical tremors were felt on the ground. Experts emphasize that even a brief advance notice of a few seconds provides critical time for individuals to seek immediate shelter and protection.

Early warning in action: A real-time Android earthquake alert popped up on smartphones just moments before shaking was felt, using built-in sensor technology to give users critical seconds to find safety.

Developed by Google, the Android Earthquake Alerts System is designed to identify the initial phases of seismic activity. It transmits rapid notifications to users located in nearby regions before the most destructive shockwaves reach their specific geographic locations. To achieve this, the technology utilizes the built-in accelerometers present in millions of active smartphones, effectively turning the devices into a widespread, distributed network of ground sensors.

When Google’s central algorithms detect a synchronized pattern of seismic vibration across multiple devices simultaneously, the system calculates the estimated epicenter and the magnitude of the earthquake. An automated alert is then instantly dispatched to the surrounding population. This early warning enables citizens to halt hazardous activities, evacuate buildings, or move away from potentially falling structures and objects. While current technology cannot predict seismic events hours in advance, it offers a crucial window for emergency safety measures.

Data released by the United States Geological Survey (USGS) confirmed that Venezuela experienced a twin earthquake event. The initial tremor registered a magnitude of 7.2, which was followed less than a minute later by a second, more powerful tremor measuring 7.5. The seismic activity resulted in the collapse of several buildings within the capital city of Caracas. In the aftermath of the disaster, mobile devices transitioned from standard communication tools into essential survival equipment as local search and rescue operations began locating and assisting victims throughout the affected areas.

Filed in Cellphones. Read more about Android, Earthquake and Google.

A Huge Speed Boost Makes This A Nearly Perfect High-Resolution Camera

From events to wildlife photography, it can handle nearly anything.




Steve Dent for Engadget

RATING : 9.2 / 10


Pros

  • Outstanding image quality
  • Reduced distortion
  • Fast burst speeds
  • Reliable autofocus
  • Improved stabilization


Cons

  • No RAW video
  • 4K video is soft compared to rivals
  • CFexpress Type A cards are too slow

With its full-frame A7 mirrorless cameras, Sony has always offered buyers a choice: You can have speed (A7 or A7S) or resolution (A7R), but not both. The A7R VI is now here to flip that script. With an all-new, stacked 67-megapixel sensor, it can shoot at a rapid 30 fps while still delivering more detail than any other full-frame camera.

The new sensor and new processor offer other benefits as well. The A7R VI is Sony’s first camera with dual gain processing to boost dynamic range. It also promises faster autofocus, updated video capabilities and improved shake reduction.

There are a few “buts” though. At $4,500, the A7R VI is $600 more than the A7R V was at launch. And Sony doesn’t offer RAW video on the new model, putting it at a disadvantage to rivals like the Nikon Z8. Still, with its blend of speed and image detail, the A7R VI is one impressive camera.

Performance




Steve Dent for Engadget

The A7R VI’s new 67MP sensor is different from previous Sony stacked sensors, as it’s designed for image quality as much as speed. With an 18 millisecond sensor readout time, it’s 5.6 times faster than the A7R V, though still much slower than Sony’s 4-millisecond speed monster, the A1 II.

With a new Bionz XR2 processor as well, the A7R VI can shoot bursts at up to 30 fps in electronic shutter mode with no blackout and using continuous autofocus — three times faster than before. Shooting speeds with the mechanical shutter remain at 10 fps, so it’s just as fast as the 33MP A7 V, but has double the resolution. Beware, however, that the enormous RAW and JPEG photos will rapidly fill up your memory cards.

Autofocus has improved too. While shooting birds at London’s Greenwich sanctuary, I captured 30 fps bursts with only a few out of focus shots. And while taking street photos, I could lift my camera and fire, knowing the A7R VI would nail focus. The A7R VI’s AF only lagged occasionally when I shot back-to-back bursts and filled the buffer.

The A7R VI supports eye, face, head and body detection for humans and can now handle smaller sizes in frame for animal, bird, vehicle and insect detection. The difference seemed small to me for real-world shooting, but it’s a nice improvement considering how much you can blow up a subject that looks very small when you’re taking the picture.

Despite the extra performance, the A7R VI still isn’t quite a sports camera. It’s not as snappy as the A1 II, and rolling shutter still haunts it in some situations, particularly during fast pans. Sony also boosted in-body stabilization from 7.5 to 8.5 stops with supported lenses, matching Canon’s R5 II and the Panasonic S1R II. The extra stop helped me create nice blur effects at shutter speeds as low as a second , while keeping the primary subject sharp (cars and people).

Image quality




Steve Dent for Engadget

Some cameras with stacked sensors have compromised image quality — take Nikon’s Z6 III for instance. Not the A7R VI, though. Sony installed special processors on the sensor so the camera can fuse high and low ISO outputs in real time (dual gain processing) to boost image quality and speed.

With that tech, the A7R VI shoots incredibly detailed images with accurate colors and high dynamic range. The resolution is so high that I was able to zoom into photos by 3x and still have 22MP shots. This was especially handy for bird photography when my 400mm zoom lens didn’t provide quite enough reach.

Sony claims 15 stops of dynamic range for the A7R VI and up to 16 stops with dual gain enabled — the highest of any mirrorless camera. DXOMark’s tests and my own observations confirm that. It excelled in high-contrast situations when I shot birds against a bright sky or on water. In those cases, I was able to extract detail from highlights or boost shadows without introducing excessive noise. In another tricky scenario, I shot West End Live theater in Trafalgar Square on a sunny day, and was able to tease out extra detail in the actors’ clothes and skin.

Steve Dent for Engadget

Steve Dent for Engadget

If you prefer to shoot JPEGs, a setting called Dynamic Range Optimizer (DRO) now boosts shadows by up to eight levels rather than five as before. That allowed me to capture night JPEG shots around the London Eye with extra detail.

Sony improved automatic white balance as well. Colors always seemed too cool (blue) in shadow regions on previous Sony models to me, but I found that the A7R VI better matched the tones I saw with my own eyes. Overall, color accuracy is much improved on this camera, though I still occasionally saw inaccurate blueish-green hues, an issue that’s not present with Nikon or Panasonic models.

The A7R VI excels in low light like few other cameras, high-res or otherwise. Its dual native ISO system allows shockingly clean shadows all the way up to ISO 12,800. At that setting, I saw only minor, pleasing film-grain-like noise, even when pushing the exposure up by three stops or more.

Design and handling




Steve Dent for Engadget

The A7R VI’s body and design is largely similar to its predecessor except for a few key changes. One of those that’s highly welcome is a slightly softer body material that boosts comfort during extended usage times, something that was a problem with past models. The grip is deeper too, even though the camera is relatively small, so people with big hands may still get their fingers stuck between the grip and the lens.

There are four control dials, along with a joystick and a dozen programmable buttons, making shutter speed, ISO and other settings easy to change on the fly. However, the A7R VI has no button on the top left like the A1 II, which I’d love to have to switch between single frame and burst shooting.

The A7R VI has the previous model’s incredibly sharp 9.44-million-dot OLED viewfinder, but it’s now twice as bright as before. That provided a detailed view of my subjects, and is far superior to any other camera’s EVF (except the A1 II, which has the same one). The sharp rear display not only flips around but also extends from the body and tilts, making it equally great for vloggers and photographers. I did find it a touch dim in very bright sunlight, though.

Sony keeps choosing CFexpress Type A cards that no other camera maker uses. Their relatively slow speeds (800 MB/s max) may be one reason Sony doesn’t offer RAW video capture. As with all recent models, the A7R VI also supports SD UHS II cards via the dual-slot system.

Finally, Sony introduced a new battery for the A7R VI, the first time it has changed that in 10 years. The NP-SA100 cell is a bit bigger and offers new capabilities like higher capacity and a battery health indicator. You won’t be able to use it in any other Sony camera, though.

Video



Video still isn’t a good reason to buy this camera, but it’s no longer a sore point either. As before, the A7R VI offers up to 8K 30 fps video and 4K at 120 fps. You can shoot 10-bit S-Log3 video for extra dynamic range at up to 4:2:2 using Sony’s XAVC codec (up to 520 Mbps in All-I mode). However, unlike Canon’s EOS R5 II and the Panasonic S5R II, the A7R VI doesn’t offer any 12-bit RAW video capture. It’s also strictly limited to a 16:9 aspect ratio, with no “open gate” mode that uses the entire sensor.

If that’s not an issue, the good news is that even at 8K, rolling shutter distortion is well under control for this camera. It can still show up if you pan the camera quickly or jolt it, but it’s usually not a problem. The extra stop of optical stabilization is also welcome, providing tripod-like video for handheld work. It can even smooth out walking with the electronic stabilization mode, at the cost of some cropping.

The sharpest video mode is 8K subsampled from an 8.2K region of the sensor, with a 1.22x crop that slightly reduces the sensor area. All 4K modes are derived from the full sensor width, but are subsampled from a 5K portion of it, so the camera is binning half the pixels. That results in 4K footage that’s noticeably softer than you get with the Canon R5 II and Panasonic S1R II.

With dual gain mode enabled (4K video only) and 10-bit S-Log3 turned on, the A7R VI delivers an outstanding 14+ stops of dynamic range. That allowed me to get fine detail in dark and light parts of the image. Low light video is excellent too, with noise well controlled up to ISO 12,800. As with photos, colors in shadow areas are more accurate than before. However, compression artifacts are noticeable in detailed shots like grass. RAW video would solve this problem, but as I mentioned, it’s nowhere to be seen here.

Wrap-up




Steve Dent for Engadget

The A7R VI is Sony’s most impressive camera in years, offering ultra-high resolution images and impressive speed. It’s still primarily a portrait and landscape camera, but might tempt action photographers who would love the extra megapixels to crop in on distant subjects. 

At $4,500, it is $600 more than its predecessor. Some of that increase can be chalked up to inflation and tariffs that have plagued tech lately, along with the new stacked sensor that likely costs more to build. That said, it’s around the same retail price as Canon’s R5 II and the Nikon Z8. It offers better image quality than both of those cameras, far more resolution and similar shooting speeds. However, Canon and Nikon’s models have superior video capabilities. Panasonic’s S1R II is a budget option, but lacks a stacked sensor.

After having all that extra resolution, I’ll miss it at my next photo session. If that kind of quality is important for you, along with some extra speed and decent video features, I highly recommend the A7R VI.

Rockstar Games Details Grand Theft Auto VI Pre-Orders, Pricing, And Editions

Rockstar Games has officially opened pre-orders for Grand Theft Auto VI, confirming the pricing structure and available editions for the highly anticipated title. The announcement provides clarity for consumers following months of industry speculation regarding the game’s retail cost.

Available Editions and Pricing

The game will launch with two primary versions available for purchase:

  • Standard Edition: Priced at $79.99, offering the base game experience.
  • Ultimate Edition: Priced at $99.99, this version includes bonus content such as exclusive premium vehicles, weapons, clothing, and story-integrated items centered around the dual protagonists, Jason and Lucia.

Distribution and Launch Logistics

Pre-orders have been initiated across major digital storefronts, including the PlayStation Store and Microsoft Store, alongside select physical retail outlets.

Grand Theft Auto VI is scheduled for official release on November 19, 2026, for the PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X/S platforms. To mitigate potential server congestion on launch day, digital pre-order customers will gain access to pre-load the game files starting November 12, 2026.

Physical copies will also become available at retail locations on November 12, 2026. However, in alignment with a broader industry shift toward digital distribution for large-scale software, physical retail boxes will contain digital download codes rather than traditional optical discs.

Pre-Order Incentives

The final pricing strategy aligns with previous analytical predictions, which suggested a premium price point to offset the extensive development costs and scale of the project. To incentivize early purchases, Rockstar Games is bundling additional items with pre-orders:

  • All pre-orders include the Vintage Vice City Pack.
  • Digital pre-orders receive an additional bonus of a one-month subscription to the GTA+ service.

With distribution channels established and pricing finalized, the infrastructure is set for the launch of the project, marking the first mainline entry in the franchise in over a decade.

Filed in Gaming. Read more about Games, GTA (Grand Theft Auto), Rockstar and Rockstar Games.

Can Your Smartwatch Detect Sleep Apnea?

None can diagnose it, but some can screen for possible signs.




Samsung

You won’t always know when you have sleep apnea. In fact, the only symptom some people notice is feeling exhausted after a full night’s sleep. But there are other hints that you should consider seeing a doctor for evaluation, and some wearable tech can deliver those.

Sleep apnea is a serious disorder where your breathing repeatedly stops or is disrupted while you sleep. (“Apnea” comes from the Greek word for “without breath.”) They typically last at least 10 seconds and can happen dozens of times per hour. As if its health risks and unpleasant symptoms weren’t enough, sleep apnea can be hell on partners, too. Snoring, gasping and other restless behaviors can make it hard for both people to get a good night’s sleep.

Confirming a diagnosis of sleep apnea requires medical testing. In some cases, that means spending a night in a sleep lab, hooked up to a bunch of wires and sensors. What some consumer smartwatches can do is screen for signs that may suggest you have it. Then, you can visit your doctor to get the ball rolling on a formal diagnosis.

While many smartwatches can track your sleep, screening for sleep apnea is much less common. In fact, the only two major smartwatch makers with sleep apnea notification features with some sort of FDA verdict are also the two biggest players in the smartwatch space: Apple and Samsung.

Without getting too much into the weeds of FDA terminology, I’ll just say that Samsung was granted De Novo authorization from the administration in 2024 for the its Sleep Apnea feature, while Apple received FDA clearance (510k) for its sleep apnea notification feature some months later.

Apple Watch




Apple

Apple’s sleep apnea notifications are available on the Apple Watch Series 9 and later, the Apple Watch Ultra 2 and 3 and the Apple Watch SE 3. The feature uses the watch’s accelerometer to look for breathing disruptions consistent with moderate-to-severe sleep apnea. But again, it doesn’t actually diagnose the condition.

The feature requires the latest version of watchOS on a compatible Apple Watch and the newest version of iOS on your paired iPhone. It’s designed for people 18 and older. Also, don’t just put on your watch and go to sleep: You’ll need to set up sleep tracking first. Then, you’ll need to log your sleep for at least 10 nights within a 30-day period before receiving notifications.

Breathing disruptions will be categorized as either “Elevated” or “Not Elevated,” and you’ll see a notification if you consistently experience the “Elevated” variety. At that point, the wearable has done its part, and you’ll need to visit a doctor for a formal evaluation.

On compatible devices, you can turn on sleep apnea notifications in the Health app on your iPhone. In the app, go to Search > Respiratory, and tap “Set Up” under Sleep Apnea Notifications. (If you see “On” instead of “Set Up,” then, well, you’ve already set it up.)

You can look over your data in the Health app under Respiratory > Breathing Disturbances.

Samsung Galaxy Watch




Samsung

Samsung offers a similar feature to screen for signs of moderate-to-severe obstructive sleep apnea. It works with the Galaxy Watch 4 and newer. (The Galaxy Fit lineup isn’t compatible.)

Note that you can’t use it with any old Android phone: It’ll need to be a Galaxy phone with the Samsung Health Monitor app installed. The feature is designed for people 22 and older.

You can activate Samsung’s feature by tapping Sleep apnea (and then toggling it on) in the Samsung Health Monitor app on your Galaxy phone. Samsung’s version requires less data than Apple’s: only two nights of sleep tracking within a 10-day period. You’ll need to get at least four hours of sleep each night for it to work.

After that, your results will be available in the Sleep Apnea section of the Samsung Health Monitor app. Once you receive your results, the feature will automatically turn off. (You can reactivate it later if you want.)

Withings: An edge case




Withings

The closest thing to an exception to Apple and Samsung’s duopoly in this space is Withings. The company’s health-focused hybrid watches can monitor nighttime breathing disturbances that may indicate sleep apnea.

In 2021, the Withings ScanWatch received FDA clearance for tracking breathing disturbances. Unlike Apple and Samsung’s wearables, Withings doesn’t market this as a sleep apnea notification tool. But if it detects breathing disturbances, that may be a sign that you should see a doctor.

As a bonus, the Withings ScanWatch is a pretty slick-looking device. It combines a classic analog watch with a small (0.63-inch) OLED display. Not a bad choice for someone who doesn’t want a watch that looks like a tiny phone.

What about other wearables?

Garmin has a feature on some watches that logs breathing variations during sleep. However, the feature doesn’t appear to have FDA clearance. A long list of the company’s watches is compatible, including models from the Forerunner, Fenix, and Venu series.

Similarly, the Oura Ring added a feature in 2024 that flags breathing disruptions during the night. Its version detects drops in blood oxygen levels to flag potential disturbances. But like Garmin’s feature, it doesn’t have FDA clearance and isn’t marketed as a sleep apnea screening feature.

Unfortunately, that’s where the list ends. Fitbit and Whoop offer plenty of advanced sleep-tracking and recovery metrics, including nighttime respiratory rate tracking. But neither has an FDA-cleared respiratory feature in the same category as Apple, Samsung or even Withings. And while plenty of smaller companies appear to at least be researching the feature or readying submissions to the FDA, they’ve yet to make the list of device manufacturers that have successfully done so.

Regardless, even if you’re one of the relative few who uses one of the smartwatches listed here that can detect signs of sleep apnea, always make sure to consult a doctor on all things related to your health.

Google Will Open The Play Store To Outside Billing On June 30

It will also lower its commission from 30 percent to 10 percent.




Google

Google will allow developers to offer outside payments starting on June 30 in the US, the UK and Europe, and it’s also doing away with its 30 percent cut for transactions at the same time. The company first announced these changes in March as part of the terms it reached to settle its years-long court battle with Epic Games. Google’s new billing choice program will be available to all developers around the world. While their listings will still feature Play store’s billing system, they can offer an alternative payment system or link users to their own websites for purchase. Customers will see the choice screen in the image above upon checkout, but developers can design their own screen, as long as it adheres to the company’s UX guidelines. 

On the same day, Google will also stop taking a 30 percent cut from sales in the US, the UK and Europe. It will separate its service fee from the billing fee, with the former starting at 10 percent on the developer’s first $1 million in annual earnings, regardless of what billing system their customers use. That 10 percent service fee will also apply to all subscription auto-renewals. For transactions that use Google Play’s own payment system, an additional 5 percent billing fee applies.

Google’s commission doubles after the developer’s first million in a year for new installs, giving it a 20 percent cut instead of just 10 percent. Auto-renewals will still give it a 10 percent cut, but all other transactions on existing installs will give Google a 20-to-25 percent commission. However, apps that qualify for the Games Level Up and the new Apps Experience program can keep enjoying lower fees when the initiatives go live on September 30. The Games Level Up program are for developers who create high-quality gaming experiences, while the Apps Experience program is for developers who design premium multi-device experiences across Android.

While these changes will only apply to the US, UK and Europe on June 30, Google will be expanding their reach over the coming months until they become the standard worldwide on September 30, 2027. 

Nothing Teases The Phone 4b, Launching On July 7

It’s Nothing’s first phone in the B series of entry-level devices.




Nothing

Nothing has revealed that it’s launching a new entry-level device, the Phone 4b, on July 7 at 6AM Eastern time. On X, the company has been teasing the upcoming phone with illustrations and animations. Based on what it has shown so far, the Phone 4b will look pretty much like the Phone 4a that was released earlier this year. The Nothing glyph bar will still be at the margin of the camera module, except the 4b seems to only have five panels of light instead of seven. The Nothing glyph bar is a vertical rear-panel lighting interface, which you can assign specific lighting patterns to for different kinds of notifications. 

Phone (4b).
7 July, 11:00 BST. pic.twitter.com/ksHy9hTM1x

— Nothing (@nothing) June 25, 2026

The Phone 4b has also appeared on the benchmarking website Geekbench, which reveals that the device will be powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 6 Gen 4 chipset and will have 8GB of RAM. Nothing’s Phone 4b will be the company’s first entry in its “b” line of smartphones. Company co-founder Akis Evangelidis explained on X that the B series “builds on the success of the A series by expanding into a new segment, while maintaining a clear product hierarchy.” The A series remains as the company’s “most premium line” below its flagship devices that don’t have a letter designation, with the B series below it. 

CMF, the budget brand owned by Nothing, is meant for devices even more affordable than what the main company can offer. However, CMF recently revealed that it will not be releasing a follow-up to its Phone Pro 2 this year due to high RAM prices. The subsidiary, he said, can’t build a phone that “feels like a genuine step forward at a price that makes sense for CMF” at the moment.

C’mon, You Don’t Need An AI To Check Your Spelling

Florida Republican claimed to use Claude as a proofreader, nothing else.




Anna Paulina Luna / X (Screenshot)

If there’s one thing we love more than catching a politician doing something silly, it’s the excuse they confect to try and get out of it. The latest involves Florida Republican Anna Paulina Luna, who was caught using AI in a draft amendment to a bill because the text included the phrase “Claude responded:.” Which might hint that someone pasted in a conversation with the Anthropic chatbot of the same name and forgot to hide it. Luna was quick to shut down the accusation, posting on X (as reported by Gizmodo), that her staff “used AI to correct a draft text and didn’t edit,” adding that it’s “not a shocker” as “most staff use it.”

Anna Paulina Luna / X (Screenshot)

Not long after, her posts were deleted, probably because it wouldn’t be ideal to admit you used AI to do your job for you. She then posted an amended explanation, saying “my staff used AI to spell/grammar check the amendment SUMMARY, not the actual amendment text itself.” Shortly after, she posted again saying “FYI NO Legislation is ever drafted with AI,” and that screenshot was merely depicting an “AI summary of the bill that’s also used for spellcheck.” She also asked “what dork planted this story?” and, to further bolster her reasonable credentials, threw in a tears of joy emoji for good measure.

Now, look, I’m just a simple, country lawyer with none of your highfaultin’ fancy ways, so I entirely believe Luna’s response. After all, it’s very reasonable for someone to use an AI chatbot to check their spelling and grammar, since that feature hasn’t been widely available on computers since Luna was six years old. Hell, even if you used Superhuman’s (Grammarly) brand of ghoulish AI to check your spelling and grammar, it wouldn’t insert references to its brand into the text of the documents you’re working on. Which makes me think that, you know, maybe parts of this story don’t quite check out.

Rockstar Finally Reveals Pricing For Grand Theft Auto 6

It will cost $80 for the Standard Edition when pre-orders open on June 25th.




Rockstar Games

Grand Theft Auto 6, the most anticipated game in maybe a decade, won’t be as expensive as some observers feared. Rockstar has revealed that GTA 6 will cost $80 for the Standard Edition and $100 for the Ultimate Edition, typical pricing for AAA titles these days. Pre-orders open tomorrow (June 25) at midnight, giving you a reservation for the PS5 or Xbox Series X/S versions. 

If you order the digital version, you can begin pre-loading on November 12, to ensure you can play it immediately on the November 19 launch date. However, if you were hoping to have a physical copy, that’s not going to happen. The so-called physical version simply contains a download code inside a box, which will also work starting November 12 for pre-loading. In other words, the difference between the physical and digital copies is… a box. 

Rockstar Games

For an extra $20, the Ultimate Edition includes digital extras appearing in different parts of the story, including weapons, cars, clothing and tattoos. If you’re inclined to pre-order or buy before November 20th, there’s another bonus: you’ll receive the Vintage Vice City Pack (a nod to 2002’s GTA: Vice City) that includes a ’55 Vapid Stanier sedan and garage, along with ‘ 80s-looking outfits and hairstyles. It also includes a weapon skin with similar pastel hues. 

Rockstar’s announcement includes numerous screenshots highlighting parts of the Ultimate Edition, including the main characters (Jason and Lucia), outfits, tattoos, vehicles and… a dolphin. The realism and detail are impressive and convey the seedy atmosphere you’d expect in a GTA game. GTA VI has already been delayed twice but is now on track for its November 19 launch, with Rockstar recently calling it (in a job listing) “the largest game launch in history.” 

Amazon Zoox’s Latest Robotaxi Looks (Marginally) Less Like A Toy Car

The company said it will soon begin large-scale production of its autonomous vehicle.




Zoox

Zoox, the self-driving startup that Amazon purchased in 2020, has showed off the new version of its autonomous vehicle that it says was designed for large-scale production. While it still looks like the old version the company introduced in 2020, the new vehicle comes with changes that improve its comfort for riders and make it easier to interact with.

The company relocated the vehicle’s bidirectional reflectors for better visibility and made them rotate colors to better distinguish its front from its rear, seeing as the robotaxi has a boxy form factor. It also gave the speaker and microphone on the door two-way audio capabilities to enable communication between riders and road users, as well as between first responders and Zoox support.

Inside, the new vehicle has a lighter color palette with monochrome aloe green seating and stone-grey flooring. Zoox also added padding and ergonomic curves to the bench seats and their headrests, based on feedback from its early riders. It made the vehicle’s touchscreen more vivid and installed larger cupholders, as well. The company didn’t make big changes to the layout, however: It still looks like a single-carriage tram inside, with four passengers facing each other. 

Zoox launched its autonomous robotaxi service on the Las Vegas Strip in September 2025 after months of testing. It will add the updated robotaxis to its fleet later this year as they come off the production line. The company will manufacture the new model at its robotaxi facility in Hayward, California. While it didn’t say how many units it will add to its fleet, it said it has the capability to ramp up production for up to 100 vehicles a week to support its expansions throughout 2026, subject to regulatory approval. 

Google Says It’ll Soon Be Easier To Use TSA PreCheck Touchless ID Via Wallet

You’ll no longer need to manually add your ID details for each airline.




Google

Google says it’ll soon be easier for those enrolled in the Transportation Security Administration’s (TSA) PreCheck Touchless ID program to set things up in Google Wallet and breeze through security. As it stands, program members need to manually enter their passport info for each airline. Only a limited number of airlines support PreCheck Touchless ID across 65 airports.

That’s about to change as part of an expansion of the program. Google is deploying an update over the next few weeks that should streamline the process with the support of 100 airlines. You’ll soon only need to opt in once via Google Wallet. Google says it’s the TSA’s first digital wallet partner for the program.

You’ll need to create an ID pass with your credentials, then check in for your flight and add your boarding pass to Google Wallet. If you’re eligible, you’ll see a “get started” button on the boarding pass (as shown above) that takes you to a TSA enrollment page, through which you can agree to share your ID pass and flight details with the agency. After the TSA rubber-stamps your enrollment, you’ll see a PreCheck Touchless ID icon on your boarding pass, meaning you can zip through the relevant express line at airport security without having to take out a physical ID.

Privacy is, of course, a key factor here. Google reaffirmed that Wallet shares your info with the TSA only after you opt in and then unlock your device via biometric, PIN or pattern authentication. Your digital IDs are encrypted and stored locally on your phone too. For frequent travelers who fly with several airlines, this might be a simpler way to handle things than by going through each carrier’s own app.

OpenAI’s Free GPT-5.5 Model Makes ChatGPT Better At Understanding Context

GPT-5.5 Instant is now more capable at processing complex questions.




Alexsl/Getty Images

OpenAI has updated GPT-5.5 Instant, the model you interact with the most when you use ChatGPT, to be better at understanding context and adapting to queries as you alter them to add more conditions or clarifications. The company updated ChatGPT’s default model to GPT-5.5 Instant in May. Back then, it said that the model produced 52.5 percent fewer hallucinated statements during testing and 37.3 percent fewer factual errors. 

Now, the model has been upgraded to be more capable when it comes to identifying the underlying goal of a task or a question and carrying context over across multiple back-and-forths as you talk to it. GPT-5.5 Instant is now also better at processing complex questions and is more likely to answer the multiple points you want it to address. If you clarify your question further or push back on its answer, OpenAI says the model should adapt more effectively and give you more relevant answers instead of repeating its old ones. And since it’s the default model for the company’s chatbot, you’re supposed to feel these quality-of-life upgrades when you use ChatGPT.

In addition, the new GPT-5.5 Instant can understand location context more effectively, so it can surface truly relevant options nearby if you ask it for, say, restaurant recommendations you can visit while traveling. It can also give you product recommendations and business information, as well as show you images if the chatbot decides they’d be helpful to you. “Overall,” OpenAI says in its announcement, “responses should feel more tasteful and cohesive” with more natural formatting, so they’d feel and look less templated in the way chatbot responses currently do. 

Lumysi Hid An Activity Tracker In A Bracelet Because Wearables Are Gauche, Darling

It looks like a fashion bracelet from the ‘80s.




Lumysi

If you’ve been sheering at the proliferation of GPS running watches the size of the Culinan Diamond and athleisure becoming business wear, you’re not alone. Fabiola Hermosillo, co-founder of Lumysi, says she “hated that most wearables only looked good with sportswear,” and did something about it. The result is a fitness tracker that buries its smarts inside an old-fashioned solid metal statement bracelet.

Lumysi is a titanium-hewn, screen-free bracelet that will measure your heart rate, blood oxygenation, skin temperature and movement. A battery of undisclosed size promises to last for up to seven days on a single charge, and will push data via Bluetooth to your iOS or Android smartphone. It’s apparently sturdy enough to withstand a swim in the pool, and is available in gold, silver, rose or black, measuring just 1.25 inches long and 0.35 inches wide.

The company says its app won’t simply hand you a trove of biometric data and expect you to work it out for yourself. Instead, it’ll offer up “plain language insights” to help identify where you’re at, and what you can do to make you feel better.

Lumysi is the first product from the eponymous startup, which is launching a crowdfunding campaign on Kickstarter. Early backers will be able to snag one for $179, while laggards grabbing the hardware at retail are expected to hand over $299. Those early backers will also get a free lifetime subscription to the firm’s subscription platform, but the company hasn’t yet decided what it’ll charge at retail.

Honda Is Reportedly Reviving The Element As An Affordable Hybrid

The boxy SUV could return in 2029.




Haggardous50000/Shutterstock

Fans of Honda’s boxy mini SUV rejoice: The company is reportedly bringing the Element back as an affordable hybrid vehicle. According to Automotive News, Honda aims to debut the revived model in 2029 to take on the Ford Bronco Sport. The new compact hybrid SUV would sit between the HR-V and CR-V in the company’s lineup, the latter of which is already offered as a hybrid. 

Honda is reportedly interested in the recent popularity of smaller, off-road-capable vehicles like the Bronco. Currently, the automaker offers TrailSport trims of the CR-V and Passport on the smaller side, plus rugged versions of the Pilot and Ridgeline for full-size SUV and truck lovers. According to the report, Honda plans to build the hybrid Element at its Ohio factory and hopes to sell about 100,000 in the first full year of sales. 

Honda discontinued the Element in 2011 following years of declining sales. The small SUV developed a cult following though, and you can still spot lots of them on the road today. The interior has no carpet (except for the SC trim), which makes it great for cleanup. The rear seats fold flat for camping, fold against the sides for hauling small loads or can be removed entirely with ease. That versatile back row setup makes the vehicle well-suited for a variety of tasks. 

If Honda does indeed position the hybrid Element between its HR-V and CR-V, the starting price could be in the $30,000-$35,000 range. This report will also be welcome news for US buyers, since the company debuted three new EVs late last year with the caveat that none of them would make it to the States. 

Engadget reached out to Honda for comment on this report, and a company spokesperson responded with this statement: “The Honda Element has maintained a cult following since it was discontinued in 2011, and hopes for its possible return continue to circulate online. We sincerely appreciate the enthusiasm for the Element, but we are not going to engage in speculation about our future product plans.”

Update, June 24 2026, 2:15PM ET: This story has been updated to include Honda’s statement on the report.

Jalapeño Is The First AI Chip From OpenAI And Broadcom

It’s a spicy start for the AI company’s move into chip production.




OpenAI

OpenAI and Broadcom have unveiled the design for Jalapeño, their first jointly-made chip. The pair of companies announced plans to collaborate on a making a custom “AI accelerator” in October 2025. In its blog post today, OpenAI called Jalapeño its “first Intelligence Processor: an accelerator architected around OpenAI’s vision for the future of LLM inference.” In other words, the processor is designed to run its large language models.

The AI company claims that so far, Jalapeño is offering “performance per watt substantially better than current state-of-the-art” in chip technology. The blog post did hedge that final performance testing is still underway, and a more thorough technical report on the chip’s performance specs will be released in the coming months. The next stage will be to see Jalapeño put to use in data centers, with the initial deployment slated to begin in late 2026.

This marks OpenAI’s first foray into making the chips that it relies on for training and operating its ChatGPT models. By controlling more components across the process of running an LLM, the company says it can make its business more efficient and increase how much people will be able to effectively use ChatGPT tools. 

OpenAI also wrote that “Jalapeño was co-developed from initial design to manufacturing tape-out in just nine months,” adding that the “speed reflects deep software-hardware co-development with OpenAI’s engineering teams, Broadcom’s silicon implementation expertise, and the use of OpenAI models to accelerate parts of the design and optimization process.”

Jalapeño is the first AI accelerator from the Broadcom and OpenAI partnership, and the two have said the collaboration is meant to be a “multi-generation compute platform” designed to “make advanced AI faster, more reliable, and more accessible to more people.”

The Grand Theft Auto 6 Physical Edition Is Overpriced DRM In A Box

If you spend $80 of your hard-earned income on a physical edition of Grand Theft Auto VI, you’ll receive a box with a code inside. The box is your standard rectangular, disc-holding shape, but the game itself doesn’t come on a disc — or two — at all. Perhaps the physical part is the warm feeling you get when you manually type the code into your PS5 or Xbox Series X? It surely can’t just be referencing the box, right?

Anyway, at least the physical edition doesn’t cost any more than the digital version, which is already raising eyebrows at $80. This isn’t an unheard-of price point in today’s market, but it is a shock to players who are still getting used to the $70 standard for AAA games. Nintendo has been at the forefront of the more-than-$70 movement, pricing Mario Kart World at $80 in 2025 and following that up with Elden Ring heading to Switch 2 this August. Xbox also teased an increase to $80 for its first-party games in 2025, but it backtracked just a few months later. (Classic Xbox).

The writing has been on the wall for a while now, but Rockstar pricing the standard edition of GTA VI at $80 feels like a turning point. The doors were cracked, but now they’re wide open, and the wave of $80 AAA games can start flooding in. 

This matters because it affects players’ budgets at a time when the cost of living is rising at a torturous rate — but don’t worry, if you look at it from a holistic perspective, it gets worse. On a grand scale, the $80 price point matters because we’re simply spending more to own nothing. The GTA VI physical edition is the clearest, most tangible example of this trend.

I’ve said it before, but about 10 years ago, it feels like we all kind of forgot that DRM sucked. Digital rights management drew heavy consumer ire in the 2000s, as publishers started adding always-on authentication requirements to major new releases like BioShock, Mass Effect and Assassin’s Creed 2 in the name of fighting piracy. Some publishers even developed their own stores to ensure every copy of Half-Life 2 was activated and official. Many titles had to regularly connect with the publisher’s servers while in use, a feature that generated major glitches and sometimes rendered games unplayable. Players felt like they didn’t actually own their purchased games, and there was broad pushback against DRM with awareness campaigns, petitions and lawsuits.

But then broadband and wireless infrastructure expanded, downloads became more common than discs, and the number of games coming out each week skyrocketed, particularly on Steam. Players needed places to purchase and store their growing backlogs, download speeds increased, and the market leaned into convenience. And here we are today: Valve owns your entire Steam library and is simply letting you access it, and the same goes for most game downloads on PlayStation, Xbox and Nintendo platforms. Online games can be shaken up or taken down by their rights holders at any moment, and even AAA single-player narrative experiences come with day-one patches and critical post-launch updates. In a digital-first world, DRM reigns supreme.

So when Rockstar prices GTA VI at $80 and calls a game box with a code inside a “physical edition,” it feels like, yeah, the joke’s on us. Not only does the physical edition not include any discs, but it’s also spiking prices on a whole line of products — AAA games — that players can’t own and don’t control.

The GTA VI physical edition is what it looks like when game ownership disappears. It isn’t a new trend, but combined with the upgraded price point, the code-in-a-box brings this phenomenon into supreme clarity. Purchasing any ultra-hyped AAA game feels like a gamble (or, maybe a loot box).

This hasn’t been happening in a vacuum, of course. Consumer protections are on the rise in the video game space, alongside efforts to preserve the industry’s history. The grassroots Stop Killing Games movement has been loudly advocating against publishers that remove titles from players’ libraries and haphazardly shut down their services. Stop Killing Games recently failed to convince the European Commission to require publishers to maintain support for games that they’ve stopped selling, but the group is generating conversation and change on a large scale.

Meanwhile, the GOG storefront remains completely free of DRM, and in 2024 GOG launched its Preservation Program aimed at adapting historic games for modern hardware. The program has spit-shined and preserved 300 classic games so far, including Metro 2033The Witcher and its sequel, Devil May Cry: HD Collection, Resident Evil 13, six Tomb Raider installments, Diablo and Crysis. All of the preservation work is handled by GOG, with no upkeep required from the original game makers. And of course, itch.io is another storefront that doesn’t have built-in DRM like Steam.

The $80 GTA VI physical edition — without any physical media — is exactly what we should expect from the existing AAA machine. It’s a matter of Rockstar playing its part in the video game ecosystem: perpetuating crunch-layoff cycles, raising the baseline price of all AAA games, and further solidifying strict DRM control structures that benefit publishers over players. Rock on, I guess.

After Successfully Selling Over 15 Cars, Faraday Future Would Now Like You To Buy Its Robots








Faraday Future

Faraday Future would like you to purchase an $89,900 robot. As part of its latest revamp, the embattled electric car company is now pitching a lineup of robots, including humanoids, quadrupeds and a robotic arm. If that name doesn’t ring any bells, that could be because the company has been going through a bit of a pivot over the past year in an attempt to salvage its bottom line, if not its reputation. 

That’s become something of a theme for Faraday. The business generated a fair bit of hype years before it showed off its first production-ready electric car at CES 2017. Its leaders certainly had lofty goals. But in the almost decade since, both the business and its founder, YT Jia, experienced financial tumult. Compounded by about a dozen lawsuits, internal turmoil, layoffs and yet more confusion around money, a lot of Faraday’s plans went on hold. It showed. In January 2025, it said it had sold “15 or 16” vehicles.

However, Faraday Future returned to CES that year promising a new electric minivan and a “fresh start.” The return of founder YT Jia as sole global CEO in May of this year as part of a larger executive shakeup might mean a loose definition of “fresh.” The company is still putting work into its EV strategy, with the first pre-production model of its FX Super One MPV van completed in December. But now it seems to be taking a page from Tesla’s book and directing more energy into robotics.

This month, Faraday Future shared some new details about its robotics lineup. There’s a quadruped model called Navi that looks to be targeted toward kids for learning embodied AI. That one starts at just under $2,000, but you may have to pay extra to give it a 3D-printed canine head. The company also has a new version of its humanoid model called Futurist. The 5’8″ robot, equipped with NVIDIA Sonic’s full-body motion control system, is on sale for just shy of $90K. It’s also selling an industrial-grade robotic arm that it’s calling a “mobile manipulator product.” There’s no public pricing, which is likely code for unbelievably expensive, even for business customers.

Despite the massive price tags and a history one could most politely call spotty, the company seems to be counting on at least some sales. According to its latest press release, Faraday Future claims to expect shipments of more than 100 robotics units in June and that total shipments for the first six months on the year are “expected to surpass our original target of 220 units.” Hey, at least it’s better than 15.


European Space Agency’s Euclid Captures The Star-Filled Center Of The Milky Way

NASA will begin mapping the galactic bulge with a mission later this summer.




ESA/Euclid/Euclid Consortium/NASA, CFHT, image processing by J.-C. Cuillandre and E. Bertin (CEA Paris-Saclay)

A large portion of our space coverage stems from the James Webb Space Telescope, but today we’re featuring an image from a different lens. The photo above is a portion of a larger image from the European Space Agency’s Euclid telescope, which has primarily been documenting the dark universe. This very bright image came from a detour that refocused Euclid on the galactic bulge, which is astronomers’ name for the bulbous center of the Milky Way.

But it’s more than just a beautiful picture. This snapshot offers a jump start to a NASA project that’s due to begin later this summer. The Nancy Grace Roman Space Telescope will start its five-year mission to chart changes in stars and other celestial objects in a small portion of the bulge. Having additional context for the area from Euclid before Roman even begins collecting data will offer the researchers more insights than either telescope would deliver alone.

“Adding Euclid’s snapshot to Roman’s future survey will help us map our galaxy better and identify hard-to-find cosmic treasures like isolated black holes and rogue planets more easily,” said Jason Rhodes, a senior research scientist at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Southern California and a member of the US teams for both the Euclid and Roman projects.

We recently highlighted an investigation that identified “bulge fossil fragments” and the researchers noted that the findings offered new insight on this difficult-to-study section of the galaxy. From this Euclid photo, it’s a little clearer just how many stars there are in this densely-packed bulge.

AI And Human Lawyers Team Up To Win Debt Dispute

An HR consultant has successfully resolved a legal dispute over a £7000 (~$9,231.14) in an English court using an artificial intelligence platform. The tool, known as Garfield AI, was utilized throughout the proceedings, showcasing the effectiveness of a hybrid model that combines automated assistance with human legal representation to minimize overall expenditures.

The legal strategy integrated the Garfield AI software during the preparatory phase of the case, while a human lawyer provided representation during the actual court hearing. A major highlight of this approach is the substantial reduction in legal fees, as employing the technology costs approximately £400 (~$527). This cost-efficiency enabled the recovery of the £7,000 debt—an amount that individuals frequently abandon due to the traditionally high legal fees associated with pursuing such claims through standard litigation.

Tamires Camal Taquidir, the HR consultant involved in the case, noted that while she was owed money for completed work, she initially felt that the recovery process would be overly stressful, expensive, and time-consuming. She credited the platform with making the pursuit of the claim feasible. During the process, Garfield AI was responsible for key administrative and analytical tasks, including organizing notifications, drafting structured legal documents, and formulating technical counterarguments against the opposing party’s claims.

The AI tool is currently authorized for use in legal disputes involving amounts up to £10,000 (~$13,187.25). Its primary objective is to democratize access to the justice system by providing an affordable option for financially less complex cases. In addition to reducing expenses, the technology successfully accelerated the debt collection timeline, creating a significantly less stressful and time-consuming legal experience for the claimant. This successful outcome highlights a growing trend toward automation in the legal sector, offering a more accessible pathway for individuals seeking to resolve minor financial disputes without incurring prohibitive costs.

Filed in Robots. Read more about AI (Artificial Intelligence) and Lawsuits.

Hulu Auto-Quality Settings Are Quietly Downgrading Your Picture. Here’s Why

Let’s start with the basics of Hulu’s video quality options. As it stands, you can watch Hulu in five different resolutions: standard definition, 720p, 1080p, 4K Ultra HD and 60fps high definition. Which of these you get depends on a range of factors, including the type of device you are streaming from, the content you’re watching and the available bandwidth.  Every time you turn on Hulu, the video quality of your program is naturally capped by both what you are watching and the device you’re using. 

Typically, Hulu will identify programming in which higher resolutions are available via badges on the content’s “Details” tab, including 4K Ultra HD, HDR, and 5.1 Dolby surround sound. But a video quality badge doesn’t guarantee that you’ll be watching this content with the highest possible resolution. For instance, the streamer hosts an ever-widening library of 4K programming. However, not all devices and streaming avenues support 4K. Hulu’s website, for example, can only stream in either standard definition or 720p. Moreover, whether you reach the higher of these two resolutions further depends on if your device is HDCP compliant.

Similar questions persist across content and device types. Typically, streaming shows, events and films via a Hulu app will render better results than your web browser. However, not all applications are created equal. Televisions and gaming consoles, for instance, can reach higher resolutions than those on your phone or tablet. Even within those lines, the quality of your stream can depend on brand compatibility.

For instance, if you use Hulu for live sports or other television broadcasts, you’ll likely watch in either 720p or 1080p. The latter of these resolutions can only be reached via select products, however, including fourth-generation Apple TVs, Chromecasts, Samsung TVs, Fire TVs, Fire Sticks and certain gaming consoles. Other streaming devices, such as Rokus, Vizio SmartCast TVs, and Android televisions can only support 720p. To learn where your streaming device lands on these spectrums, visit Hulu’s help center.

Your stream quality is further determined by the available bandwidth. Like internet service providers, streamers often manipulate resolutions to reduce internet traffic congestion. Although common, the practice has landed streamers in hot water with customers and courts alike. In 2020, for instance, a class action lawsuit claimed that Hulu throttled web browsing streams to push their proprietary applications. Such accusations shouldn’t necessarily turn you from Hulu, however, as several competitors have also been roundly criticized for the practice. At this point, some simply chalk it up as a necessary evil of the streaming boom.

New Chrome Update Link Autofill Directly To Google Wallet

Google has announced a new update that enhances the integration between Google Wallet and Google Chrome’s autofill feature. This development is designed to optimize how users complete online registration forms by streamlining the data entry process.

According to Android Authority, a key improvement in this update is the browser’s expanded support for complex data types. In addition to traditional information like names, addresses, and payment details, Chrome can now securely store and automatically fill specialized data. This includes details such as flight numbers, vehicle license plates, and Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN). By recognizing these specific data points, the system reduces the need for manual typing across various websites and services.

Privacy and security remain central to this integration. According to Google, all personal information handled by the system will continue to be protected using encryption protocols. Data is only saved or utilized after receiving explicit authorization from the user. Furthermore, if a user fills out an online form with a document or detail that is not yet stored in their Google Wallet, Chrome will proactively prompt them with an option to save the information directly to the digital wallet for future use.

Users retain full control over their data management under the new system. Information can be reviewed and edited directly within the Google Wallet application settings. Additionally, Chrome has introduced a dedicated “Autofill and Passwords” section in its settings menu to help users navigate and manage their stored credentials and data preferences more efficiently.

The rollout of this feature has already commenced, starting alongside the release of Google Chrome version 150 for Android devices. The update is being distributed in phases and is expected to become available to users on other operating systems and platforms gradually. This rollout represents a continuing effort to unify Google’s ecosystem and improve the overall efficiency of web browsing and data management.

Filed in Cellphones. Read more about Android, Chrome, Google, Google Chrome and Google Wallet.

Family Files Wrongful Death Suit Following Tesla Crash In Texas

The family of a woman killed after a Tesla, which was operating using “an automated driving assistance system” according to authorities, crashed into her home is suing both the company and the driver of the vehicle.

As reported by Elektrek, a lawsuit was filed in Harris County District Court by Jennifer and Justin Barbour, the daughter and son-in-law of the 76-year-old victim, Martha Avila. It accuses Tesla of a design defect, and the car’s owner, Michael Butler, 44, of negligence.

Butler’s Tesla Model 3 allegedly collided with Avila’s Katy, Texas, home at around 8pm on June 19, at which time she was standing in her front room. She was later pronounced dead after being airlifted to a nearby hospital. Justin Barbour was also inside and suffered multiple injuries.

The driver is said to have been using the Tesla Model 3’s assisted self-driving system in the lead-up to the crash, and the Harris County Sheriff’s Office said he was cooperative, showing no signs of intoxication. The family is blaming both parties for the crash, alleging that the Tesla vehicle failed to accurately detect the end of the street and the oncoming house. They also claim that the vehicle’s systems failed to warn Butler of the danger and said the technology has a “history of known danger.” Avila’s family is seeking more than $1m in damages.

Tesla appears to have conceded that Butler was at one point using its FSD (Full Self-Driving) system, which despite the name still requires an attentive human behind the wheel. However, the company says the driver was ultimately responsible for the crash after assuming control of the vehicle himself.

In a reply to a post on X, Elon Musk said the circumstances of the crash meant that FSD could not have been in use at the time. “Yes, this makes no sense. FSD drives slowly through neighborhood streets and this was a high speed crash!” he wrote.

Ashok Elluswamy, Tesla’s Head of AI, also commented on the post, supporting Musk’s claims Butler was directly operating the car in the events that lead to the fatal crash. “Yup. In this case, the driver manually overrode self-driving by pressing the accelerator all the way to 100% of the accel pedal in this residential area,” he said. “They reached a speed of 73 mph during the crash, and had the accelerator pressed even after the crash.”

According to Elektrek, Butler had previously told Harris County officials that his vehicle had been on Autopilot (the standard Tesla self-driving system, which is less advanced than FSD) when it collided with Avila’s two-story home. According to ABC, no criminal charges have been filed and the crash is currently under investigation. 

This isn’t the first time that Tesla’s autonomous driving tech has been the subject of legal action involving the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, which is launching its own investigation into the recent Texas tragedy. Last year, the federal agency opened an investigation into how Tesla reports crashes involving its driver assistance systems, and more recently, a judge ordered Tesla to pay $243 million for a deadly crash dating back to 2019, in which Autopilot was involved.

Tesla Driver Blames ‘Autopilot’ After Crashing Into Texas Home

A fatal traffic collision occurred in Katy, Texas, involving a Tesla Model 3 that was allegedly operating with a driver-assistance system engaged. According to a news release from the Harris County Sheriff’s Office, the incident took place around 8:03 p.m. on June 19, when the driver, Michael Butler, failed to maintain a single lane. The vehicle subsequently drifted off the roadway and crashed into a brick residence at high speed.

Upon entering the front of the home, the Tesla struck and pinned Martha Avila, a resident in her mid-70s. Avila was transported via medical helicopter to a local hospital, where she later succumbed to her injuries. Butler, who showed no signs of intoxication, has been cooperative with the ongoing investigation. Authorities are still evaluating the specific factors that caused the vehicle to fail to control its speed before the impact.

While Butler informed law enforcement that an automated driving-assistance system was active during the crash, it remains unclear which specific feature was engaged. Tesla vehicles currently utilize several tiers of driver-assistance technology. Traffic-Aware Cruise Control comes standard to maintain speed and distance, while Autosteer assists with lane centering.

These features were historically bundled under the “Autopilot” branding, though Tesla has adjusted its marketing language in certain regions following regulatory scrutiny over the label being misleading. The company also offers a more advanced “Full Self-Driving (Supervised)” subscription system for lane changes and traffic signal responses. Tesla mandates that all of these features require drivers to remain attentive and ready to take control at any moment.

This incident adds to a series of legal and regulatory challenges facing Tesla regarding its automated systems. Earlier this year, a judge upheld a $243 million jury verdict stemming from a fatal 2019 Autopilot-related crash in Florida. Additionally, Tesla faces a separate lawsuit in Texas involving a Cybertruck collision, where a plaintiff alleges the vehicle failed to navigate a freeway curve while the driver-assistance technology was active.

Filed in Transportation. Read more about Autopilot, Electric Cars, Tesla and Tesla Model 3.

8BitDo Launches The Arcade Controller Pro For Hardcore Fighting Game Fans

It’s the second leverless controller the company has released.




8BitDo

Last year, 8BitDo shipped its first leverless arcade controller for all the joystick-shunning fighting game enthusiasts, and also the more casual players who might be interested in trying the all-button approach. Be under no illusion about who the new Arcade Controller Pro is for: serious fighters, in 8BitDo’s own words.

Like its predecessor, the Arcade Controller Pro is a rectangular pad that to the uninitiated looks more like something you might use to make electronic music than play fighting games. But those buttons are used to control everything from your inputs to your movement, and 8BitDo has made them smaller, with tighter spacing between them, to make the whole controller easier to access.

The original Arcade Controller featured four programmable buttons, and the Pro adds a fifth to the far left of the pad. 8BitDo says this gives you even more control options while leaving more room for your left hand to move naturally. Also new is a built-in display that shows you your inputs and battery status, while letting you make quick settings adjustments.

Like the Arcade Controller before it, the Pro also has a control panel located above the action buttons, which you can use to switch between connection modes and turn up the volume. It can also be used to activate a tournament lock that prevents accidental inputs during competitive play.

The Arcade Controller Pro features hot-swappable switches and redesigned round button caps that you can install from any angle. You can also swap out the programmable P1-P5 button caps with flat lock caps (five are included) for even more insurance against jabbing a button you didn’t mean to in the heat of a fight. The various customization options are designed to give you the perfect setup for how you like to play, and you can go even deeper with 8BitDo’s Ultimate Software V2, which lets you customize button mapping and create macros.

If you’re playing wired (supported on both Windows and Switch), there’s a metal locking mechanism built into the controller that ensures the USB-C cable doesn’t come out if you suddenly move it. The cable can be connected from the top or side. As with the previous controller, wireless play is also an option (via a 2.4G connection on PC or Bluetooth for Switch), and you should get around 15 hours of usage with RGB features turned off. The Arcade Controller Pro also comes with a magnetic wrist rest.

There’s no word on a release date at the time of writing, with price also still to be confirmed.

Wireless Charging Wastes Way More Electricity Than Wired, Here’s Why

Wireless charging has become ubiquitous in recent years, with companies like Apple, Samsung and Google all embracing the technology. The benefit is obvious. It’s easier to plop a device on a charging pad than it is to wiggle in a USB-C cable. 

Despite the convenience, there are some downsides with wireless charging tech. Generally speaking, wireless charging is inefficient, wasting more energy than wired charging. Let’s get into the why of it all and detail other risks associated with wireless charging.

How is wireless charging less efficient?

Wireless chargers use more power to completely charge a device, when compared to a cable. A modern smartphone is a great example of this. Charging a smartphone with a wire from zero to 100 percent takes around 15Wh (watt-hours measure the amount of energy needed for a device to run for an hour). The same phone will require around 21Wh (40 percent more) to juice up via a wireless charger, according to a 2020 study by the enterprise platform OneZero. That number could vary based on the charger and how you use it — a 2024 test by iFixit found the energy gap between Apple’s MagSafe charger and wired charger to be slightly better at around 36 percent more power used, and also showed how misalignment on a charging pad could halve the efficiency of a wireless charger.

Wireless chargers also generate and waste more heat than wired chargers. Charging pads get pretty hot during use, which is a sure sign of wasted energy.

Is this discrepancy a big deal?

Yes and no. A daily difference of around 6Wh isn’t that big of a deal when considering a single wired charger versus a single wireless charger. However, it adds up when considering every wired charger versus every wireless charger. A year of charging up a smartphone with a cable takes around 5.5 kilowatt-hours (kWh) and that shoots up to 7.6kWh with a wireless charger.

Studies have indicated that 30 to 66 percent of smartphone owners use wireless charging pads and related accessories at home, according to the Wireless Power Consortium and the Deloitte Mobile Consumer Survey UK. There are around 7.6 billion smartphones in the world. If 30 percent of those smartphones are being charged wirelessly that would indicate an annual global power waste of 4,830GWh. This amount of energy could power hundreds of thousands of homes for a year. Wireless charging products are becoming more popular every year, so this metric will only go up.

Why is wireless charging less efficient than wired charging?

Wireless chargers transfer power through electromagnetic induction. This is simply not as efficient as a direct charge, as the energy has to go through more steps to be usable. There’s also an air gap between the phone and the charger, which lets heat escape. 

This is compounded by phone cases and the like, which increase the air gap. All told, wireless chargers lose anywhere from 20 to 30 percent of power throughout the whole process, due to heat dissipation. That’s on top of the 5-10 percent of losses that all chargers incur by converting the AC energy coming from an outlet to DC.

Are there any dangers when charging wirelessly?

The heat that wireless chargers produce could degrade your phone’s battery over time. Modern phones have safety mechanisms in place to prevent overheating that could seriously degrade your battery or result in a fire hazard. These mechanisms, however useful, will result in your charging session being throttled to a lower speed if the battery reaches high temperatures around the 45C (113F) mark. Make sure to use the charging pad in a well-ventilated area and never put it underneath something like a blanket or pillow. 

There are hundreds of chargers out there, and they aren’t all created equal. Cheap, unbranded chargers may lack crucial safety features like temperature sensors and foreign object detection. To that end, it can be dangerous to place metal objects between the phone and the charger. Finally, some powerful chargers can interfere with medical devices like pacemakers, as they generate magnetic fields strong enough to trigger the health aide’s “magnet mode” and alter the pacing rate. 

Is wireless charging bad for the environment?

Wireless charging uses more energy than wired charging, so it has a higher environmental impact than wired charging. Additionally, the charging pads will eventually become electronic waste. The technology’s tendency to degrade lithium-ion batteries over time could, in extreme examples, lead consumers to swap out their phones earlier than usual, which would have an additional environmental impact.

Is wireless charging getting more efficient?

Wireless charging is getting more efficient, which is great news. This is due to better coil alignment and industry standards set by MagSafe and Qi2 products. However, it’s highly improbable that wireless charging ever catches up to wired charging. A wired connection is simple. It’s a plug that goes from point A to point B. Wireless charging requires energy to transmit through magnetic fields.

Are there negatives to wired charging?

Despite some obvious benefits, there are some drawbacks to going with a wired charging solution. Cables degrade over time, and technology changes can force users to upgrade. We all have that cardboard box in the basement filled with dozens and dozens of barely functioning cables of various types. Also, charging ports can wear out after several years of use. Finally, it’s just more fun to plop a smartphone on a magical pad, when compared to plugging in a cord.

A Modest Update For The Gemini Era

Of course, this speaker is not just for playing music. Like its predecessors, the Google Home Speaker has three far-field microphones to let you chat with Gemini. It also has a stylish light ring around the bottom that lights up and changes color when you talk to it, when it is thinking and when it responds. It’s very much like the light ring on older Amazon Echo speakers, and I prefer it to the new lights on the latest Echos or the four lights that lit up on the front of the Nest Audio. It’s a nice visual touch for sure. The speaker does have familiar touch controls on top — tapping the left or right sides adjusts volume, while tapping the middle pauses and resumes media playback. So far, the microphones have no trouble picking up my voice across the room or over the din of music or conversation, either.

While the hardware itself is an unassuming, logical update, that’s only half the story. Google’s previous speakers were designed with the Google Assistant in mind, but this one is the first explicitly meant to work with the new Gemini for Home voice assistant. As the name suggests, it bakes in Gemini AI features, but there are some wrinkles beyond that. Google is also offering two different subscription options for managing your home, the $10/month (or $100/year) Standard plan and the $20/month ($200/year) Advanced option.

Standard gives you 30 days of “event-based” video history from cameras or doorbell cams; Gemini Live for more interactive conversations with the virtual assistant; alerts for things like familiar faces on cameras, garage door and package notifications; and smoke and CO2 alarm notifications. The Premium plan doubles the event-based video history to 60 days and adds 10 days of 24/7 history for cameras and wired doorbells. It also includes video history search, more detailed notifications and event descriptions and daily summaries of recorded events.

It sounds to me like unless you’re really invested in a video security setup that the Standard plan will work for most people. Plus, the Google Home Speaker comes with a six-month trial. If you don’t want to pay a monthly subscription, you’ll still have access to Gemini for Home which can do basic voice-activated tasks like playing music, setting timers and controlling smart home devices. However, you’ll need the subscription for Gemini Live to get the more conversational, back-and-forth experience for asking your speaker all of the random thoughts that might pop into your head.

I know that people have had loads of trouble with Google’s transition from the Google Assistant to Gemini, specifically around smart home automation. The Google Home subreddit is absolutely littered with complaints from unreliable execution to features ending up behind paywalls. I’ve had the Google Home Speaker for less than a week, and I also don’t have the smartest home, so I can’t say for sure how well this will perform for people with complex setups. But I was able to use the Google Home Speaker and Gemini to control a few speakers I had connected to the Google Home app as well as my RoboRock vacuum and a TV that runs Android.

I also chatted with Gemini Live about the World Cup schedule and the weather in various locations where games are being played. Gemini followed my questions about who was playing today, who was playing tomorrow, how teams did in their prior matches, what the forecast was for during the match and so forth. I was also able to use my voice to start creating an automation that would run my vacuum and put on a specific YouTube Music playlist every morning, though I had to jump into the Google Home app to fix some details it didn’t get right.

It’s unfortunate, but not entirely unexpected, that Google is locking some features behind a subscription. It had a previous subscription, Nest Aware, that also had two tiers that broke down similarly to these new Google Home plans. But putting things like Gemini Live and the ability to build a routine just by telling the speaker what you wanted to do behind the paywall is definitely a bummer.

US Government Reportedly Urging Meta To Share Its AI Models

The US government is reportedly urging Meta to submit its AI models for evaluation amid growing safety and security concerns about the risks posed by the latest artificial intelligence technologies. According to The New York Times, Meta is the only major AI player that hasn’t voluntarily turned its models in for review. Specifically, the government wants to assess its capabilities and identify vulnerabilities. 

Both OpenAI and Anthropic are already working with the government to test unreleased models, Reuters said. Meanwhile, Google, xAI and Microsoft have already agreed to provide the Center for AI Standards and Innovation with early access to their new models. The agency, created by the Biden administration and staffed with technical experts to vet AI technology, is headed by Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick.

“We share the [Trump] administration’s goal of advancing US leadership on robust and secure frontier AI,” said Meta spokesperson Francis Brennan. “While we are working through the details, we hope to sign the agreement soon.” The government has been sending its requests to the company via emails, The Times has reported.

President Trump signed an executive order on June 2 to establish a framework for the federal government to evaluate AI releases. Under the order, the government has until the end of July to develop a review process. Still, the goal is for companies to give authorities up to 30 days to evaluate their technologies before they’re made public. While there’s no official review process yet, the aforementioned companies, except Meta, have reportedly been sharing their models with the government on their own for months now. 

Meta launched its latest model, Muse Spark, back in April. It has “Instant” and “Thinking” modes, with the latter enabling reasoning capabilities. With the Thinking mode activated, Muse Spark will take a few extra moments to reason through a prompt for a more thorough answer. While it’s not quite as powerful as other companies’ frontier models, the government has been keeping a closer eye on the AI industry recently. 

In mid-June, it ordered Anthropic to suspend access to its Mythos 5 and Fable 5 models for all foreign nationals, citing national security concerns. Anthropic blocked everyone’s access to them to ensure the company is complying with the government’s directive. Mythos is Anthropic’s state-of-the-art cybersecurity AI model, available only to its Project Glasswing partners, with Mythos 5 as the latest version. Meanwhile, Fable 5 was designed to bring many of Mythos’ capabilities to the public. While it’s not as powerful as its exclusive counterpart, Anthropic said it outperformed any previous model it has launched. 

YouTube Settles Early Test Case Over Social Media Harm To Children

The Google-owned platform has thousands of similar lawsuits pending.




FotoField/Shutterstock

Following a similar lawsuit earlier this year, Google has settled with a minor known as “R.K.C.” who claimed that social media platforms harmed them, Reuters reported. Terms of the settlement were confidential, the lawyers said yesterday. The same plaintiff also sued Meta, Snap and TikTok, with those trials set to proceed next month. YouTube has thousands of similar lawsuits pending, so this second case represents a test run for the many to follow.

“Our ⁠focus remains on building age-appropriate products and parental controls that deliver on that promise,” a Google spokesperson told Reuters in a statement, adding that the case was amicably resolved. 

The first trial was brought by a 20-year-old woman known as “K.G.M.,” who also claimed harm due to the addictive nature of social media. That person won their trial and received $6 million in damages, with $3 million coming from Meta and YouTube taking on the other $3 million. YouTube vowed to launch an appeal for that case, saying it “responsibly built a streaming platform, not a social media site.” 

More than 3,300 lawsuits involving social media addiction are pending in California state courts, and another 2,600 were brought by people, school districts, municipalities and states in California federal court. That’s just one state (albeit the biggest one), but it’s easy to see the size of the problem for YouTube and other platforms if each plaintiff receives a multi-million-dollar award. Social media platforms have recently settled (or are facing) lawsuits in Kentucky, New York City and numerous other US jurisdictions. 

Meta and other platforms have disputed the idea that their platforms are addictive. However, a lawyer in the first case involving K.G.M. said the companies’ own communications refute those claims. “This is the first time in history a jury has heard testimony by executives and seen internal documents that we believe prove these companies chose profits over children,” Joseph VanZandt said back in March.

Alibaba Sues The US Government For Adding It To List Of Firms Linked To Chinese Military

It denies supporting the Chinese People’s Liberation Army and wants to be removed from the blacklist.




Robert Way/Shutterstock

Alibaba has filed a lawsuit against the US government after the Department of Defense added it to the updated list of companies it believes are connected to the Chinese People’s Liberation Army. According to Bloomberg and the BBC, the Chinese e-commerce giant is suing to be removed from the Pentagon blacklist, arguing that its inclusion in it has no “basis in fact or law” and is a violation of its right to free speech, as well as of constitutional due process.

The Defense Department released the updated 1260H list earlier this month, which now also includes internet services provider Baidu. You can think of Baidu as Google’s counterpart in China. It said that Alibaba was a “military-civil fusion contributor to the Chinese defense industrial base,” due to its regulatory ties to Beijing. 

While being included in the 1260H list doesn’t automatically place sanctions on the company, it means the Defense Department will no longer be able to do business with it or use its products and services through third parties. Other companies could also take it as a red flag, as they could face trade restrictions from the US government, among other repercussions, if they do business with the firms in the list. According to Alibaba, the designation is preventing it from retaining lawyers that could help it challenge the label, as well.

Alibaba apparently opened dialogue with the US government about the designation after the Pentagon briefly posted and then pulled a version of the blacklist with its company included back in February. It presented evidence that it wasn’t supporting the Chinese military, Bloomberg said, but the agency never replied. It denied that any of its board members has military affiliation and stressed that its platforms were created for e-commerce and cloud computing only, not for weapons or intelligence operations. “Alibaba is not a Chinese military company nor part of any military-civil fusion strategy,” it told the BBC. “The decision to place Alibaba on the 1260H list is arbitrary and capricious, and we are filing a lawsuit against the Department of War to demand removal from the list.”

OpenAI’s New Daybreak⁠ Initiative Will Help Open-Source Projects Fend Off Bugs

Patch the Planet will pair security researchers with open-source projects.




Samuel Boivin/Shutterstock

OpenAI has launched Patch the Planet, a new initiative part of its Daybreak cybersecurity program, which was designed to serve the open-source community. The company is working with cybersecurity firm Trail of Bits that has committed its entire security research organization for the project. 

In its own announcement, Trail of Bits said that while models like GPT-5.5-Cyber can produce “a firehose of security findings” for users, project maintainers, who are already stretched thin, will have to sift through all of them to identify real vulnerabilities from false positives. Patch the Planet is meant to reduce project maintainers’ burden by putting them in contact with security researchers, who use OpenAI’s top models and Codex Security to identify vulnerabilities and review findings before they even reach the maintainers. The researchers then work with maintainers to develop and test patches, as well as to create workflows that maintainers can follow to continue improving their projects’ security.

For the initiative’s first week, Trail of Bits’ security engineers worked with 19 open-source projects using OpenAI’s Codex and GPT‑5.5‑Cyber models. The company said its engineers discovered hundreds of legitimate bugs and 51 issues, 19 of which have already been fixed. For the first round, the participants include cURL, NATS Server, pyca/cryptography, Sigstore, aiohttp, the Go project, freenginx, Python and python.org. OpenAI said more projects will join in future rounds. 

OpenAI launched Daybreak in May in response to Anthropic’s Project Glasswing. The company explained at the time that Daybreak is built around the premise that cyber defense should be built into software from the start and not just revolve around finding and fixing vulnerabilities. Its goals are to reduce hours of analysis to minutes and to quickly generate and test patches within repositories. 

Amazon Ordered To Bargain With Teamsters In Case That Could Set Back Union Progress

A labor judge ruled that Amazon failed to recognize the Teamsters union as required by law.




Andrew Lichtenstein/Getty Images

Amazon has been ordered to collectively bargain with workers at its California warehouses, Bloomberg reported. A labor judge ruled that Amazon violated federal law when it refused to recognize the Teamsters union after it received support from majority of workers at a San Francisco delivery center. However, Amazon vowed to appeal the order to an NLRB board that could soon be dominated by Trump appointees. The board could then overturn the ruling and use the new precedent to set back the recent wins made by unions formed by Amazon staffers.

The judge’s ruling is based on a precedent set during the more labor-friendly Biden administration. Called Cemex, it requires companies to bargain with labor groups that sign up a legitimate majority of staff. Failing that, firms must ask the NLRB to hold an election testing its support. Amazon did neither of those things, the judge ruled. 

“We disagree with this administrative law judge’s decision, we’re appealing it, and we’re confident that a court will overrule it,” an Amazon spokesperson told Bloomberg in an emailed statement. Amazon denied any wrongdoing and said it believed that the Cemex precedent is unlawful. With the NLRB board stripped down by Trump (illegally, according to Senator Elizabeth Warren), Amazon could use the case as a way to undo Cemex

Amazon workers have made unionization inroads over the past few years. Staten Island workers won an NLRB election several years ago, and Philadelphia Whole Food workers also formed a union. However, neither of those efforts has led to collective bargaining. “Amazon’s strategy these last few years has been to delay, delay, delay,” the Teamsters organization said in a press release earlier this year. With big changes potentially coming to the NLRB, Jeff Bezos’ company may be able to undo that progress soon. 

Ray-Ban Is Out, Kylie Jenner Is In

I spent most of my time with a pair of the Jenner style in black, which are quite reminiscent of cat eye glasses by Gentle Monster, Prada and Chanel. I was frankly shocked that the shape of the frames seemed to suit my face, and I certainly felt as if I was emulating Jenner’s vibe. 

There are a few features unique to this version of the glasses, which cost $100 more than the other two styles. First, and most noticeable, is the small gem affixed to the top right corner of the right lens, close to where the camera is. It’s a small nod to how Jenner gets hounded by paparazzi, with the way it catches light seeming like flashes of cameras. It’s also sparkly, which is part of the Kylie aesthetic, after all.

As for more functional differences, a physical one is that the adjustable nose bridge is made of metal, which makes it easier to wipe makeup off of. It’s something that was considered during Meta’s conversations with Jenner when they asked for her input on the glasses. As someone who was wearing foundation and powder when I tried these devices on, and who constantly sweats down her nose, I was very happy about this. The different material definitely seemed effective, as I noticed less makeup residue on the Starfire than on a demo Adventurer unit I tried on later.

I also really liked fiddling with the adjustable nose bridge on all the models, which were easy enough to click into place, but sturdy enough to hold their position while on my face. It was really through experimenting with the different angles that I finally realized the type of nose pad that best suits my face and keeps these glasses from slipping off.

Though it’s not unique to the new Meta glasses, I was happy to see the adjustable temple tips and over-extension hinges. I’m not a wearer of spectacles myself, having gotten LASIK about 16 years ago, so I’m not very familiar with all the different challenges that plague modern specs wearers. But compared to my experience with early (and slightly more recent) models of video-recording glasses, the trio of new Meta glasses were satisfyingly comfortable to wear for hours at a time.

One other feature that sets the Starfire glasses apart from the Fury and Adventurer: You’ll be able to select Jenner as the voice for your AI and all other spoken elements like the onboarding instructions or battery life readout. This wasn’t working on the model I wore for the session, but I tried on another pair at a Starfire-specific demo area and can confirm that what sounded like an AI version of Jenner’s voice was speaking to me. I was half expecting to hear some version of the “rise and shine” tune that Jenner was, shall we say, known to croon for a time. But I didn’t.

There isn’t much that’s very different between the Meta Starfire and its non-Jenner counterparts. The little gem on the right lens is very subtle, and only once did I notice it from behind the lens. Admittedly, in that moment I did think it was a speck of dirt and try to flick it off, but once I remembered it was placed there deliberately it faded out of my consciousness again.

It’s probably not worth taking too seriously, but I noticed that in about an hour of wear and use, the Starfire unit’s battery life went from 96 percent to about 66 percent. But I would wait until we can test units that are ready for the real world before guessing at battery life, since there are myriad factors that could cause excessive power draw in this scenario.

Translation support for new languages

Like I mentioned earlier, Meta’s translation feature now supports languages like Mandarin, Korean, Japanese and about 11 more (in addition to the original six). I had a quick conversation with Meta’s product manager Emerson Qin about Sichuan food in New York City. He spoke Mandarin to me, the Meta glasses translated his speech into English into my ears and then I replied in English. My responses would appear on his screen in Mandarin, and as I’m bilingual, I was able to verify the accuracy of the conversation.

Aside from a few small stumbles that feel very typical of modern language translation systems, Meta’s AI was able to capture the chat between Qin and I quite accurately. I was also able to get a preview of a new code-switching feature that allows people to use terms from other languages instead of having to make up or approximate names that don’t exist in certain languages. In our chat, Qin said “East Village” in English before continuing his sentence in Mandarin, and the AI translated his whole sentence in English seamlessly to me.

Sorry, Slackbot. Claude Is Taking Your Job

Anthropic introduces the research preview version of Claude Tag for Slack.




Tada Images/Shutterstock

Anthropic has announced Claude Tag (@Claude), which is currently in research preview, and could eventually take over Slackbot’s job. The company describes it as an always-on Claude with a single identity that everyone in a Slack channel can access. Everyone in a channel can summon it by typing @Claude, can see what their shared assistant is working on and can pick up conversations from where someone else had left off. 

Like other AI bots, it learns more about the kind of work the people in its channel do over time, so there’s less and less need to explain things to it. The @Claude for the channel of a specific division or team can gather information from elsewhere in the organization, provided it has the permission to do so. If the admin enables “ambient” behavior, @Claude can even proactively update users in a channel about information from other parts of the organization that’s relevant to them. It will also be able to follow-up on tasks that haven’t gotten an update for a while. 

While its capabilities might sound risky, Anthropic says @Claude’s access to sensitive data and task-specific information and tools “can be very tightly controlled.” A systems admin will have to specify which tools and information @Claude should have access to for each channel. 

Claude Tag will initially be available in research preview on Slack for Claude Enterprise and for Claude Team customers, but Anthropic is expected to expand its availability in the future. 

U.S. Unveils New Hybrid Aircraft With 1,611 Miles Range And Rocket-Powered Engine For Military Operations

Just days after China introduced a six-ton drone designed for both civilian and military applications, the United States Department of Defense has revealed Atlas, a new unmanned aircraft capable of traveling up to 2,593 kilometers (1,611 miles). The extended range is intended to enable missions in locations that are currently difficult or impossible to reach due to existing logistical limitations.

Atlas is being developed by Mach Industries in partnership with Whisper, which will supply the aircraft’s JetFoil solid-fuel rocket propulsion system. The hybrid design combines vertical takeoff and landing (VTOL) capabilities with long-range flight performance, allowing the aircraft to operate in a wide variety of environments without requiring conventional runways.

One of the platform’s key advantages is its high-thrust propulsion system, which is designed to provide strong performance while maintaining a relatively low acoustic signature. Reduced noise levels could make the aircraft less detectable during operations in contested or hostile areas, improving its effectiveness in military missions.

Excited to announce Atlas, our VTOL strike and logistics aircraft for the Navy. pic.twitter.com/fvbLWujnVN

— Mach Industries (@Mach_Industries) June 16, 2026

According to the developers, Atlas is intended to support both strike and logistics operations for the U.S. Navy. In addition to long-range deployment, the aircraft could also be used to help protect strategic facilities and critical infrastructure. Because it can take off and land vertically, Atlas would not depend on traditional airport infrastructure, offering greater flexibility for rapid-response missions and local defense scenarios.

The aircraft is also expected to support a range of modular payloads and mission-specific systems. Among the options under consideration is Viper, a jet-powered vertical-launch attack unmanned aerial system (UAS). Other compatible systems include Dart, a low-cost kinetic drone interceptor designed to counter hostile drones; Pike, a small fixed-wing drone; and Glide, a high-altitude glider intended for extended-range operations.

With its combination of long-range capability, runway-independent operation, and support for multiple mission payloads, Atlas represents a significant step in the development of next-generation autonomous military aircraft for the United States.

Filed in Transportation. Read more about Aircraft, Drones, Military and VTOL.

Superhuman Has Acquired AI Authenticity Service GPTZero

It’s an odd-seeming move for a company selling an AI writing assistant.




GPTZero

Superhuman announced that it has acquired GPTZero. This AI identification business offers services such as hallucination and plagiarism detection as well as a nifty little tool that displays how much of the internet is artificial intelligence. Superhuman said it plans to integrate GPTZero into its Superhuman Go AI assistant to improve the reach of its existing efforts around AI and authenticity. Teachers and students will still be the priority audience for Superhuman following the acquisition. For its part, GPTZero emphasized that Superhuman would also help put its tools in places where people were already reading and writing. Financial terms of the deal weren’t disclosed.

On the surface, this seems like an odd pairing. The press release announcing the acquisition focuses on concerns about the public being able to identify AI-generated content, but Superhuman is quite literally encouraging people to use AI to generate content. The company’s most popular product is the AI writing assistant Grammarly, which does have its own tools for AI detection. However the push to put AI resources everywhere in Grammarly has also landed Superhuman in some hot water. Notably, the company tried to give its users AI generated feedback that aped the voice and style of other writers; said other writers were none too pleased.

Meta Launches New Smart Glasses Featuring Muse Spark AI And Kylie Jenner-Inspired Design

Meta has expanded its lineup of smart glasses with the introduction of the new Meta Glasses, available in three distinct styles that can be customized into up to 26 different combinations. One of the new models was created in collaboration with entrepreneur and influencer Kylie Jenner, adding a fashion-focused option to the company’s growing wearable technology portfolio.

The flagship model, the Meta Adventurer, features a classic rectangular design and is offered in both standard and large sizes. It is joined by the Meta Fury, a larger and bolder square-shaped frame aimed at users seeking a more distinctive look. Completing the lineup is the Meta Glasses by Kylie, an oval-shaped design inspired by Jenner’s personal style.

Meta Fury

The new glasses will be available in several color options, including Classic Black, Racing Green, Merlot, and Sandstone. Customers can choose from a variety of lens types, including sun lenses, Transitions lenses, polarized lenses, and clear lenses. The glasses are also compatible with prescription lenses through the RxLens Swap service, allowing users to add vision correction after purchase without affecting the product warranty.

A major highlight of the new lineup is the integration of Muse Spark, an advanced artificial intelligence assistant developed by Meta Superintelligence Labs. According to Meta, the AI offers more accurate responses, improved understanding of voice commands, enhanced image recognition through the built-in cameras, appointment management features, advanced audio-guided navigation, and real-time translation across 20 languages.

Meta Glasses by Kylie

Meta has also introduced a new feature called Dynamic Photo. The mode captures multiple images in rapid succession, automatically identifies the best shots, and allows users to select their preferred image to keep within the Meta AI app.

The glasses include a dedicated button for activating the voice assistant, directional speakers, noise-reducing microphones, integrated cameras, and a battery capable of delivering up to 8 hours of use, with an additional 32 hours provided by the charging case.

Meta Adventurer

Pricing and Availability

The new Meta Glasses are now available in the United States, United Kingdom, Canada, France, Italy, Germany, Spain, and Australia through Meta’s official store and selected retailers. Pricing starts at $299.

Meta has also introduced a new charging dock for $59, compatible with most of its smart glasses models, with the exception of the Meta Ray-Ban Display.

Filed in Gadgets. Read more about AI (Artificial Intelligence), Meta, Smartglasses and Wearable Tech.

Netflix’s New Horror Game Taps Into Your Phone For Deeper Immersion

Unhinged, which is from Oxenfree developer Night School, stars Zoë Kravitz, Sadie Sink and Troy Baker.




Netflix

Netflix has revealed a new game from the team behind the Oxenfree series that features some well-known actors and some nifty phone-based ideas that aim to make the experience as immersive as possible. Unhinged stars Zoë Kravitz as Ava, who is trapped in her apartment building as a hurricane batters the area. However, she’s not alone.

Sadie Sink of Stranger Things fame plays Claire, Ava’s friend who lives in a building across the street. Claire can see into Ava’s place and offer some guidance over the phone. Video game stalwart Troy Baker portrays the super of Ava’s building. While the cast is fairly star-studded, perhaps the most compelling thing about Unhinged is what Night School (the first game studio Netflix bought) is doing with the smartphone controller setup.

Netflix says Ava’s hands mirror the movements of your phone, so you can move it around to direct her flashlight toward something. Unhinged will also pipe calls and texts that Ava receives to your phone, which will ring, vibrate and play audio. That’s a lot more interesting than just using your handset as a touchscreen controller.

The first-person game features a story mode for those who just want to experience the narrative without having to worry about a timer. In the regular mode, there are events that require you to find a certain object in the room before a timer runs out. Otherwise, Ava dies and you’ll go back to the last checkpoint.

Netflix suggests this is a relatively compact experience. “All you need is a Netflix account, your phone and the same amount of time you’d need to watch an episode of your favorite show,” it said. That’s not entirely true as you’ll need a TV and a solid internet connection as well, but I digress. You’ll be able to check out Unhinged on Netflix starting June 30.

iOS 27 Changes For iCloud Shared Albums: New Photos And Videos Now Count Toward Your Storage

Apple has quietly introduced a significant change to iCloud Shared Albums in iOS 27, affecting users who rely on the feature to store and share photos and videos over long periods. Under the updated system, new content added to certain shared albums will now count against the album owner’s iCloud storage quota.

The change was first spotted in the developer beta version of iOS 27. While Apple presents the update as an enhancement to the Shared Albums experience, many users view it as the end of a long-standing benefit that allowed media to be stored without consuming personal iCloud storage.

For more than a decade, Shared Albums enabled users to store up to 5,000 photos and videos without affecting their available iCloud space. This made the feature a popular option for sharing memories with friends and family while avoiding additional cloud storage costs.

With iOS 27, however, that advantage is changing. When users choose to upgrade an existing shared album, the Photos app now displays a notice explaining that the album owner will provide iCloud storage for all new content added after the update.

Apple highlights several new benefits, including full-resolution photo and video sharing and the ability to send invitations through third-party apps such as messaging platforms. However, a less prominent notice confirms that all newly uploaded content will use storage from the creator’s iCloud account.

In practical terms, this removes one of the feature’s most attractive advantages. Users who maintained large shared collections without affecting their storage plans may now need to allocate part of their iCloud capacity to continue using the feature long term.

Another notable change is the increased reliance on iCloud Photos. Early beta testing suggests that creating new long-term shared albums now requires iCloud Photos to be enabled, a requirement that did not exist in previous versions of the operating system.

A free alternative remains available, but with limitations. iOS 27 allows users to create temporary shared albums that remain active for up to 30 days without consuming iCloud storage or requiring iCloud Photos. After that period, the content becomes unavailable unless participants save the files locally.

Apple has not officially explained the reasoning behind the change. Nevertheless, the update signals a major shift in the company’s cloud storage strategy and could impact millions of users who have relied on Shared Albums for years.

Filed in Cellphones >Computers >Tablets. Read more about Apple and Icloud.

Why You Don’t Need The Upgrade For Streaming

Here’s when you might want a particular cable type at home.




Monticelllo/Getty Images

Most of us don’t give a second thought to the web of cables criss-crossing our entertainment centers. As long as everything is working as intended, that whole arrangement tends to be out of sight, out of mind. But having a clear picture of what all those components do can help you to get the most out of your setup.

One of the workhorses of your living room is HDMI, which stands for high-definition multimedia interface. It’s one of the most common standards for cables used to transmit both audio and video signals, giving it a high presence in most people’s homes. These ports can be found on televisions, monitors, game consoles and sound systems. And as with other standards, it has seen improvements over the years in order to keep pace with the parallel developments for picture and sound quality.

With more video streaming services promoting 4K picture quality, and sometimes requiring a higher monthly subscription fee to access it, you’ll want to make sure your home theater is set up to take full advantage. Fortunately, you shouldn’t need to replace all of your cables to enjoy high-resolution video streams.

HDMI by the numbers

There are two common standards right now for these audiovisual ports. The HDMI 2.0 spec was introduced in 2013 and HDMI 2.1 was announced in 2017. Though it was finalized last June, HDMI 2.2 isn’t widely available yet (more on that later). 

You may not know which one you have on your home theater setup because the cables can be used interchangeably, with a 2.1 cable plugged into a 2.0 port or vice versa.

The main difference between the two specifications is that HDMI 2.1 can use a higher maximum bandwidth and is able to transmit more pixels at any given moment. HDMI 2.0 can deliver a peak performance of 4K resolution at 60Hz refresh rate, while HDMI 2.1 is capable of displaying that same resolution at 120Hz.

That makes it sound like HDMI 2.1 would deliver better results and a smoother picture when you stream a video. But rather than your gear, the main limitation on quality is happening on the side of the streaming services. The majority of them cap picture quality at 4K/60Hz.

That means, for where the current generation of televisions and streaming picture display are, HDMI 2.0 is sufficient for almost any situation. Both HDMI 2.0 and 2.1 are capable of transmitting 4K video, so most of your movies and shows will come through looking crisp and clear with any configuration of cables and ports.

When is HDMI 2.1 required or preferred?

The key to picking HDMI is that a setup will only be able to hit the maximum levels of the least advanced component. So even though HDMI 2.0 and 2.1 are compatible, having one of each means you’ll only be able to attain the 2.0 specs.

The most likely use case where you can see a notable performance difference from having all HDMI 2.1 components isn’t in streaming video content. It’s in gaming. For those of you who are playing competitive games online, you may want that extra edge from having 4K resolution at a 120Hz refresh rate. Or maybe you’ve invested in a high-end PC or a PlayStation 5 Pro and want the maximum immersion possible for whatever you’re playing. In those cases, you’ll want to have HDMI 2.1 in your connector cable and your monitor or TV to keep pace with that performance.

With HDMI 2.0, even if your game is capable of running at 4K and 120Hz on your hardware, you’ll be capped at that standard’s max refresh rate of 60Hz for 4K or you’ll have to drop resolution to 1080p in order to hit 120Hz.

What about HDMI 2.2?

HDMI 2.2 was just announced in June 2025 as the next tier available for the standard. This option pushes the top specs much higher than either 2.0 and 2.1. It supports a top bandwidth of 96 Gbps as well as better combinations of resolutions and refresh rates, including a peak of 16K at 60Hz as well as 8K at 60Hz or 4K at 240Hz with 10-bit or 12-bit uncompressed color.

You may wonder why this latest and speediest option for data transfer hasn’t been mentioned so far.

That’s because although the standard now exists, there isn’t a ton of hardware around to take advantage of HDMI 2.2’s higher thresholds. Any time tech changes at this foundational level, it takes time for manufacturers to reach widespread adoption of the newest version. There are some 8K televisions and gaming monitors on the market, but they are not cheap. 

We’re probably still a year or two out before all the different components in a home theater system will be ready to make the 2.2. leap. Since you’ll be capped by the slowest junction in your system in the meantime, there’s not much point in stocking up on HDMI 2.2 cables now unless you’re also planning to drop thousands of dollars on gear to use them for.

Here’s Why Cables For Thunderbolt 4 And 5 Ports Cost So Much

Thunderbolt looks like USB-C, but there’s a lot more inside.




Intel

Thunderbolt cables are fast and versatile, but they also come at a premium. The newest standard, Thunderbolt 5, can cost several times as much as a basic USB-C cable. Given that they share the same port, you might be confused about why there’s such an extreme price discrepancy. Here’s a quick breakdown.

The hidden tech inside




Intel

There’s a lot of advanced tech inside each cable. For example, Thunderbolt 5 supports up to 80 Gbps of bidirectional data transfer — and can transmit up to 120 Gbps (while receiving at 40 Gbps) in boost mode. That’s fast enough to move 1TB of data in just a few minutes. (With USB 2.0, that same process could take several hours.) Meanwhile, the older Thunderbolt 4 standard supports a (still zippy) 40 Gbps in either direction.

Certified Thunderbolt 5 cables can support 140W charging, with some supporting up to 240W via USB Power Delivery. And Thunderbolt 4 cables commonly support up to 100W of charging.

If you need one cable to handle all your data and power needs, Thunderbolt is the way to go. But at those speeds, even minor interference can mess with the signal. So, longer cables are often “active.” (That means they have IC chips to maintain the integrity of the signal over distances.) That includes retimer chips that clean up and refresh the signal as it travels, so it can arrive clearly at the other end.

The cable itself isn’t doing all of this. (Thunderbolt controllers in the connected computer and accessories handle the heavy lifting.) But the cable has to be engineered to carry those signals without errors.

Relatively speaking, the USB-C cables you have lying around the house are dinosaurs. Many of those only support USB 2.0 speeds. Even USB 3.2 Gen 2 tops out at 10Gbps. That’s plenty for, say, moving some documents, music files or photos, or running a lower-resolution display. But Thunderbolt is data transfer (and overall connectivity) on steroids.

Thunderbolt 5 can output to multiple 8K displays or extremely high-refresh gaming monitors (up to 540Hz). It supports DisplayPort 2.1 and PCI Express Gen 4 — the latter ideal for external GPUs (eGPUs). They’re great for high-speed SSDs, too. And unlike basic cables, you can link multiple Thunderbolt devices in a daisy chain. Part of what you’re paying for is the advanced tech that enables all of that.

Somewhat confusing the matter is USB4, which is partially based on Thunderbolt 3 technology. USB4 can reach 40 Gbps, the same as Thunderbolt 4. And USB4 V2 hits 80 Gbps, matching Thunderbolt 5. The main difference? Well, that brings us to the next point.

Certification costs

Thunderbolt is governed and controlled by Intel. The company developed the standard alongside Apple, with the first consumer cable arriving in 2011. Under Intel’s rules, a cable can’t carry the Thunderbolt name or logo (yes, it’s a lightning bolt) unless it passes a rigorous certification process. Those costs factor into retail prices.

The certification is essentially Intel verifying that the cables will hit their advertised speeds, charge safely at the proper wattage and work reliably with backward compatibility.

On that note, you can buy unofficial Thunderbolt-adjacent cables that might perform just as well as the certified ones. But without Intel’s testing, the unofficial ones aren’t guaranteed to live up to the billing. If you don’t need the full Thunderbolt feature set and are looking to save some money, a USB4 cable from a reputable brand will likely offer the fast charging and high-speed data transfers you’re looking for.

The numbers game

Most people only need simple USB-C cables. Despite what the geekier corners of the internet suggest, your average person doesn’t need to drive multiple high-res displays or connect eGPUs to beef up their gaming laptops. So, naturally, the market is flooded with the slower, simpler kind designed for charging and basic data transfers. The larger market and manufacturing scale combine to drive down costs.

When you add that Economics 101 lesson to the Thunderbolt’s more advanced technology and certification costs, things become a little clearer. Now, at least you know what you’re getting into if you decide to pay several times more for the fast and versatile cable with a lightning logo on it.

Meta Reportedly Dips Its Pathetic Toes Into The Prediction Market Space

A new app could compete with Polymarket and Kalshi.

Mark Zuckerberg has directed Meta to create a prediction markets app, according to a report by The New York Times. The experimental app reportedly goes by the name “Arena” and could eventually compete with platforms like Polymarket and Kalshi. Where trends go, Meta follows.

Company insiders have stated that this is a top priority for Zuckerberg and Meta. These same insiders say that Meta plans to grow the app by leveraging its gigantic user base on platforms like Facebook and Instagram. Both Polymarket and Kalshi are over five years old, with a near-complete dominance of the industry, so Meta would have a lot of catching up to do.

The New York Times has also reported that the Arena app will likely rely on a video-game like points system, instead of money. If that’s the case, I’m not sure who this is for. Would people win stuff like stickers or badges? People use these platforms because they think they can win a lot of money betting on things like the temperature in Paris or doing insider trading. Badges won’t do the trick, which is why those same company insiders say that Meta hasn’t ruled out the eventual use of real money.

Meta has experimented with its own version of prediction markets in the past. There was the prediction market app Forecast, which opened up shop in 2020 and shuttered in 2022. This let people make guesses about world events and did use a points system instead of real money. It very much never caught on.

This is also not the first time Meta and Zuckerberg have “paid homage” to something that was making waves somewhere else on the internet. Instagram Stories followed the success of Snapchat and Facebook Reels came after TikTok. Facebook Dating came well after the success of Tinder and other dating apps. Threads came long after Twitter. You get the gist.

Of course, Arena could be stuck in the experimental phase forever and might never see the light of day. We’ll have to just wait and see. Given Meta’s track record, they’ll release the app just before prediction markets get banned or severely regulated.

Prime Day Deal Drops Rapoo’s Ergonomic MT760 Mouse To $39.99

The award-winning wireless mouse gets a 20% discount, along with deals on Rapoo keyboard-and-mouse bundles.

Rapoo’s MT760 ergonomic wireless mouse is getting a Prime Day discount, dropping from its $49.99 MSRP to $39.99. That makes it 20% off and, according to Rapoo, its lowest price of the year.

Rapoo MT760

The MT760 is designed for productivity setups, for users who move between multiple devices during the day. It supports Bluetooth 5.0, 2.4GHz wireless, and wired connectivity, with the ability to switch between up to four devices. This makes it a convenient solution for hybrid workstations, home offices, or for anyone juggling a laptop, desktop, tablet, and other devices.

The mouse also features an ergonomic right-handed design, 11 programmable controls, a side scroll wheel, and seven adjustable DPI levels ranging from 800 to 4000 DPI. According to Rapoo, the built-in 800mAh battery can last up to 160 hours in 2.4GHz mode, and the mouse charges over USB-C. Wireless charging is also supported with a separate charging module.

The MT760 won a 2023 Red Dot Design Award, with Red Dot highlighting its anatomical shape and secondary scroll which help reduce wrist strain during repetitive work.

Rapoo is also discounting two keyboard and mouse combos for Prime Day. The ultra-slim 9010M, designed for portable and compact desk setups, drops from $24.99 to $19.99. The larger 9360M, which includes a full-size keyboard with numpad, drops from $29.99 to $23.99. Both combos support 2.4GHz wireless, Bluetooth 4.0/5.0, device switching, and compatibility with Windows, macOS, iOS, ChromeOS, and Android.

The Rapoo MT760 Prime Day deal is available on Amazon, while the 9010M and 9360M deals can be found through Rapoo’s keyboard and mouse combo listing on Amazon.

Filed in Computers >Design. Read more about Amazon Prime Day, Deal, Deals, Design, Mouse and Wireless Mouse.

Don’t Let The Star Wars Branding Put You Off Galactic Racer

Star Wars: Galactic Racer has a lot going for it. Alongside the built-in fanbase of the sci-fi epic/ IP juggernaut, developer Fuse Games includes people who gave us Need for Speed and Burnout, the latter being my favorite racing franchise ever. And yes, there are slow-mo podracer crashes and explosions—plenty of them.

I managed to play an extended demo that introduced me to multiple vehicle types and an early foray into the core single-player campaign, which centers on a runs-based structure where you try to make it through a season of racing and beat a well-funded antagonist in the process. While I focused on the campaign mode, there are four game modes in total. Scenario mode forces the player to race under specific conditions, and there are also Challenge races and Versus for racing against other human players.

The three vehicle types have different handling styles and quirks. I was instantly drawn to the blade, the middleweight option that can be drifted and tilted until the entire vehicle is speeding along on its side edge. The challenge is balancing the tighter cornering (and having less real estate to slam into walls) with lower top speeds,

There’s also a more typical, car-shaped Landspeeder which can handle racer jostling without spinning out and is better able to maintain speed. Then there is the skimspeeder, which gains a burst of speed when accelerating out of tight corner turns.

Across all the vehicles, boosts come in two types. The safe (and mild) Afterburner boost gauge gradually refills as you race, while Ramjet is a riskier (more powerful) speed boost. Using it will heat your engine, eventually bringing it to “Redline”. Linger in that phase too long, and your ride explodes, despite your flawless driving.

Race basics are further fleshed out with shields, hacking abilities and even status effects that can knock out boosting abilities and more. Through the campaign, you’ll earn and unlock parts to upgrade your racer, increasing stats like cornering and top speed, or extra Ramjet oomph. You’ll win components when placing in the high ranks, but installing them will still require credits (also earned through successful racing). A season of races will include solo time trials and other stages with a twist. Each league is set up as a flow chart, so you can attempt to pick the most effective run of races (or bonuses).

I ended up switching up my rides often, depending on the race’s location. Many planets (It’s called Galactic Racer for a reason) will affect your approach. Some tracks have acidic rivers that require shielding, while icy planets allow the high-risk ramjet booster system to be used for longer. Conversely, planets with molten lava demand far more judicious boosting. Some races stipulate that you can’t crash (and explode) even once, while most races offer you three chances. In Burnout style, you’re returned to the track at speed.

Fuse Games

On that point, while the Star Wars characters, races and locales add some texture, Galactic Racer is addictively fun even if you’re checked out of Disney’s sci-fi juggernaut. For those who do care, you might appreciate the addition of some plot. The game is set after the fall of the Empire, as the New Republic takes hold. You play the campaign as a mysterious helmeted pilot named Shade.

To embed the player in the story and its characters, each race is bookended by a brief exploratory walk from your spaceship to your garage. And that’s after every race. Occasionally, a rival racer might initiate a conversation or invite you to a special kind of race, but even during my demo, having to walk from the same A to B each time could have been easily replaced with a “skip to next race” shortcut. I didn’t dive deep into customization, but it was straightforward, and I like being able to funnel upgrades into my driving style.

Star Wars: Galactic Racer will be released on October 6. It’s coming to PC, PS5 and Xbox Series X/S.
 

Big Money For Big Performance

$1,800 for a handheld gaming PC is a ton of money, even if it comes with massive gains in horsepower.




Sam Rutherford for Engadget

RATING : 8.2 / 10


Pros

  • Class leading performance
  • Strong battery life
  • Big bright screen
  • Analog joysticks and shoulder buttons
  • Upgraded rumble motors


Cons

  • Very expensive
  • Fullscreen Xbox Experience still needs work
  • Multi-frame generation is limited at launch
  • D-Pad shape is hit or miss

Unlike most of its rivals, MSI aligned itself with Intel instead of AMD when it made last year’s Claw 8. The result was one of the most powerful PC gaming handhelds of its generation. For its latest endeavor, MSI partnered up with Team Blue again to incorporate an even beefier chip, the Arc G3 Extreme, which Intel says has been customized explicitly for portable gaming PCs. So not only is this handheld even faster, it offers smoother performance and better endurance. However, at $1,800, the new Claw 8 EX AI+ is also one of the most expensive portables from any mainstream PC manufacturer, which makes you question if the never-ending quest for higher frame rates is really worth the asking price.

Editor’s Note: This review was performed using an engineering sample provided by Intel and required us to install pre-production software and drivers, so our experience may differ slightly from retail models.

Design and display




Sam Rutherford for Engadget

Aside from its eggplant purple exterior, the Claw 8 EX has a very straightforward layout. You get a standard assortment of face buttons, analog sticks, a D-Pad and shoulder triggers along with two customizable paddles in back. MSI incorporated the requisite RGB lighting you get on modern gaming hardware by installing two LED rings at the base of the analog sticks. A pair of two-watt speakers hide behind the front-facing grilles on each side of the display. MSI also added more pronounced, subtly textured grips that vaguely ape the size and shape of those on an Xbox Series S/X controller. This is a nice touch, especially if you like a device with full-bodied handles.

That said, while the Claw 8 EX might not have the most innovative design, all of its components feel quite premium. Both its analog sticks and shoulder triggers feature Hall Effect sensors for improved precision and durability. When it comes to connectivity, the Claw supports Wi-Fi 7, Bluetooth 6 with LE audio and a solid mix of ports — including two USB-C with Thunderbolt 4, a microSD card reader and a 3.5mm headset jack. There’s even a new linear resonant actuator and voice coil motor to provide stronger haptic feedback along with a fingerprint sensor built into the power button. The latter of which makes it super easy to unlock the system and get back to gaming with a single touch.

Sam Rutherford for Engadget

I do have one small gripe with the design though. While the D-Pad has a metal dome underneath that results in a satisfyingly clicky feel, its overall stiffness, combined with its concave shape, isn’t my preferred setup for things like fighting games. That said, if you’ve grown up using Xbox controllers, you’ll probably feel right at home.

As for its display, MSI didn’t skimp there either. The Claw 8 EX features a large 8-inch IPS display with a 1,920 x 1,200 resolution, a 120Hz refresh rate with VRR and up to 500 nits of brightness. Now I will admit that the way its screen sticks out from the bottom of the handheld looks a bit clunky, but that’s purely cosmetic. Sure, MSI could’ve opted for an OLED panel to get even more vivid colors and improved contrast, but aside from that, there’s really not much to complain about. And given the Claw 8 EX’s already wallet-busting price tag, I’m not sure paying extra to upgrade to a fancier panel would make the overall package that much more appealing.

Performance




Sam Rutherford for Engadget

The lynchpin of the Claw 8 EX is the previously mentioned Intel Arc G3 Extreme processor, which features a total 14 cores: two for performance, eight for efficiency and four for low-power efficiency. You also get 32GB of RAM and 1TB of storage, and when combined with that chip, MSI is delivering a whole new world of handheld PC performance. Sadly, there are no plans to produce a model with the standard Arc G3, so this config is all you get.

Depending on the title, I saw framerate increases of 50 to 75 percent (and sometimes more) when compared to rivals like the ASUS ROG Xbox Ally X and Lenovo Legion Go 2. Those aren’t just minor gains, but massive jumps versus competitors that are less than a year old. For example, in Cyberpunk 2077 at 35 watts, FHD resolution, medium graphics and XESS set to performance, the Claw 8 EX hit a very impressive 95 fps. That kind of makes the Xbox Ally X and Legion Go 2 seem slow at 62 and 57 fps, respectively.

Sam Rutherford for Engadget

What’s even more remarkable though is that you can lower the Claw’s TDP and still get very playable frame rates while preserving battery life. In Returnal at FHD and a very reasonable 17 watt TDP with medium graphics, the Claw significantly outperformed ASUS (42 fps) and Lenovo’s (39 fps) flagship handhelds by hitting 59 fps. And it was a similar story when I booted up Clair Obscur Expedition 33 with the same settings, where MSI’s portable averaged around 45 fps compared to 30 fps for the Xbox Ally X and 25 for the Legion Go 2. In short, if you care about performance and efficiency above everything else, the Claw 8 EX just leapt ahead of practically all of its competition.

Software




Sam Rutherford for Engadget

Following in the footsteps of the ROG Xbox Ally, the Claw 8 EX comes with the fullscreen Xbox experience. This makes it really easy to use, especially if you purchase a lot of games from Microsoft’s online store or have an Xbox Game Pass subscription. It also eliminates some of the processes that run in the background on standard Windows 11 handhelds, which contributes (at least in part) to the system’s top-notch performance. 

Where things get a little muddy is that you still need to use the MSI Center app for a lot of things like adjusting the Claw’s lighting, updating drivers and tweaking settings. Thankfully, there is a Quick Settings menu you can easily access on the left of the screen. However, if you prefer to buy content via Steam like I do, things can get even more jumbled. It often feels like you are juggling three different launchers just to get to your games. 

Unfortunately, there isn’t an easy way to access more niche controls, like the ability to change the target frame rate for the Claw’s Endurance mode, as at the time of publishing, you need to open the Intel graphics software to adjust things. This setting offers greater control over how hard you have to push the chip while trying to preserve battery life by letting you select targets of 30, 40 or 60 fps. Intel says it’s working with MSI on adding a tile to the Quick Settings menu for this, but it’s not ready yet. Furthermore, while Intel’s multi-frame generation tech did a great job smoothing out graphics and animations, the ability to use frame generation while Endurance mode is on won’t be available at launch.

Battery life




Sam Rutherford for Engadget

Between an 80Whr battery that’s larger than what you get in a lot of ultraportable laptops and the efficiency of Intel’s Arc G3 Extreme, the Claw 8 EX can deliver excellent battery life. After running benchmarks in Clair Obscur, I turned on the Endurance Mode and kept playing for over three hours. That’s really good for a relatively new title on medium settings that aren’t super optimized. And if you’re playing older games with less demanding graphics, you can do even better with upwards of four hours. So depending on what you want, you can either get big performance or class-leading longevity on the Claw 8 EX.

Wrap-up




Sam Rutherford for Engadget

The Claw 8 EX’s purple exterior and rather plain design sometimes makes MSI’s latest handheld seem like the Grimace of portable PC gaming. But just like the Millenium Falcon, it might not look like much, it’s got it where it counts. The special modifications Intel made to the Arc G3 Extreme have resulted in giant dividends when it comes to top-end performance and efficiency. Meanwhile, the handheld’s components are more than just good enough, as the Claw boasts a bright 120Hz screen with VRR, a solid selection of ports and connectivity and comfortable, accurate controls.

The one massive sticking point is its price. At $1,800, it feels like the cost of a premium gaming handheld has gone ballistic. These kinds of machines used to be positioned as complementary devices, ones that you could bring alongside your other gear, as they offer a cozier and more portable way to play PC games on the go. But now, you sort of have to choose between the Claw and a new laptop. That’s a tough sell, unless you’re planning on pairing it with an external monitor, keyboard and mouse and asking it to pull double duty as your main PC. In MSI’s defense, the price of the closest equivalent OLED Steam Deck is now $950, so it’s hard to blame PC makers too much for price hikes caused by the AI-induced global RAM shortage.

The Claw 8 EX is a beastly handheld that has pushed mobile PC gaming performance to new highs. It just sucks that the price basically makes it off limits to most folks, unless you have seriously deep pockets.

How To Get The Most Out Of Your Apple TV+ Subscription

Apple’s streaming service already delivers bingeworthy shows at a great price, but there are ways to get it even cheaper

Television connoisseurs know that Apple TV+ has quietly built one of the best catalogs of new shows in the business. Ranging from spine-tingling horrors like Widow’s Bay to heartfelt comedies like Shrinking, the Cupertino tech giant boasts a deep roster of prestige television well worth adding yet another subscription.

The streaming wars are a cutthroat battle for eyeballs and dollars. At its onset, the cable-cutting revolution promised the platonic ideal of entertainment: cheap subscriptions, unlimited content spending and, most importantly, no ads. However, many viewers opine that the great viewing migration hasn’t fulfilled these implicit promises. With the great spending spree on its last fumes and  companies shifting business strategies, fans have seen their streamers hike prices, incorporate ads, and prioritize algorithms over quality. In this entertainment economy, maximizing your streaming service feels like a moral, financial and artistic imperative. 

Apple, for its part, continues to go above and beyond to attract viewers to its streaming network. Although the tech giant raised its price last year, viewers can maximize their subscription through discounted bundles, special features, family sharing and a wealth of live events. Apple is trying its best to incentivize you to watch Apple TV+. It’s time you took advantage.

Ways to save on Apple TV+

Let’s start with your wallet. A subscription to Apple TV+  is $12.99/month. Although three dollars more than its previous subscription price, it remains cheaper than most of its competitors’ ad-free offerings, with Netflix, HBO Max, Hulu and Disney+ all charging from $17 to $20 a month. 

Apple allows viewers to share their subscription with five family members. Although its Family Sharing system is more complicated than merely texting your deadbeat brother the password every time a new Severance episode drops, it allows you to also share purchases like apps, movies and audiobooks. However, it’s important to note that the family’s account holder agrees to pay any purchases made on Apple TV+, so you may want to think twice about adding your cousin with the obscure anime addiction.

If you’re like me, and your commitment issues extend to your streaming preferences, there are several ways to try Apple TV+ for free. For one thing, the streamer offers a seven-day free trial for those looking to go on a binge. If you plan on buying a an iPhone, MacBook, iPad, Apple Watch or Apple TV 4k, you can redeem up to three months of free Apple TV access with your purchase. 

Students, meanwhile, are eligible for the Student Plan, which offers subscriptions to both Apple TV and Apple Music for $5.99. Students are also eligible for a month-long trial, rather than the standard seven days.

Apple fanatics can save on their subscription by going all in on the company’s products with Apple One. Ideal for those invested in the Apple ecosystem, Apple One gives you four subscriptions, namely Apple TV+, Apple Music, Apple Arcade and 50GB of iCloud space for $19.95, saving you $12/month. Users can share their Apple One subscription with five family members for $25.95/month. Family plans also have access to 200GB of iCloud+ storage. For $37.95, Premier subscribers add Apple’s Fitness+, News+ and 2TB of cloud storage to their Apple One account. Apple allows customers to try Apple One for a 30 days without charge.

Apple TV+ bundles

Apple offers several bundle deals to maximize your streaming dollars. Last year, the tech giant partnered with NBCUniversal to allow Apple TV+ subscribers to add Peacock for just two dollars. Home to The Office and its successor, The Paper, Love Island, live sports and the Shrek franchise, NBCUniversal’s platform is a strong addition to your streaming diet. At $14.99, it remains cheaper than many of the competition’s standalone packages. 

For an additional $5, you can top it off with an ad-free Amazon Prime subscription, a package that gives you three streaming services for the same price as a Netflix account. Whether you donate those savings to charity in the name of the benevolent writer that enabled them is wholly up to you.

If you don’t want to shell out for your own subscription, several companies provide free access to Apple TV for its customers. Chase Sapphire Reserve cardholders, for example, receive complimentary access to Apple’s streaming and music services.  T-Mobile customers, meanwhile, can add Apple TV+ for $3/ month. Some internet providers have even begun to get in on the bundling craze. For instance, Xfinity provides a variety of streaming bundles that group Apple TV+ with HBO, Netflix, Peacock and Hulu.

Streaming live sports with Apple

Apple isn’t just the home to heart-stopping series, it’s also where you can catch the fastest growing spectator sport in America: Formula 1. Last year, Apple landed a monumental $750 million deal to become the race’s exclusive broadcaster for the next half decade. Apple’s coverage of the Driver’s Championship includes every practice, Sprint session and qualifier, as well as a Grand Prix. The streamer also provides exclusive behind-the-scenes footage, including adding Netflix’s hit series, Drive to Survive. If you really get the F1 bug, you can checkout the best advertisement-turned-blockbuster in recent memory by streaming Brad Pitt’s exhilarating F1 movie on the platform. 

What better time to discuss Apple’s coverage of the most popular sport on Earth than during the World Cup? In 2022, Apple struck a landmark deal with Major League Soccer to stream the entirety of its games on the platform. Now, Apple subscribers can watch every MLS match without blackouts, including Leagues Cup and Audi MLS Cup Playoffs, for free. Fascinatingly, MLS season ticket holders are eligible to receive a free subscription to the platform via their club. For more information on how to ensure you see every match, you can visit the MLS website. 

Baseball gurus can also catch Major League Baseball’s marquee Friday Night Baseball series on the streaming service. Throughout the season, Apple TV broadcasts two double headers every week, showcasing the sport’s premier teams unrestricted by the MLB’s infamous local broadcast blackouts. If you’re reading this at the start of the MLB season, you should be on the lookout for free trials, as the broadcast partners have historically offered month-long deals  at the beginning of the MLB season. 

Pairing Apple TV with one of the aforementioned bundles is an easy way to expand your sports viewing experience. Through Peacock and Amazon subscriptions, you can add the NFL, international soccer, golf, Olympic sports, NBA, WNBA, NASCAR and cycling to your viewing schedule.

China Takes Back Top Spot In Latest Supercomputer Ranking

China has taken the world’s fastest supercomputer crown for the first time since 2017. LineShine from the nation’s National Supercomputer Center hit 2.198 Exaflops of performance, beating the previous champ El Capitan (1.809 Exaflops), located at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory in the USA. Lineshine, a previously unlisted machine, is the first supercomputer to exceed two exaflops of “sustained double-precision performance using CPUs only,” according to Top500.org

China’s new machine was able to beat its US counterpart despite technology embargoes because it doesn’t rely on GPUs like other leading models. Instead, it’s designed around a custom 304-core processor, with 13.79 million cores running at 1.55GHz and linked by a proprietary interconnect. It draws around 42.2 megawatts of power, for an efficiency of 52.07 Gigaflops per watt. “It’s an impressive system,” Top500 organizer Dr. Jack Dongarra told The New York Times. “They upped us by developing a system that is not reliant on GPUs.

Though China managed to seize the top spot, the new ranking now boasts five systems beating the exascale threshold, with one in China, three in the US and one in Germany. Oak Ridge National Laboratory’s Frontier moves to No. 3 at 1.353 Exaflop while Aurora, at Argonne National Laboratory, holds No. 4 at 1.012 Exaflops. Jupiter Booster, at the Jülich Supercomputing Centre moves to No. 5 at exactly one Exaflop.

Top500 noted a great deal of architectural diversity with this year’s list, with different supercomputer models using Intel, AMD, NVIDIA and other architecture. “There is no single dominant technology path to leadership-class computing; instead, vendors are pursuing a variety of CPU, GPU, APU, and custom-accelerator approaches,” Top500 wrote.

China has often kept its supercomputer designs under guard due to government restrictions. However, LineShine was developed without public funding, so its designers felt that they could submit it to Top500’s tests without issue, according to the NYT. The company didn’t reveal certain details like which company manufactured the CPUs or the type of chip technology used. 

Oracle Laid Off 21,000 Employees Over The Past Year, Citing AI As One Of The Reasons

The company says its AI adoption and deployment may result in further reductions.




Ken Wolter/Shutterstock

Back in March, it was widely reported that Oracle had sent anywhere between 10,000 and 30,000 employees an email, notifying them that it was their last day with the company. Now, we have a more concrete number of people who had lost their jobs. In its annual regulatory filing, Oracle said that it employs approximately 141,000 people worldwide as of May 31, 2026. That’s down 21,000 employees from the 162,000 people employed by the company in the same period last year. Around 49,000 of its current full-time employees are in the US, while 92,000 are employed internationally. It’s not clear how many employees in the US were let go. 

In its filing, the company said that it has an “existing restructuring plan in place” and that it made and will continue to make adjustments to its workforce. It admitted that the “adoption and deployment of AI technologies” across its operations “have resulted, and may continue to result, in reductions” to its numbers. The company had already spent $1.8 billion in restructuring costs, which include severance payments for laid-off employees. 

As Bloomberg had previously reported, Oracle cut thousands of jobs in order to have more readily available cash it can use for its AI data center buildouts. Other companies in the industry, such as Microsoft, had also cut jobs to fund the high upfront costs needed to build AI infrastructure and to adopt AI as a whole. Meta had also laid off 8,000 employees and reassigned 7,000 people to AI-focused roles. In Oracle’s case, it’s building data centers for its clients, with OpenAI being one of the biggest. If you’ll recall, OpenAI struck a deal last year for Oracle to supply it with 4.5 gigawatts of US data center capacity, which will power the massive workload required by its large language models. 

The Oversight Board Says Meta Needs To Do More To Protect Regular People From Sexualized Deepfakes

Meta’s Oversight Board has called on the social media company to strengthen its protection for ordinary people targeted by sexualized deepfakes. The Board recommends the addition of AI-generated impersonations in Meta’s Adult Sexual Exploitation policy, arguing that those images and videos are non-consensual by default. It also wants Meta to allow users to designate “connected accounts,” such as trusted friends and family, who can report potential violations like non-consensual intimate imagery on their behalf. 

Finally, the Board recommends making AI-generated sexual impersonation a separate category from harassment and nudity in the company’s content reporting and appeal forms. At the moment, only the residents of Texas and Florida have access to a specialized form that lists deepfake intimate imagery as a reason for the report. The Board wants all Meta users to have access to it, because “AI-generated non-consensual intimate abuse, including sexualized impersonations, is a global issue.”

The Meta Oversight Board came up with these recommendations after investigating an incident wherein the company kept ignoring a user’s report about the sexualized impersonation of a friend on Instagram. It launched the investigation after it received an appeal from the user who reported an AI-generated video on Instagram showing a woman adjusting her dress, with her underwear visible in a few frames. According to the Board’s report, the reporter said they were a friend of the person being impersonated in the video without content. The person who was depicted in the AI video had already closed her account. 

Two users originally reported the video to Meta, but the company didn’t remove the deepfake. The user who appealed to the Board had submitted an appeal to Meta first, but the company still didn’t remove the video from Instagram. After the Board itself raised the issue with Meta, the company merely made the post adults-only but concluded that it did not merit removal under its community standards. 

Meta told the Board that at the time the post was originally reported, it had no indications that the individual in the AI deepfake was a real person. If the depicted individual herself had reported the video, it would have violated its Adult Sexual Exploitation policy. The self-report would have served as a clear sign of non-consent. Other credible indicators of non-consent in Meta’s eyes are reports from law enforcement, media or trusted partners. Captions or page titles suggesting that images or videos are shared in a “vengeful or sensationalist manner” will work, as well.

The Board says Meta’s responses to its investigation indicates that the only viable way for non-public figures to establish non-consent is to self-report. It wouldn’t be easy for ordinary people to get law enforcement or the media involved, after all. Those avenues are mostly accessible to public figures. Meta is required to respond to these recommendations, but it’s not obligated to implement them. If it does choose to adopt them, the Board will monitor its implementations. For the particular case that started this investigation, the Board has overturned Meta’s decision to leave the video up and has required the company to remove the post. 

“It is clear that the scale, speed and sophistication of AI tools have resulted in a proliferation of AI-generated sexualized non-consensual content globally. The spread of sexualized deepfake videos leads to reputational and psychological harm, which disproportionately impacts women and girls, and has a chilling effect on participation in social and political life,” the Board wrote in its report of the investigation.

This isn’t the first time the Board has been critical of Meta in matters involving AI content and moderation. In mid-2025, it called the company’s inability to enforce its rules consistently “incoherent and unjustifiable.” Back in March, the Board urged Meta to create a new rule for AI content that’s separate from its misinformation policy. That recommendation came from an investigation involving an AI-generated video that claimed to show damaged buildings in the Israeli city of Haifa. The video was posted by an account claiming to be a news outlet but was actually ran by a user in the Philippines. 

Instagram For TV Is Now Available On Samsung TVs In The US

You can watch reels and stories on TV with the app.




Instagram

The Instagram for TV app is now available on Samsung TVs in the US. Instagram launched the app back in December for Amazon Fire TV devices as a way to watch reels on a bigger screen, before rolling it out to Google TVs in February this year. It groups reels into channels with different topics, such as music, sports and travel, so if you’re with friends or family, you can find things to watch based on your common interests. You can now also watch Stories from friends and creators on the TV, as well. 

In addition, Instagram is testing two more features that it says were designed to make “discovering, sharing, and enjoying Instagram easier with the people around you.” One of those features is the ability to cast Reels from your phone or videos from the Saved tab to your TV. While the app itself was built around reels, this test feature will make it much easier to share finds you find funny or informative that you don’t see in the app’s channels. The second experimental feature is a dedicated home for horizontal videos, which lets you quickly find content that’s better enjoyed on TVs and computers than phones. 

Aside from the features you can access today, Instagram is working on more formats made to be watched on a bigger screen and together with friends and family. It says it’s exploring ways for creators to be able to make and post long-form videos for more in-depth looks at specific topics and stories. Instagram is looking to make episodic series for TV viewing, as well. Finally, it’s working on bringing livestreams to TVs. “As we explore longer-form, episodic, and live formats, we’re working closely with creators to understand what works best on TV and how these experiences can complement the ways people already use Instagram,” it said in its announcement.

A24 Takes On Google Money To Build AI Tools

One imagines Kane Parsons is less than pleased.

Google is investing $75 million in the film studio A24 and the companies are teaming up to develop, wait for it, AI tools. Google says the “partnership aims to expand what is possible in the future of entertainment.” The multiyear deal doesn’t give Google access to A24’s library of film and television, so we won’t have to suffer through a sloppified sequel to Marty Supreme just yet. 

Instead, the companies will develop tools that assist with various aspects of filmmaking. A representative from A24 told The Wall Street Journal that the tools “won’t look anything like the prompted generative type of AI that people feel uncomfortable with.” Instead, the first application will be something that uses AI to generate storyboards. 

The companies hope to eventually get these tools in the hands of A24’s stable of filmmakers. “We believe breakthroughs happen when you get technology into the hands of the best minds in the field,” said Eli Collins, a vice president of product for DeepMind. As an aside, there are at least 2,000 working storyboard artists in the Hollywood system who probably would like to continue engaging in their trade.

A24 has a reputation as a studio for emerging filmmakers that resonate with young audiences. These people tend to dislike AI. Kane Parsons, who directed Backrooms — the studio’s highest-grossing film by a wide margin — has called the technology “genuinely harmful” and a signifier of “cultural and economic rot.” 

This could fly under the radar, as the forthcoming tech is being pitched as assistive in nature and not a replacement for filmmakers. This approach reminds me of Ben Affleck’s AI startup, which was recently acquired by Netflix. That team is building a suite of tools that help with post-production stuff, like color-mixing and relighting. As another certainly unrelated aside, there are around 400 colorists in the Hollywood system and roughly 2,800 active union members working as professional set lighting technicians and operators. Just a fact worth knowing about showbiz!

This has been an absolute bang-up year for A24. Backrooms made over $300 million, making it the company’s most successful film ever. Marty Supreme made nearly $200 million and nabbed a bunch of Oscar nominations. A24’s revenue has more than doubled in the past two years and the company was recently valued at $3.5 billion.

Uber’s Board Sued For Alleged Poor Oversight That Led To Sexual Abuse Of Its Passengers

The company’s shareholders filed the lawsuit.




Tada Images/Shutterstock

Uber’s shareholders have turned on the company’s board of directors and executive officers, filing a lawsuit that accuses them of having “knowingly cut compliance corners in the name of growing the company.” As first reported by Reuters, the legal action said that the Uber board’s lack of compliance has led to sexual assault and harassment of the app’s users, as well as violations of the Americans with Disabilities Act and consumer protection statutes.

“Uber’s leadership has a long history of devoting insufficient resources to customer safety and protection, and setting a tone of non-compliance for the organization,” the lawsuit read. “This has inevitably led to harm to customers and massive legal and regulatory exposure to Uber.”

The shareholders behind this lawsuit are seeking a jury trial, but also for the company to “reform and improve its corporate governance and internal procedures” to resolve these ongoing issues. An Uber spokesperson told Engadget that “this suit ignores important facts and is based on misleading, false narratives from other meritless lawsuits that we have already addressed publicly and in the courtroom.”

Legal troubles surrounding Uber’s conduct when it comes to passengers aren’t new, though. In 2022, more than 500 women passengers filed a lawsuit against the company, alleging that they were “kidnapped, sexually assaulted, sexually battered, raped, falsely imprisoned, stalked, harassed, or otherwise attacked” by Uber drivers.

Meta Is ‘Pausing’ Employee Tracking Program After It Let The Whole Company See Sensitive Data

This won’t make the already-controversial AI training endeavor any more popular.




PJ McDonnell/Shutterstock

Meta has paused use of an AI training program that tracks its own employees’ keystrokes and mouse movements. The company has suspended the Model Capability Initiative, not because of workers’ understandable displeasure around being (almost) perpetually monitored or for potentially breaking privacy laws, but because it caused an internal data leak. Business Insider reported that sensitive data collected through MCI, including employees’ private conversations, performance data and transcriptions, was made inadvertently available to the entire Meta staff.

“We have carefully designed this program with privacy safeguards, and while we have no indication at this time that any data was improperly accessed by Meta employees, we’re pausing it while we investigate,” a spokesperson told BI.

Despite this official line and previous statements that employees’ collected data would be “tightly controlled,” it appears Meta wasn’t quite as on top of security as it claimed. This marks the latest in a series of AI-related cybersecurity incidents for the company. Meta reps issued a similar response in March after an agentic AI took unprompted action that also dominoed into a security breach. And earlier this month, the company had to react after hackers exploited its AI customer service chatbot to hijack Instagram accounts.

Warner Bros. Announces New Animated Thundercats Movie

Following the revival of the Masters of the Universe franchise, Warner Bros. Animation has confirmed the development of a new animated film based on Thundercats.

This project marks the return of the iconic franchise nearly four decades after the conclusion of the original television series. The announcement was made during the Annecy International Animation Film Festival, a major event within the industry.

The reveal comes five years after the conclusion of Thundercats Roar, highlighting the studio’s ongoing strategy to revitalize established media properties. While specific details regarding the plot, cast, and release date remain confidential, the announcement has generated significant attention from fans worldwide.

The upcoming film represents another effort to reintegrate Lion-O, Tygra, Panthro, and Cheetara into mainstream media. Since the original production ended in 1989, the franchise has seen limited revivals.

In 2011, Cartoon Network introduced a modernized, serialized reboot. Despite receiving critical acclaim and positive fan reception, the series was canceled after a single season.

Later, in 2020, Thundercats Roar was released with a stylized, comedic approach. This version polarized audiences and faced strong backlash from traditional fans, becoming one of the franchise’s most controversial adaptations.

A ‘THUNDERCATS’ movie is in the works at Warner Bros Animation.

Revealed at #AnnecyFestival pic.twitter.com/6CdkF5e1W0

— DiscussingFilm (@DiscussingFilm) June 22, 2026

Given this history, audiences anticipate a treatment closer to the classic material. This expectation aligns with statements from Adam Wingard, the director attached to a separate live-action Thundercats project announced in 2021. Wingard recently reaffirmed that his project remains in development, emphasizing his goal to preserve the essence of the original 1980s animation. However, the lack of recent updates has raised questions about its progress.

The newly announced animated film could allow Warner Bros. to assess the commercial viability of the Thundercats brand across different generations. This approach reflects broader industry trends, where studios increasingly leverage nostalgic properties to attract both legacy fans and new audiences. Warner Bros. Animation has not yet disclosed the creative team or production timeline for the project.

Filed in General. Read more about Movies and Warner Bros.

iOS 27 Beta 2 Is Out Now, Here’s What’s New

Spoiler: It’s more Siri stuff.




Apple

Apple is trucking ahead in preparation for the launch of iOS 27 this fall. Today, the company seeded the second beta of its upcoming operating systems to developers. The latest version expands on some of the features discussed during WWDC 2026, most notably those centered on the new and (hopefully) improved Siri. The same new features appear to be present across the beta 2 versions of iOS 27, iPadOS 27 and macOS 27 that dropped today, echoing the more holistic approach toward new features Apple took during that keynote presentation.

Testers will likely uncover additional details as they spend more time with the latest beta, but 9to5Mac posted a rundown of the major updates. Write with Siri has rolled out as a replacement for the old AI-powered Writing Tools prompt on both iPhone and iPads running the latest OS. A large prompt with the words “Write with Siri” will appear above the keyboard before you start typing anything, and it will shrink to just the Siri icon if you begin writing without the chatbot’s help. The other Siri features in this beta appear to be incremental changes, like faster performance and labeling elements of the Expressive Voice preview as “coming soon.” 

9to5Mac also pointed to some welcome updates for RCS communications within the Messages app. We’ve been seeing more and more synergy and security between Apple and non-Apple device texts in recent months, and the new beta continues that trend. The latest version of iOS 27 introduces support for message reactions and in-line replies for RCS. 

Other changes include improved iPhone Mirroring in macOS Golden Gate that resolved some issues from beta 1, as well as an update that allows AirPods Max 2 to update firmware. We’ll be keeping an eye out for any other intriguing changes as the operating systems’ official launch window draws nearer.

Steam Machine: Official Pricing And Reservation System Detailed

Valve has officially announced the pricing and technical specifications for its Linux-based desktop console, the Steam Machine, which functions as both a console and a compact gaming PC. Driven by the ongoing component crisis, initial costs are higher than anticipated. The base model, featuring a 512 GB NVMe SSD, is priced at $1,049. To deter scalpers and automated bots, Valve is utilizing a randomized queue system for reservations, mirroring the strategy used during the Steam Deck launch.

Customers wishing to purchase the Steam Machine alongside the Steam Controller can opt for a combined bundle priced at $1,128. Purchased individually, the controller costs $99, making the package slightly more economical. For users requiring additional storage, Valve offers a 2 TB NVMe SSD variant for $1,349, or $1,428 when bundled with the controller. This higher-tier version also includes two extra decorative plates for visual customization.

While these prices exceed those of traditional consoles like the PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X, Valve positions the Steam Machine as a compact gaming computer capable of running PC titles without the footprint of a standard tower. Nevertheless, high component costs—particularly regarding memory—have inflated the final price and impacted availability. Valve noted that global memory shortages directly affected production, leaving launch volumes uncertain and potentially extending wait times. The reservation period remains open until June 25, after which participants will be selected via a lottery system to complete their purchases or join a waiting list.

Technical Specifications:

  • CPU: Custom AMD Zen 4 (6 cores, 12 threads, up to 4.8 GHz, 30W TDP)
  • GPU: Custom AMD RDNA 3 (28 CUs, up to 2.45 GHz, 110W TDP)
  • Memory: 16 GB DDR5 RAM and 8 GB GDDR6 VRAM
  • Storage: 512 GB or 2 TB NVMe SSD; high-speed microSD slot
  • Connectivity: Wi-Fi 6E, Bluetooth 5.3, integrated 2.4 GHz wireless adapter, Gigabit Ethernet
  • Ports: 2x USB-A 3.2 Gen 1, 2x USB-A 2.0, 1x USB-C 3.2 Gen 2, DisplayPort 1.4, HDMI 2.0
  • OS: SteamOS 3 (Arch Linux-based) with KDE Plasma desktop environment
  • Dimensions & Weight: 156 x 152 x 162.4 mm; 2.6 kg (6.1 x 6.0 x 6.4 inches; 5.7 lbs)

Filed in Gaming. Read more about Steam (Valve) and Steam Machine.

A Better Fit Comes With A Higher Price

As someone who often wears contacts, but defaults to my prescription glasses most days of the week, Ray-Ban Meta glasses with see-through (but not prescription) lenses haven’t made much sense to me. I get that having transition lenses can make an expensive pair of glasses useful in more situations, but I’ve generally preferred the sunglasses form factor because it tends to be a better fit for the situations when I most want to reach for a pair of smart glasses.

That said, I’ve always wondered if I would feel differently if I had my own prescription in a pair. After wearing the Ray-Ban Meta Optics as my primary glasses for two weeks, I’m starting to see the appeal. The glasses are very similar to the second-generation frames, but have a few upgrades that make them easier and more comfortable to wear throughout the day.

One issue I’ve had with just about every pair of Ray-Ban Meta glasses is that the slightly oversized frames tend to slip down my nose. With the Optics lineup, Meta made the inner nosepads swappable so you can get a more secure fit. I changed the “universal fit” pads that came on out of the box for the “high bridge” pads and immediately noticed less slippage. There’s also a low bridge option included if you need it.

Karissa Bell for Engadget

The “Scriber” style frames I tested were still oversized, but they stayed on my face better than the Gen 2 Wayfarers I tested last year. The tips of the glasses are also moldable (at a Meta store or optician’s office) so you can get an even more precise fit, though I didn’t have this done with my pair. I found that the overextension hinges helped a lot with overall comfort, and I didn’t have issues with the glasses pressing uncomfortably around my ears like I do with many other frames.

I also appreciated that the frame styles felt a bit more subtle than previous versions. The “Scriber” frames I tested were still larger than the glasses I would normally choose for myself, but the color scheme felt more natural than the brightly-colored or super-dark styles Meta has had in other lines. I had multiple people tell me they had no idea I was wearing smart glasses rather than “regular” Ray-Ban frames.

Meta has also improved the battery life slightly compared with the other Gen 2 glasses. While the older Gen 2 model gets “up to 8 hours” of battery life, according to Meta, the Blayzer and Scriber frames are rated for “more than 8 hours.” Battery life in general is very dependent on what you’re doing, some features will drain it a lot quicker. But I found I was easily able to wear my Scriber frames for well over 8 hours without charging. That’s with intermittent audio from the open-ear speakers and occasional Meta AI use.

Karissa Bell for Engadget

The other big change with the optics line is the addition of an action button, a customizable button that acts as a shortcut for frequently-used commands. The feature first debuted on the Oakley Meta Vanguard sunglasses, which had the button on the bottom side of the frames. On the Optics-branded glasses, it’s now a tiny extra button on the end of the main capture control.

When I reviewed the Vanguard shades I never really landed on one “ideal” use case for the button. But after some more time with my latest frames, I think I’ve figured out the best setup.I use the “custom prompt” setting (you can adjust it in the Meta AI app) to “read my latest text message.”

This is ideal because while I appreciate that my glasses can announce when I get an incoming text (a lot like how Siri will with AirPods), I don’t always want Meta AI to just start reading them by default. It can be extremely disruptive if I’m in the middle of a conversation or concentrating on a task. But with the action button, I can just give it a quick push to hear my texts, with no need to say “Hey Meta.” It’s even more subtle than glancing down at my phone.

How Google Photos’ Upcoming “Moods” Feature Upgrades Your Mobile Editing

An upcoming update to Google Photos may introduce an advanced image editing tool named “Moods.” Discovered before its official release within version 7.81 of the mobile application, this feature was located under the platform’s Creation tab. If publicly deployed by Google, Moods will expand the application’s existing suite of artificial intelligence tools, which currently includes options such as Magic Editor, Highlight Video, Collage, and Cinematic Photo.

According to a technical breakdown by Android Authority, the new tool functions differently than standard photographic filters. Traditional filters apply a uniform set of adjustments across any selected image regardless of content. In contrast, the Moods feature utilizes artificial intelligence to actively analyze the composition of a photograph before modifying specific attributes to match a chosen aesthetic or thematic style.

The preliminary interface contains eight distinct preset options designed to align with popular digital aesthetics and contemporary social media trends:

  • Airy Minimalist: Offers a clean, bright, and polished presentation.

  • Crisp 35mm: Emulates classic film photography with balanced contrast.

  • 2000’s Cinema: Implements subtle color grading inspired by older films.

  • Rich Textures: Enhances physical depth and surface details.

  • Pink Digicam: Replicates vintage digital cameras with a soft pink overlay.

  • Retro Contrast: Combines deep shadows with vibrant color adjustments.

  • Night Lights: Adds soft-glowing illumination effects to dark or nighttime scenes.

  • 2000’s Night: Pairs deep nighttime coloration with digital-style grain.

While the specific visual changes and sample results remain unverified since the tool is still inactive within the software code, the descriptions indicate a focus on mimicking analog film and retro hardware.

Google has not yet confirmed an official release date or guaranteed that the feature will move past the development stage. However, the discovery follows other recent expansions of the platform’s AI capability, including the broader international rollout of its prompt-based “Edit With Ask Photos” utility.

Valve’s Steam Machine Starts At $1,049 With 512GB Storage And No Controller

At long last, Valve has opened up reservations for the Steam Machine and revealed pricing for the system. It starts at $1,049 for a 512GB variant and that’s without the new Steam Controller. A bundle with the controller costs $1,128. As such, you’d get a $21 discount on the peripheral, which normally costs $99. Plus, if you order a controller separately now, it may not be delivered until 2027 as Valve is focused on bundling it with the Steam Machine.

The Steam Machine also has a 2TB storage option. By itself, that costs $1,349. A bundle with a controller will run you $1,428. The 2TB options come with alternate red fabric and solid walnut faceplates.

Valve is running a lottery system for those interested in the first batch of Steam Machines. To take part, you need to have a Steam account that’s in good standing and to have bought something on the platform before April 27. This is, in part, an attempt to prevent the device from falling into the hands of scalpers.

You can sign up until 1PM ET on June 25. The company will then randomize the entries to determine the reservation and waitlist order. At that time, you’ll be informed that you’re either in a reservation queue or a waitlist. Those in the reservation queue will start getting emails on June 29 with the option to purchase the Steam Machine they signed up for. Those on the waitlist will be able to buy one later. 

“We underestimated customer interest when we recently released the new Steam Controller, and we wanted to create a system that would be less frustrating and more fair for everyone,” Valve wrote in a blog post. “A launch that starts at a specific day and time tends to reward bots, people with fast internet connections, talented gaming fingers for quick F5/refresh reactions, and those who can schedule their life around that moment. By accepting reservation signups over the course of a few days, without any incentive to be first, we’re hoping to take away some of that friction. The longer timeframe also allows us to do some extra validation on the signups to make sure they’re real accounts, with only one per household.”

Valve is running separate reservation lists for each region where it’s initially shipping the Steam Machine: North America, United Kingdom/EU and Australia. Komodo is handling sales in Japan, Taiwan and Hong Kong. Valve says the Steam Machine won’t ship to South Korea.

Honor X80 Pro Max Unveiled: 11,000mAh Battery And 10,000-Nit Screen

Honor has officially launched its latest smartphone, the Honor X80 Pro Max, in China. The device stands out in the market by integrating an unusually large battery capacity without adopting the bulky form factor typically associated with rugged smartphones or portable power banks.

The definitive feature of the Honor X80 Pro Max is its 11,000mAh battery, which supports 90W wired fast charging. Additionally, the smartphone provides 27W reverse charging via its USB-C port, allowing it to function as a power source for other electronic devices.

Related: Get 388win app, and claim daily bonus now!

The front of the smartphone features a 6.8-inch LTPS AMOLED display with a resolution of 1,280 x 2,788 pixels and a 120Hz refresh rate. Notably, the screen is capable of reaching a peak brightness of up to 10,000 nits during HDR video playback. The display also houses a centered punch-hole cutout for an 8-megapixel front-facing camera, while the rear camera setup consists of a single 50-megapixel primary sensor equipped with optical image stabilization (OIS) and an LED flash.

Internal Hardware and Software

Internally, the device is powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 6 Gen 5 processor. Depending on the chosen configuration, it offers either 8 GB or 12 GB of RAM, paired with up to 512 GB of non-expandable internal storage. The smartphone runs on Android 16 customized with Honor’s MagicOS 10 user interface. For security, an optical fingerprint reader is embedded beneath the display. The phone is built with structural durability in mind, carrying an IP69K rating for high-pressure water and dust resistance. It weighs 203 grams and measures 8.08 mm in thickness.

Pricing and Regional Availability

The Honor X80 Pro Max is available for purchase in China in four color variants: black, orange, red, and “Moon Shadow.” The base configuration, featuring 8 GB of RAM and 128 GB of internal storage, has an official retail price of CNY 1,999 (~$295). However, a promotional launch price of CNY 1,699 (~$251) is currently available. Honor has not announced any plans for a global release.

Specification
Details

Display
6.8″ AMOLED, 1,280 x 2,788 pixels resolution, 120Hz refresh rate, and up to 10,000 nits peak brightness

Processor
Qualcomm Snapdragon 6 Gen 5

RAM
8 GB or 12 GB

Storage
128 GB, 256 GB, or 512 GB

Front Camera
8 MP (f/2.0)

Rear Camera
50 MP (f/1.88) with Optical Image Stabilization (OIS)

Battery & Charging
11,000mAh battery with 90W fast charging and 27W reverse charging

Operating System
MagicOS 10 based on Android 16

Biometrics
Under-display optical fingerprint scanner

Connectivity
5G (with Link Turbo X network acceleration), Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 6.0, NFC, GPS, and USB-C 2.0

Durability
IP69K water and dust resistance rating

Dimensions
162.2 x 77 x 8.08 mm

Weight
203 grams

Filed in Cellphones. Read more about Android 16, Honor and Qualcomm.

Tesla In Autopilot Crashed Into Texas Home, Killing One

Authorities said the driver was using “an automated driving assistance system” in a Model 3.




mpohodzhay/Shutterstock

A woman died after a Tesla driver, who was reportedly using “an automated driving assistance system” crashed into a house in Katy, Texas, according to local authorities. The Harris County Sheriff’s Office said that the driver, who was identified as Michael Butler, was in a Tesla Model 3 with the driving assistance system “engaged” and hit the house at 1907 Blooming Park Lane on Friday night.

The police reported that the Model 3 “failed to drive in a single lane, left the roadway and struck the residence” at a “high rate of speed.” The crash involved a woman, Martha Avila, who was inside the house. She was transported to a local hospital where she was pronounced dead “due to injuries she sustained from the crash,” police said. The police release said there were “no signs of intoxication” from the driver, who was also cooperative during the investigation.

Autopilot-related crashes in the last few years has landed Tesla in the crosshairs of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. Last year, the federal agency opened an investigation into how Tesla reports crashes involving its driver assistance systems. More recently, a judge ruled that Tesla was obligated to pay $243 million for a deadly crash dating back to 2019, which involved the use of the Autopilot feature.

‘Fungalpunk’ RPG Signet City Isn’t Afraid To Be Weird And Political

Signet City, the upcoming RPG from Citizen Sleeper developer Gareth Martin, will cast players as a parasite. Set in a brutalist, monochromatic gotham at the edge of collapse, this entity will take control of different human hosts, directing their actions and accomplishing its own objectives. When asked what cultural touchpoints inspired the self-described “fungalpunk” RPG, Martin points to their own British upbringing, and the desire to “create something that would draw on that identity and history” — even if some of it might go over the heads an American audience.

Before they began designing video games, they worked at a theater design company doing pre-visualization work. One production involved Sting’s The Last Ship — a musical about the shipbuilding crisis in Newcastle in the 1980s. “There are these amazing pictures of Newcastle in the ’80s of these huge ships towering over little terraced houses,” they recall. “I remember thinking at the time that was science fiction happening in the past. There’s something really interesting in that moment in history where industrialization collapsed. It’s obviously cast a very long shadow over the UK.”

Martin envisioned an alternate universe 1980s northern British city in a series of sketches for Inktober. “Ever since I’ve been daring myself to make the video game version of that [series],” they say. One of those drawings, titled “The Algae Burners,” depicts a building that will appear in the game. For now, you can see a glimpse of it in Signet City’s first trailer above.

The Winter of Discontent, one of the most critical moments in recent British history, was also a “starting point” for Signet City. As Martin explains, it was both a “kind of labor struggle” and “ecological event.” Between 1978 and 1979, the United Kingdom experienced its coldest winter in 16 years, which coincided with workers across the country striking to secure better pay. The combination of those things led to severe disruptions to the economy, and the subsequent downfall of then British Prime Minister James Callaghan, whose Labour Party lost the 1979 general election to the Conservative Party and Margaret Thatcher. A decade of Thatcherism would follow, and the rest, as they say, is history.

“In the UK, it really is such a key moment,” says Martin. “Like almost all of the political dialogues are arranged around what happened in the ’80s.” 

They were also inspired by British social photography of the ’80s and in particular the work of photographer Tish Murtha. Like Sting, Murtha had a close connection to Newcastle, where she spent much of her professional career photographing the city’s working-class and marginalized communities. In her famous Youth Unemployment series, Murtha documented the devastating effect Thatcher’s free market policies had on the north of England, as well as the the resilience and resourcefulness of the people who the government had abandoned.

How do the mushrooms fit in alongside British history? However incongruously, Martin also found inspiration in Tetsuo: The Iron Man. In the Japanese cult classic, a man is slowly overtaken by machinery, becoming a grotesque hybrid of metal and flesh. “The director always was weirdly insistent that it’s a superhero film,” Martin says. Looking back, “it makes so much sense, because it’s about a powerless character becoming powerful over time, but that process of becoming powerful is distorting and scary, and destroys like him to some extent.” 

Jump Over the Age

Abara — the 2005 manga from Blame! and Knights of Sidionia creator Tsutomu Nihei — was also a visual reference. “There are these early bits in Abara where there are these big, weird, almost fungal-looking kinds of monsters, but they’re made of bone,” Martin explains.

Where the prose itself is concerned, Martin points to literary works of New Weird authors like China Miéville and Jeff VanderMeer. “I’m really trying to put the player in this position where they have to understand the world through this paradigm that is fundamentally inhuman,” they say. “When you have a host, you have your own objectives as a parasite, and the host has their life and things that are happening to them.” They decided to write the game from two perspectives: the parasite (second-person, like a traditional RPG protagonist) and third (the host’s thoughts). Martin’s goal is to produce an “overlapping quality” to the experience of navigating through the game’s story. As the parasite, you’ll use a resource called emotion to affect the actions of your hosts.

“Sometimes I feel like I’m the only person who thinks about these things together,” Martin says jokingly of all of Signet City’s disparate influences, which by their own admission pull from sources that are alternatively “quite real and human” and more supernatural. 

Players will get a chance to see how all those come together sometime hopefully next year. Until then, you can wishlist Signet City on Steam.

Chinese-Style EV Battery Swap Stations Are Coming To Europe

Octopus Energy, the UK’s largest energy provider, has teamed up with CATL, the world’s biggest EV battery maker, to bring Chinese-style battery swap stations to Europe. The pair claim they want to roll out a network of facilities across the continent, targeted at keeping electric trucks on the road for longer. Each hub would be capable of servicing thousands of trucks a day, replacing depleted cells with fresh ones in “minutes.” Such a system may even be faster than filling a conventional truck with diesel, and it’s certainly a lot cheaper.

We’ve all heard EV boosters talk up battery swapping as the inevitable solution to range anxiety, especially without having to rinse your equipment with fast charging. In theory, you could just rock up at a station, dump your drained cells and put freshly-charged ones in, all in the time it takes you to visit the bathroom. Of course, the truth was never as simple: The high price of batteries and the engineering required meant it never quite worked as well as they had hoped, and even Tesla abandoned the idea a decade ago.

But the system has plenty of uptake in Asia, with trucks able to dump off and pick up new batteries in a matter of minutes. In 2025, CATL partnered with Asian oil company Sinopec to roll out a massive battery-swap network across China. There are even consumer-facing battery swap facilities, including those run by car maker Nio and Taiwanese scooter company Gogoro, which has installed a vast network of swap stations.

Octopus and CATL, however, think that it’s probably far more viable for trucking, and I’m tempted to agree. After all, if there’s one part of the global transport ecosystem in which EVs don’t yet make sense, it’s heavy industry. Big trucks and ships carrying equally hefty loads require a lot more energy to move around, and batteries add even more weight to the picture. It’s the rocket equation: The heavier your load, the more energy you need, and in EVs that means more batteries, increasing your weight even further. It’s why this sector is more likely to be won over by hydrogen fuel cells, given the energy densities and refuel times.

But if trucks use smaller batteries, and drivers are confident that they can get a fully-charged replacement at every stage of their journey, then the equation starts to shift. William Rowe, CEO of the Octopus / CATL joint venture, named Swaptopus, says that the battery stations can charge their cells “when the grid needs it.” In fact, having a large volume of batteries potentially sitting idle would also enable each hub to act as a small power plant. Of course, that may not thrill the logistics and transport companies who are renting the cells and might take issue with their cycle life being used to boost Octopus’ energy network.

Swaptopus says the first UK “mega hubs” will open in 2027, and it’ll be interesting to see how many major truck companies sign up. After all, their purchasing decisions are taken over a much longer period of time and often rely upon guarantees of infrastructure being in place for them to use. But given Octopus and CATL’s weight, you’d expect more than a handful to throw their lot in with the new enterprise.

OpenAI Signs Deal To Show Getty’s Images In ChatGPT Results

Getty already struck a similar deal with Perplexity AI.




Samuel Boivin/Shutterstock

Getty Images has announced a multi-year partnership with OpenAI that will bring its licensed content libraries to the AI company. The agreement means Getty’s content will appear in OpenAI search and ChatGPT.

“High‑quality, licensed visual content makes AI‑powered search and discovery more useful and more trustworthy,” Getty CEO Craig Peters said in a statement. “This partnership with OpenAI reflects a shared recognition of that, and together we will deliver richer visual experiences to ChatGPT users.”

Getty, until recently, had taken a strong stance against working with AI companies. In September 2022, Getty banned all AI-generated art from its library. A few months later, it sued Stability AI, alleging copyright violations — a notion that was rejected late last year.

A year after its AI-generated art ban, Getty announced its own generative AI tool, trained on its library and powered by NVIDIA’s Edigy AI model. Each of the resulting images came with a royalty-free license.

But in October 2025, Getty signed a deal with Perplexity AI, allowing the latter’s AI search and discovery tools to access Getty’s library. Critically, the release stated that “Perplexity will be making improvements to how it displays imagery, including image credit with a link to source, to better educate users on how to use licensed imagery legally.” Perplexity has faced suits around alleged illegal use of copyrighted materials.

Notably, Getty hasn’t shared any details on whether its images will be used in AI training, although its deal with Perplexity doesn’t allow for it.

Polymarket Has Reportedly Been Paying Creators To Post Fake Betting Videos

The Wall Street Journal reviewed 1,105 videos along with guidance given to creators for crafting their posts.

Related: Download 345win app, and claim daily bonus now!

Polymarket

In case you needed another reason to be wary of those videos showing people winning big on Polymarket, an investigation by The Wall Street Journal has found that the company is paying social media creators to post misleading content promoting the prediction market. Of the 1,105 TikTok videos the publication reviewed, 778 appeared to show someone placing a bet — but a closer look reportedly revealed that none of the latter featured the actual Polymarket website, instead using dummy sites made to look like the real thing.

For more than half of the videos that appeared to show winning bets, those bets would in reality have been losses, The Wall Street Journal reports. The publication spoke to creators who worked with Polymarket and viewed materials they say they were given to ensure their videos were convincing and engaging. In addition, Polymarket reportedly also enlisted a “social-media army” to repost these videos and help them go viral.

Polymarket has been making headlines this year as governments grapple with how to regulate prediction markets. Minnesota last month became the first US state to ban them. Other states have tried to do the same, but multiple lawsuits have challenged these efforts. Meanwhile, Spain blocked Polymarket and another prediction market, Kalshi, in May as it figures out whether they violate the country’s gambling law.

Logitech Launches Spotlight 2 Presentation Remote With Haptics To Highlight Slides Without Looking Down

Logitech has announced Spotlight 2 Advanced Presenter, a new presentation remote designed to go beyond simple slide control with haptics, digital highlighting tools, and a guided breathing experience for speakers

The device is aimed at people who present in meeting rooms, classrooms, hybrid meetings, and on stage. Logitech says the goal is to help presenters stay focused on the audience instead of looking down at the remote or returning to their laptop for common controls.

Public speaking is stressful for most people, and Logitech told us that 64% of presenters feel anxious before taking the stage, making confidence and control a key part of the Spotlight 2 experience. 

The biggest change is a force-sensitive highlight button with haptic feedback. A soft press can show the digital pointer, while a harder press can trigger the selected highlight effect. Logitech says the different press levels provide different haptic feedback, helping presenters confirm the action by feel. The haptics are not just for comfort. They give presenters tactile confirmation, so they can highlight, point, or prepare themselves without looking away from the audience. 

Spotlight 2 includes several digital highlighting modes: Spotlight, Squarelight, Magnify, Annotate, and Digital Pointer. These are useful because they can be seen by both in-person and remote audiences, unlike a traditional laser. However, Logitech still includes a Class 1 laser pointer for physical rooms, whiteboards, and projector screens. The laser is triggered with a long press on the side Action Button.

That Action Button can also be customized in the Logi Options+ app for shortcuts such as starting a presentation, blanking the screen, pausing, or muting. The default setting starts and exits presentation mode with a single click.

Another unusual feature is a guided breathing mode. Spotlight 2 uses haptic pulses, combined with visual cues in Logi Options+, to help presenters calm down before speaking. Logitech confirmed there is no dedicated smartwatch integration for stress tracking, though users can still use a smartwatch independently.

The hardware has been redesigned with a larger concave highlight button, side-by-side Back and Next buttons, and a more secure grip. It connects over Bluetooth or the included Logi Bolt USB-C receiver, works up to 100 feet away, and supports PowerPoint, Google Slides, Keynote, and Prezi across major platforms.

Battery life is rated at up to three months, while a one-minute charge provides up to three hours of presentation time.

Spotlight 2 will be available in Graphite and Sand globally, with Light Lilac and Black in select markets, and will be available at logitech.com for $129.99.

Specification
Logitech Spotlight 2 Advanced Presenter

Product type
Advanced presentation remote / presenter

Announcement date
June 10, 2026

Shipping
June 2026

Price
$129.99

Main controls
Force-sensitive highlighting button, customizable Action Button, Next and Back buttons

Haptics
Built-in haptic feedback for the force-sensitive highlight button and guided breathing experience

Digital highlighting effects
Spotlight, Squarelight, Magnify, Annotate, and Digital Pointer

Pointer options
Digital pointer and built-in laser pointer

Customization
Customizable Action Button via Logi Options+ for shortcuts such as start, pause, and mute

Guided breathing
Haptics-guided breathing experience through the Logi Options+ app

Wireless range
Up to 100 ft / 30 m

Battery life
Up to 3 months on a full charge

Quick charge
1-minute charge provides up to 3 hours of use

Connectivity
Bluetooth Low Energy or Logi Bolt USB-C receiver

Presentation app compatibility
Apple Keynote, Google Slides, Microsoft PowerPoint, and Prezi

Video conferencing compatibility
Works with major video conferencing platforms

Height
145 mm / 5.71 in with receiver; 125 mm / 4.92 in without receiver

Width
30 mm / 1.18 in

Depth
13.5 mm / 0.53 in

Weight
55 g / 1.94 oz

Logi Bolt system requirements
Available USB-C port; Windows 10, Windows 11 or later; macOS 14 or later; ChromeOS; Linux

Bluetooth system requirements
Bluetooth Low Energy; Windows 10, Windows 11 or later; macOS 14 or later; ChromeOS; iPadOS 17 or later; iOS 15 or later; Android 14 or later; Linux

Sustainability
Aluminum made with renewable energy and 43% certified post-consumer recycled plastic for Graphite, Sand, Light Lilac, and Black models

Warranty
1-year limited hardware warranty in AMR and AP; 2-year limited hardware warranty in EMEA

Note: According to Logitech, the Logi Options+ app is currently not supported on some platforms, but the device’s basic functions will work without it.

Filed in Computers >Gadgets. Read more about Accessories and Logitech.

Microsoft Office 2019 For Mac Is About To Lose Key Features: What Users Need to Know

Microsoft is preparing a significant change that will affect users of Office 2019 for Mac, despite the software being sold as a one-time purchase. Beginning July 13, Microsoft will no longer renew the security certificate used to validate Office 2019 licenses on macOS, causing affected applications to enter what the company calls “reduced functionality mode.”

Once this happens, users will still be able to open and view existing files, but they will lose the ability to edit, save, or create new documents in applications such as Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook, and OneNote. For many customers who purchased the software under a perpetual license model, the change may come as an unwelcome surprise.

The decision has also drawn attention because it appears to contradict statements Microsoft made when support for Office 2019 officially ended in October 2023. At the time, the company stated that the applications would continue to function after support ended. However, Microsoft quietly revised that guidance last month, removing references suggesting the software would remain fully operational. The updated wording instead reassures users that their data will remain accessible, without explicitly mentioning the upcoming loss of editing capabilities.

Office 2021 for Mac will face a similar certificate issue on the same date, but users of that version are expected to receive a certificate update because the product remains within its support lifecycle. Support for Office 2021 is scheduled to continue until October 13, 2026.

According to Microsoft, Office 2019 users will not be able to resolve the issue through reinstallation or software updates. Because the product is no longer supported, it cannot receive the certificate update required to maintain full functionality.

Older versions of Microsoft 365 for Mac and iOS may also encounter certificate-related problems, although those versions can generally be fixed by installing the latest updates. Users who want to continue editing documents without interruption will need to upgrade to Office 2024 or subscribe to Microsoft 365, both of which remain fully supported by Microsoft.

Filed in Computers. Read more about Microsoft and Microsoft Office.

Steam To Phase Out Physical Gift Cards As Valve Responds To Growing Fraud Concerns

Valve has confirmed that physical Steam gift cards will be discontinued once existing inventory is sold out, a process the company expects to be completed by the end of 2026. While physical cards will no longer be produced, digital Steam gift cards sold directly through the platform will remain available. Existing physical cards already in circulation will continue to be accepted and redeemed without any changes.

According to Valve, the decision was driven by the increasing use of gift cards in scams targeting consumers around the world. Criminals frequently convince victims—particularly older adults and other vulnerable individuals—to purchase gift cards and share the redemption codes. Once the codes are transferred, the funds can be difficult to trace or recover, making gift cards a common tool for fraud and money-laundering schemes.

In a statement explaining the move, Valve noted that it has spent years implementing measures designed to reduce abuse. Since introducing Steam gift cards in retail stores in 2012 and launching a digital gift card program in 2017, the company has worked with retailers and law enforcement agencies, added prominent scam warnings to cards, restricted redemption options, limited card availability in certain situations, and removed cards from sale when suspicious activity was detected.

Despite these efforts, Valve says scammers have continually adapted to new restrictions. The company concluded that the problem remains significant enough to justify ending the retail gift card program altogether.
Digital gift cards will continue to be offered because they are generally less vulnerable to this type of fraud. Since they are sold directly through Steam and linked to specific user accounts, Valve has greater control over transactions and can implement additional safeguards when necessary.

The decision marks a notable shift in Valve’s approach to gift card distribution and reflects a broader industry effort to combat financial scams. Some observers believe other gaming companies may eventually adopt similar policies if fraud involving physical gift cards continues to be a widespread issue.
For now, Steam users can still purchase and redeem physical cards while supplies last, with digital alternatives remaining available for the foreseeable future.

Filed in Computers >Gaming. Read more about Steam (Valve) and Valve.

Realme P4R Debuts With Massive 8,000mAh Battery, 144Hz Display, And Budget-Friendly Pricing

Realme has officially introduced the new P4R smartphone, targeting budget-conscious consumers who prioritize battery life, durability, and smooth display performance. The device stands out with its large 8,000mAh battery, a high-refresh-rate screen, and a competitive price point in the mid-range segment.

The Realme P4R features a 6.8-inch LCD display with HD+ resolution and support for refresh rates of up to 144Hz, offering smoother animations and scrolling compared to standard smartphone screens. The display can also reach a peak brightness of 1,200 nits, helping improve visibility in bright outdoor environments.

Powering the smartphone is MediaTek’s Dimensity 6300 processor, paired with either 4GB or 6GB of RAM and up to 256GB of internal storage. Users who need additional space can expand storage through a microSD card slot. Connectivity options include 5G support, Wi-Fi 5, and Bluetooth 5.3.

In the camera department, the P4R is equipped with a 50-megapixel main rear camera accompanied by an auxiliary lens. On the front, an 8-megapixel camera handles selfies and video calls. The rear camera module adopts a vertical layout with multiple lenses and an LED flash positioned above the sensors.

One of the device’s key highlights is its 8,000mAh battery, which is significantly larger than those found in most smartphones currently on the market. The battery supports 45W SUPERVOOC fast charging. The handset ships with Android 16 and Realme UI 7 out of the box.

Realme has also emphasized durability, with the P4R carrying MIL-STD-810H military-grade certification and an IP65 rating for protection against dust and water exposure.

The smartphone is initially launching in India in Lavender, Titanium, and Silver color options. Pricing starts at 18,999 Indian rupees (~$220) for the 4GB + 128GB model. The 6GB + 128GB version costs 20,999 rupees (~$245), while the top-tier 6GB + 256GB variant is priced at 22,999 rupees (~$268).

Realme has not yet announced availability in other markets, including the US.

Specification
Details

Display
6.8-inch LCD

Resolution
HD+

Refresh Rate
Up to 144Hz

Processor
MediaTek Dimensity 6300

RAM
4GB / 6GB

Storage
128GB / 256GB

Expandable Storage
microSD card support

Front Camera
8MP

Rear Cameras
Dual-camera setup

Main Rear Camera
50MP

Secondary Rear Camera
Auxiliary lens

Connectivity
5G, Wi-Fi 5, Bluetooth 5.3

Durability Certifications
MIL-STD-810H, IP65

Battery Capacity
8,000mAh

Charging
45W SUPERVOOC fast charging

Operating System
Android 16 with realme UI 7

Dimensions
166.4 × 78.2 × 8.8 mm

Weight
224g

Colors
Lavender, Titanium, Silver

Filed in Cellphones. Read more about Android 16, Budget, MediaTek, MediaTek Dimensity 6300 and Realme.

Goodbye, Intel! macOS 27 Golden Gate Is Exclusive To Apple Silicon Macs

Apple has officially introduced macOS 27 Golden Gate at WWDC26. The new operating system focuses heavily on artificial intelligence, performance enhancements, and a significant shift in hardware compatibility: it entirely drops support for Intel-based Macs, restricting the update exclusively to Apple Silicon devices.

Performance Improvements

Following previous user feedback regarding battery consumption and stability, macOS 27 is designed to optimize daily tasks. Apple reports that applications now launch up to 30% faster, with the Photos app seeing improvements of up to 70%. Additionally, AirDrop transfer speeds have increased by up to 80%, facilitating quicker file sharing for large media folders across Apple devices.

AI Integration and a New Siri

The update positions AI at the center of the Mac ecosystem with a completely redesigned Siri. Functioning more like a modern AI assistant, Siri can now understand on-screen content, maintain context across sequential requests, and execute multi-step tasks across native and third-party apps using natural language.

Key updates to Siri include:

  • A dedicated app featuring conversation history.
  • A customizable interface and new voice options.
  • Deep integration with personal data (emails, calendar) for contextual assistance.

The advanced AI features will launch initially in English as a beta version toward the end of the year.

Interface and Cross-Platform Updates

The “Liquid Glass” design language has been expanded across the system dock and native applications like Mail to ensure visual consistency. Notably, the Photos app now allows users to create shared albums with Android and Windows users, improving cross-platform compatibility.

Compatibility Shift

The exclusion of Intel processors means models like the 2019/2020 MacBook Pro, 2020 iMac, and 2019 Mac Pro are limited to macOS 26. However, Apple continues to support older M1 chips.

Compatible Macs

  • iMac with M1, M3, and M4
  • Mac mini with M1, M2, M2 Pro, M4, and M4 Pro
  • Mac Studio with M1 Max, M1 Ultra, M2 Max, M2 Ultra, M4 Max, and M3 Ultra
  • Mac Pro with M2 Ultra
  • MacBook Neo (A18 Pro)
  • MacBook Air M1 to M5
  • MacBook Pro M1 to M5

Incompatible Macs

  • MacBook Pro 16-inch Late 2019
  • MacBook Pro 13-inch Early 2020
  • iMac 27″ 5K Early 2020
  • Mac Pro 2019

The developer beta is currently available, followed by a public beta in July. The final version of macOS 27 Golden Gate is scheduled for release in mid-September.

Filed in Apple >Computers. Read more about Apple and Wwdc.

Free VPN! Mozilla Gives Away Unlimited Data On Firefox’s New Feature

Mozilla has announced the temporary removal of the data cap on its integrated Firefox browser VPN for summer. In addition to offering unlimited data, the company is expanding the list of countries where this feature is accessible, aiming to provide enhanced security for users traveling during their summer vacations.

Temporary Access to Unlimited Data

Typically, the Firefox browser VPN restricts users to a monthly limit of 50 GB. While this allocation is sufficient for basic web browsing, it can be quickly exhausted by data-heavy online tasks. For the duration of this promotional period, Mozilla is disabling the data counter entirely.

However, users should note that this is a temporary product promotion rather than a permanent upgrade. The 50 GB monthly data cap will be reinstated automatically on September 1.

Expanded Country Availability and Clarifications

Alongside the data cap removal, Mozilla is expanding its connection network beyond the previous 28 countries. The updated list of accessible locations now includes countries such as Portugal, Australia, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, and Singapore. The complete list of supported regions is documented on the company’s official blog, as the integrated VPN remains unavailable globally.

Mozilla emphasizes that this free, built-in browser tool should not be confused with “Mozilla VPN,” which is a separate, paid subscription service available in select markets.

This seasonal initiative runs through August 31. Current Firefox VPN users will see the data limits lifted automatically, while new users can test the unrestricted service until the promotion concludes on September 1.

How To Enable?

If you are not seeing the VPN icon in your Firefox, first, make sure to update to the latest version; if it’s still not there, there’s a trick to force it:
1. Open a new tab, and on the URL bar, type about:config
2. On this page, search for browser.ipprotection.enabled and turn that on (True, instead of False). The VPN icon should display now.

Filed in Computers. Read more about Firefox, Free, Mozilla and VPN.

TECNO Pova 8 5G: 8,000 mAh Battery,144 Hz Display And Sub $320 Price

TECNO has officially launched the Pova 8 5G. This smartphone stands out for combining a massive battery, a high-refresh-rate display, and mid-range specifications at an affordable price point.

Design and Build Quality

The device features a unique design with a triangular camera module on the upper left corner and back panel typography indicating compliance with military-grade durability standards (MIL-STD-810H). Additionally, it possesses an IP64 certification for dust and water resistance. A distinctive secondary display integrated directly into the rear camera module reacts in real time to notifications, incoming messages, and music playback.

Hardware and Display Specifications

The front of the smartphone features a 6.76-inch IPS LCD panel with an FHD+ resolution, a maximum peak brightness of 950 nits, and a smooth 144 Hz refresh rate.

To power daily operations, the phone runs on the MediaTek Dimensity 7100 platform. Storage configurations include up to 8 GB of RAM paired with 128 GB of internal storage, which can be further expanded using a MicroSD card.

Key technical specifications include:

  • Processor: MediaTek Dimensity 7100
  • RAM: 6 GB or 8 GB options
  • Storage: 128 GB (expandable via MicroSD)
  • Cameras: 50 MP main rear sensor and a 13 MP front-facing camera
  • Connectivity: 5G, Wi-Fi 5, Bluetooth 5.4, and NFC
  • Battery: 8,000 mAh capacity supporting 45W fast charging
  • OS: Android 16
  • Dimensions & Weight:66 × 78.46 × 8.8 mm; 225 grams

Pricing and Market Availability

The TECNO Pova 8 5G has debuted initially in the Indian market, where it is available in white and green colorways. Launch prices are structured as follows:

  • 6 GB RAM + 128 GB Storage: 29,999 INR (~$313)
  • 8 GB RAM + 128 GB Storage: 31,999 INR (~$334)

Currently, the manufacturer has not announced release dates or retail availability for other international markets.

Filed in Cellphones. Read more about Android 16 and MediaTek.

Google Gemini AI Exploited In Massive International Cybercrime Scam

Google has initiated legal action against a Chinese cybercrime network known as Outsider Enterprise. The group is accused of utilizing Google’s proprietary artificial intelligence platform, Gemini, to orchestrate a massive fraudulent operation. According to the lawsuit, the network generated thousands of deceptive websites impersonating major brands and government entities, including Google, YouTube, the United States Postal Service (USPS), and New York’s E-ZPass toll system.

The legal enforcement was conducted in coordination with the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) alongside major telecommunications carriers, including AT&T, T-Mobile, and Verizon, aiming to dismantle the infrastructure used by the criminal network. Google is currently seeking a restraining order to permanently halt the group’s operations.

DeLaine Prado, Google’s General Counsel, emphasized the unprecedented scale of the litigation, noting that it represents the company’s first major coordinated judicial effort against an AI-driven scam network of this magnitude.

Data provided by Google highlights the vast infrastructure established by the syndicate:

  • 9,000 fraudulent websites created.
  • 1 million deceptive URLs generated.
  • 55,000 spam messages flagged by Android users within a two-week window.
  • 5 million text messages containing malicious links dispatched during the same period.

The financial damage is estimated in the millions of dollars, impacting hundreds of thousands of victims. While Google controls the Gemini platform, the company has not publicly disclosed the internal technical adjustments made to prevent further exploitation of its AI tools. Commenting on the severity of the threat, U.S. Representative Brian Fitzpatrick characterized the operation as transnational organized crime rather than standard spam, calling for an aggressive, unified response.

Google is leveraging this case to advocate for legislative reform, backing seven bipartisan U.S. bills aimed at curbing AI-driven fraud. These legislative efforts include the National Strategy for Combatting Scams Act and the STOP Scams Against Seniors Act, reflecting a broader push to counter the scaling capabilities that generative AI grants to modern cybercriminals.

Filed in Robots. Read more about AI (Artificial Intelligence), Crime, Cybersecurity, Gemini, Google and Scam.

iCloud Photo Sharing Expanded To Galaxy Phones And Windows PCs

Apple has announced that Android and Windows devices, including Samsung Galaxy smartphones, will soon be able to participate in iCloud Shared Albums. The cross-platform capability was revealed during Apple’s WWDC 2026 event, marking an expansion of the company’s ecosystem services to competing platforms.

Historically, media sharing between Apple and non-Apple devices involved compression or third-party workarounds. The upcoming integration will allow Android and Windows users to join iCloud Shared Albums created by iPhone, iPad, or Mac owners. Participants will be able to view, download, and contribute photos and videos in full resolution, simplifying collaborative media sharing among friends and family using diverse hardware.

While Apple has not disclosed the exact technical implementation for mobile devices, the process is expected to rely on web-based access. Album owners will likely generate a secure invitation link, enabling Galaxy and other Android users to access the shared repository and upload their content via a web browser. For Windows environments, Apple may integrate these capabilities directly into its existing iCloud for Windows application, providing native functionality for desktop and laptop users.

This update represents a continuing shift in Apple’s strategy toward cross-platform compatibility, building on previous efforts to streamline file transfers and data sharing across different operating systems. The cross-platform iCloud Shared Albums feature is projected to launch alongside the public releases of iOS 27 and iPadOS 27, which are anticipated in September 2026.

Filed in Cellphones >Computers >Photo-Video >Tablets. Read more about Apple, Galaxy, Icloud, Samsung, Windows 10, Windows 11 and Wwdc.

Huawei HarmonyOS 7: Refreshed Spatial Interface, System-Level AI And Liquid Glass Inspied Design

At its annual developer conference, Huawei officially debuted HarmonyOS 7, providing an early look at the next generation of its cross-device operating system. Designed to integrate across smartphones, tablets, PCs, and wearables, the update focuses on deep artificial intelligence capabilities, improved hardware performance, and comprehensive security enhancements.

The most noticeable change in HarmonyOS 7 is its new spatial design language. Huawei utilizes advanced software-based rendering to introduce three-dimensional effects, dynamic lighting, and enhanced depth across system elements like wallpapers, buttons, and sliders. Notably, the system has a strong resemblance to iOS 26’s Liquid Glass aesthetic, sharing a similar focus on depth, translucent layers, and interfaces that react dynamically to user touch and movement.

Beyond its visual overhaul, HarmonyOS 7 transitions to an AI-centric architecture. Rather than layering standalone smart features on top of existing software, Huawei has embedded intelligence directly into the system’s foundation. The upgraded Celia assistant acts as a centralized intelligence hub capable of executing complex, multi-step actions across different applications. Powered by the new HarmonyOS Intelligent Agent Framework 2.0, the system handles complex user intent requests with a task completion rate exceeding 90 percent.

Security also receives a major upgrade through a dedicated anti-fraud platform. HarmonyOS 7 can actively identify suspicious QR codes, flag app impersonation attempts, block fraudulent web pages, and detect spoofed international phone numbers. Additionally, the software introduces AI-driven voice scam detection to flag malicious communication in real time. Under the hood, Huawei claims the new OS yields up to a 15 percent performance boost over previous iterations while optimizing long-term system load.

The developer beta for HarmonyOS 7 is currently available for select flagship models, including the Mate 80 Pro, Mate X7, and Pura 90 Pro Max. The stable commercial version is expected to roll out later this year, with the upcoming Mate 90 series anticipated to be the first devices to ship with the software preinstalled.

Filed in Cellphones >Computers >Tablets. Read more about harmonyOS and Huawei.

Steam Next Fest Demos, A Virtual Boy-Inspired Shooter And Other New Indie Games Worth Checking Out

The Last Salvage Squad

Developer: Sunfish Kumano
Publisher: Waku Waku Games
Platform: Steam (Windows; Steam Deck verified; demo available), Nintendo Switch, Switch 2
Price: usually $10, with a 10 percent discount on Steam until July 1

It feels right that The Last Salvage Squad is landing on Switch and Switch 2 as well as Steam, since the striking red and black visuals seem very much inspired by the Virtual Boy. This is a 2.5D shooter in which you’ll use an array of firearms and swords to defeat enemies, some of which look like the Martian Tripods from The War of the Worlds.

I’m tempted to check this out, perhaps on Switch 2 since that version supports Joy-Con 2 mouse controls and runs at up to 120fps. I’ve never used a Virtual Boy and this might be about as close as I’ll ever get, largely because I don’t particularly feel like paying $100 for the Switch 2 accessory.

Copa City

Developer and publisher: Triple Espresso S.A.
Platforms: Steam (Windows; playable on Steam Deck), PS5, Xbox Series X/S
Price: usually $40, with 10 percent off on Steam until June 30

Copa City is a soccer game that doesn’t really have much to do with controlling or managing the action on the pitch in the style of EA Sports FC or Football Manager. This is all about the other side of the beautiful game, which is ensuring matches go off without a hitch. You’re in charge of managing the entire matchday experience across a city. Among other things, you’ll recruit volunteers, cater to different groups of supporters by setting up fan zones for both teams and place players in hotels.

I’ve played around an hour of Copa City and haven’t really found it engaging. It’s very rough around the edges and feels like it was rushed out to capitalize on World Cup hype. The interface is clunky, the game doesn’t explain its systems very well and, as others have noted, essential items are sometimes gated behind a nonsensical progression system. Worst of all was something I noticed about 15 minutes into the tutorial: Loren Ipsum placeholder text on a menu screen. Yikes.

To their credit, the developers say they’re listening to players’ concerns and working to fix the issues. I like to give developers the benefit of the doubt as much as possible. We’re all aware of games that have been completely turned around after a poor initial reaction. But with there being far more games to play than I have time for, I can’t see myself returning to Copa City. This one’s going on the transfer list, sadly.

Thank You For Your Application

Developer: IceLemonTea Studio
Publishers: IceLemonTea Studio, No More Robots
Platform: Steam (Windows and Mac; playable on Steam Deck; demo available)
Price: usually $20, with a 15 percent discount until July 3

In Thank You For Your Application, you review candidates for jobs and decide whether to bring them on board depending how well they fit a company’s requirements. You’ll check their resumes and other documents, such as internship reports and even emotional evaluations. In addition, you’ll manage your own life by paying bills and managing your mental health.

This game — which echoes both No More Robots’s own Not Tonight series and Papers, Please — seems like a timely commentary on late-stage capitalism, particularly given how tough many people are finding it to land work right now. It even seems like your character is trapped in a company town, as they can only spend their earnings from the company within Aeropolis.

The Quiet Things

Developer and publisher: Silver Script Games
Platform: Steam (Windows; demo available)
Price: Usually $25, with a 10 percent discount until June 25

The Quiet Things was in the news recently as BAFTA pulled a trailer for the game from its game awards ceremony at the last minute. The organization claimed it was “not in a position to sufficiently warn” attendees about “themes that may be a trigger for some.” BAFTA added in a statement to Kotaku that it fully supports “games that engage with difficult subjects.”

Indeed, the Steam page for The Quiet Things warns that it “contains discussion of self-harm, suicide, sexual assault/non-consensual sex and childhood abuse.” It’s an autobiographical game that’s based on the developer’s own story and explores important issues from the perspective of a survivor. That makes it more than worthy of attention.

The Controversial Windows 11 Feature Users Are Desperately Trying To Bypass

The mandatory requirement for a Microsoft account during the Windows 11 setup process has once again triggered widespread criticism among users. The controversy recently resurfaced following a Reddit thread that questioned the online account requirement during initial device configuration. The discussion quickly attracted hundreds of comments, reigniting a long-standing debate over convenience, security, and user autonomy.

Microsoft defends the policy primarily on security grounds. Linking an online account simplifies the storage of BitLocker recovery keys, which encrypts device data. This strategy aims to prevent users from losing access to their files following firmware updates, hardware changes, or unexpected system failures. With the recovery key saved to a Microsoft account, data retrieval is generally more straightforward for average consumers.

However, critics highlight a significant lack of transparency during setup. Many users create an account solely to complete the Windows installation and subsequently rely on local PINs or passwords, never fully understanding the role of their online credentials. When a BitLocker recovery screen unexpectedly appears, some discover for the first time that their key is tied to an account they may no longer remember. Tech experts note this issue disproportionately impacts less tech-savvy individuals who struggle to navigate complex recovery mechanisms.

Please finally bring back the local account on the OOBE already in Windows 11
byu/2025Fishy inWindows11

Interestingly, this dissatisfaction is shared internally at Microsoft. Vice President Scott Hanselman previously revealed that some employees advocate for re-evaluating the mandatory account requirement. Despite recent community feedback initiatives like the Windows K2 program, the company has shown no official intention to restore the local account option for all users.

Consequently, the community continues to seek workarounds, frequently utilizing tools like Rufus, advanced command prompts, or enterprise procedures to bypass the restriction. For many consumers, the core issue extends beyond choosing between a local or online account; it centers on transparency and the freedom to decide how to manage their own hardware from the moment of purchase.

Filed in Computers >Tablets. Read more about Microsoft and Windows 11.

How To Personalize The Screensaver On Your Kindle

We may receive a commission on purchases made from links.

So, you’re tired of seeing rotating ads or Amazon’s preloaded graphics on your Kindle every time you put it to sleep. That’s understandable, especially if you’re voracious reader who’s been spending a lot of time on your ereader. In this piece, we’re going to walk you through how to change your Kindle sleep screen and even how to personalize it if you want. 

How to remove Kindle Special Offers

Kindles with Special Offers or lockscreen ads typically cost $20 less than the versions without them. These devices will show you a rotation of advertisements for books, for more Kindle devices or for Kindle Unlimited whenever you put your Kindle to sleep. As long as your device is ad-supported, you cannot customize your screensaver, so your first step is removing Special Offers from your ereader, which will understandably cost you some money. If your Kindle doesn’t have lockscreen ads, you can skip this step. But if it does, you can follow these instructions:

1. On desktop, go to the Amazon website, log in and click the hamburger menu on the left side of the screen. 

  • Under Digital Content & Devices, go to Kindle E-readers & Books. 
  • On the next screen, click on Manage Content and Devices under Apps & Resources. 
  • On the new page that loads, click on Devices near the top of screen. If you have more than one Kindle attached to your account, click the box marked Kindle under Amazon Devices and then choose the ereader you want. 
  • In the Special Offers box at the bottom, you’ll find a button to remove offers for $20. Again, you’ll have to pay for it, because Amazon says the original $20 discount you got was in exchange for getting ads.

Screenshot by Mariella Moon (Amazon)

2. On mobile, fire up the Amazon app. 

  • Go to the “Alexa for Shopping” tab on the bottom right corner of your screen. 
  • Type in “I want to end Special Offers on my Kindle.” Alexa will link you to the Manage Devices page. 
  • From there, choose a Kindle and scroll down to end Special Offers for $20.

NOTE: If you’re not in the US but somehow have a US-version Kindle, you might have issues removing lockscreen ads. Amazon will ask you to add a US address and a card with US billing to be able to pay $20 for their removal. Without both, it won’t be possible to proceed to the next step. You can try talking to customer service and asking kindly if they can disable special offers for you at no cost, but there’s no guarantee that that will work. 

How to display book covers as your Kindle screensaver

Once you’re done getting lockscreen ads removed, or if you never had them in the first place, you’ll get a rotation of Amazon-provided illustrations as your screensaver. Those who own newer Kindles have the option of using the cover of the book you’re currently reading instead (see below for a full list of supported models). To make sure this feature is turned on, follow these steps: 

  • Tap the three-dot menu on the upper right-hand corner of your Kindle. 
  • Go to Device Options. Find Display Cover and toggle it to On. 
  • On newer or updated devices, you’ll find the “Show covers on lock screen” option in the “Screen and brightness” section. Simply toggle it on. 

NOTE: The option to use book covers as screensavers is only available on the following models: 

Amazon

How to use custom images as your Kindle screensaver

Unfortunately, there’s no way to use custom images as your permanent Kindle screensaver without jailbreaking your device. There is, however, a trick you can consider: Replacing the cover of a book  with the illustration you want to see, then opening it before locking your device. Before you proceed with the instructions below, make sure you’ve already completed the steps above to toggle on the option to display book covers as your lockscreen. 

  • The first step is to create custom wallpapers on programs like Canva or to look for an illustration you want to use. Just make sure it fits the device you have by searching for the dimensions of your ereader’s screen. The latest Kindle Paperwhite, for instance, has a 7-by-5-inch display. Some people recommend creating a wallpaper measuring 2,560 x 1,600 pixels, which will work for most Kindle models. 
  • After you’re done designing your custom illustration, download it as a PNG image.
  • Use a program like Calibre to convert any file it supports (like PDF) into an EPUB file. You’ll find the option to set a cover for your ebook on the conversation screen, so choose the PNG image you made. 
  • You can also look for an “epub cover change” website online. Upload the book you’re reading or any EPUB you have and then choose the PNG image you saved earlier for your new cover.
  • Use the “Send-to-Kindle” feature to upload the finished file to your ereader.

NOTE: You will have to switch to the book that uses your custom cover before you put your device to sleep every time you want to see it on your lockscreen. Alternatively, you can change the cover of every book you read, though that sounds pretty time-consuming, especially if you blaze through books quickly. While this solution isn’t very straightforward, it’s an effective way to personalize your device. 

The New MacBook Pro Flaw Users Didn’t See Coming: Screen Discoloration Reports

If you have invested your hard earned money buying a MacBook Pro, you would expect the best of the best, right? Well, sometimes these costly machines also present some flaws. A rare hardware issue involving the new MacBook Pro equipped with the M5 Max chip has surfaced, sparking fresh debates over Apple’s laptop cooling infrastructure. A user on Reddit recently reported that their device developed slight discoloration at the bottom of the display panel, directly adjacent to the primary exhaust vents. The defect reportedly emerged after the laptop was subjected to prolonged periods of processing heavy artificial intelligence language models.

The primary catalyst for the screen damage appears to be extreme thermal stress. Under full computing loads, the high-performance M5 Max platform can surpass operating temperatures of 100°C. Because the laptop’s exhaust system channels this intense heat directly beneath the screen, the sustained thermal output eventually led to localized panel discoloration.

Industry analysts point to the current thermal design of the MacBook Pro as a limiting factor for sustained high-performance tasks. The existing cooling architecture relies on a single heatpipe paired with two low-profile fans. While this configuration remains adequate for standard workloads and short bursts of activity, it struggles to dissipate heat efficiently during continuous, maximize-intensity processing. Local AI model execution represents one of the most demanding tasks for modern processors, keeping both the CPU and GPU under maximum load for extended durations.

While this incident currently appears to be an isolated case, it draws comparisons to past industry hardware failures caused by extreme heat, such as melting GPU power cables. For affected consumers, the issue can be resolved through hardware replacement, which is readily covered under AppleCare+ warranties. However, the event has renewed demands from the tech community for Apple to redesign its thermal management systems, especially as software demands continue to push Apple Silicon to its physical limits.

Claude Guillemot, One Of Ubisoft’s Co-Founders, has Died In A Plane Crash

The crash reportedly happened on an airstrip near the western coast of France on June 19.




Chesnot/Getty Images

Claude Guillemot, one of five brothers who co-founded Ubisoft in 1986, has died, the company confirmed. As first reported by Ouest France, Guillemot, 69, was one of two victims involved in a Cessna 421 plane crash in the afternoon of June 19. According to the report, local firefighters said the crash happened in a field near La Baule airport, on the western coast of France. Emergency responders said that the aircraft was on fire when they arrived and was spreading to the nearby environment.

“Ubisoft was deeply saddened to learn of the death of Claude Guillemot, co-founder of the group and chairman of Guillemot Corp., in an accident,” Ubisoft said in a statement. “Our thoughts are with his family and loved ones during this difficult time. No further statements will be made at this time.”

Along with his brothers, Guillemot grew Ubisoft into a major video game publisher headquartered in France that has successful franchises, like Assassin’s Creed and Far Cry, under its belt. Guillemot was also the chairman and CEO of Guillemot Corp., which owns DJ equipment maker Hercules and gaming peripheral company Thrustmaster. Guillemot also served on Ubisoft’s board of directors, while his brother, Yves, is still the director, chairman and CEO of Ubisoft.

New Honor X70 Pro Max Debuts With Massive 8,560 mAh Battery And IP69K Rating

Honor has quietly launched its latest smartphone, the Honor X70 Pro Max, in the Chinese market. The device stands out in the competitive mid-range segment by combining heavy-duty physical durability, a massive battery capacity, and an affordable price point.

The smartphone features a centralized, circular camera module on the rear and boasts an advanced IP69K rating, ensuring high resistance against water ingress and dust. On the front, it is equipped with a 6.79-inch AMOLED display that delivers an FHD+ resolution, a smooth 120 Hz refresh rate, and an impressive peak brightness of up to 6,000 nits.

Under the hood, the device is powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 6 Gen 4 Enhanced Edition platform. This processor is paired with up to 8 GB of RAM and up to 512 GB of internal storage, aiming to provide reliable performance for daily activities. In terms of connectivity, the phone supports 5G networks, Wi-Fi 6, Bluetooth 5.2, and NFC for contactless payments. Out of the box, it runs on the Android 16 operating system.

The primary highlight of the specification sheet is its 8,560 mAh battery, which supports fast 90W wired charging. For photography, the device relies on a 50 MP main rear sensor alongside an 8 MP front-facing camera for selfies and video calls.

Available in purple, white, green, and black, the smartphone is currently available for pre-order in China. The base configuration with 8 GB of RAM and 256 GB of storage is priced at 1,999 yuan (~$275), while the higher-tier version with 8 GB of RAM and 512 GB of storage costs 2,399 yuan (~$330 USD).

Looking ahead, reports indicate that Honor is already preparing to expand this high-capacity lineup next week with the announcement of the X80 Pro Max, which is rumored to feature an even larger 11,000 mAh battery.

Specification Component
Technical Details

Display
6.79-inch AMOLED display with FHD+ resolution

Refresh Rate
Up to 120 Hz refresh rate

Processor / Chipset
Qualcomm Snapdragon 6 Gen 4 Enhanced edition platform

RAM
8 GB

Internal Storage
256 GB or 512 GB

Front Camera
8 MP

Rear Camera
50 MP

Connectivity
5G connection, Wi-Fi 6, Bluetooth 5.2, and NFC

Durability Ratings
IP66, IP68, IP69K certifications

Battery & Charging
8,560 mAh battery with 90W charging

Operating System
Android 16 with MagicOS 10

Dimensions
161.9 x 76.1 x 7.76 mm

Weight
196 g

Filed in Cellphones. Read more about Android 16, Honor and Qualcomm.

Epic Is Working On A ‘Ground-Up Rebuild’ Of Its Launcher That Will Be 5x Faster

Launcher V2 will go through a private beta before a public release.

After an Epic Games exec admitted to Eurogamer that its launcher sucks earlier this year, the company reportedly revealed that it’s working on a “ground-up rebuild” of its launcher that will be much faster than the existing version. In a presentation given during Unreal Fest, parts of which were posted on X by LuKaOnIndeed, Epic said that Launcher V2 will be five times faster on an average cold start and 6.5 times faster when restoring the app from the system tray.

Epic said in its presentation that “every developer in this room and every player we have has experienced challenges with the current launcher.” Gamers have even gone to great lengths to access their free games claimed on the Epic Games Store through Steam to avoid the launcher’s slow and clunky design. As seen as part of a roadmap in Epic’s presentation, the Launcher V2 will have a private beta first, before seeing an eventual public release. Epic hasn’t detailed exact dates for the new launcher, but said in a February press release that it’s “in the process of rebuilding the underlying architecture of the Epic Games Store Launcher and plan to ship improvements this summer.”

Beyond the launcher improvements, Epic revealed during Unreal Fest that it would be adding a few more tweaks to its storefront. The slides shared by LuKaOnIndeed mentioned priorities like in-store patch notes, player reviews, quick-access categories and a personalized home page.

Samsung To Manufacture Elon Musk’s Next-Gen Neuralink Brain Chip

Samsung Foundry has initiated research and development for Neuralink’s fourth-generation brain-computer interface chip. This marks the first direct contract secured by the South Korean tech giant with Elon Musk’s neurotechnology company.

The project, internally codenamed “O1,” will utilize Samsung’s advanced 4-nanometer (nm) lithography manufacturing process. According to a report by Hankyung, development began late last year, and the production of initial test chips commenced last month.

The new semiconductor is scheduled for delivery during the first half of 2027. If the ongoing testing phase yields successful results, mass production is projected to begin in the second half of 2027, potentially expanding the scope of collaboration between the two entities.

Neuralink’s core technology is designed to enable individuals to control digital devices using neural signals rather than physical movements. The implementation involves a surgical procedure to implant the device into the skull, establishing a direct connection between the human brain and external electronics. While there are currently no official plans, analysts suggest this technology could eventually allow future Samsung consumer devices to interface directly with brain implants.

Furthermore, industry experts anticipate that the strategic partnerships between Samsung Electronics and Elon Musk’s various enterprises will continue to grow in the coming years. Samsung already collaborates on hardware components for Tesla’s electric vehicles, artificial intelligence servers, and humanoid robotics. The addition of Neuralink to Samsung’s portfolio strengthens its position in the next-generation semiconductor market.

Filed in Robots. Read more about Elon Musk, Medical, Neuralink and Samsung.

NASA Is Testing A Rover That Can Drive Faster And Lift Its Wheels To Climb Obstacles

NASA’s Mars rovers have accomplished a whole lot since the first one landed on the red planet in the late ’90s, but even the latest members of the fleet still have plenty of limitations. For one, they’re very slow; Perseverance, which NASA considers a “standout,” achieves a top speed of just under .1 mph on flat ground. On top of that, the rough terrain is hard on the rovers’ wheels, and steep slopes with hazards like rocks and sand pose a real challenge, sometimes requiring long detours to reach certain targets. But this week, NASA showed off its progress on a prototype that boasts more advanced capabilities: the Exploration Rover for Navigating Extreme Sloped Terrain, or Ernest.

The space agency has been testing Ernest in the Colorado Desert, exploring new approaches that could be used for future missions on Mars and the moon. Ernest has four wheels, in contrast to the current Mars’ rovers’ six, and is four feet long, though a version that would be used for an actual mission would be double the size. And, it can individually lift its wheels to step on or over obstacles. In the recent tests in the desert, the prototype drove for a total of over 37 hours across seven days, covering roughly 16 miles, according to NASA. It hit a top speed of about .6 mph.

“You could do a science road trip across the Moon — or Mars — with this vehicle,” said James Keane, a JPL planetary scientist working on lunar missions. Going back to NASA’s Sojourner rover, the Mars rovers have relied on a passive suspension system, the rocker-bogie system, to keep the weight constant across their wheels. Now, though, engineers are trying out active suspension with Ernest to achieve greater mobility. “Two powered joints in front articulate a gimbal that allows the rover to drive using different gaits like squirming, wheel-walking, and obstacle-climbing,” NASA says.

It can switch between active and passive suspension depending on the task and energy needs, and thanks to its four steerable wheels, it can drive in any direction. There have already been multiple iterations of the Ernest prototype since the program began in 2022, and the team has tested nearly a dozen active suspension configurations. The latest version also has “enhanced independent decision-making capabilities.” The goal with Ernest is to develop the technology for rovers that can cover more ground than those that came before them, and faster, with less reliance on human controllers back on Earth.

Xiaomi To Launch Automated Robotic Charging Arm For EVs

Xiaomi Auto has announced the upcoming launch of an automated robotic charging arm designed to recharge electric vehicles (EVs) in residential garages. Scheduled for release in late 2026, this innovation aims to enhance user convenience by eliminating the need for drivers to handle heavy manual cables, utilizing an integrated system that manages power distribution autonomously.

Garage Automation and Convenience

The introduction of this technology represents a significant step forward in smart home automation for electric vehicles. By combining autonomous parking with hands-free charging, the system transforms standard garage spaces into fully automated environments.

Once the driver positions the vehicle, the robotic arm automatically initiates the charging process without requiring manual intervention or physical commands. Notably, Xiaomi emphasized that its official promotional demonstration was captured in a real-world environment, utilizing actual hardware rather than digital renderings or visual effects.

Remote Functionality and Safety Protocols

A key feature of the system is its remote control capability, which allows users to monitor and initiate the charging process via a smartphone application, provided the vehicle is within network range.

Safety and practicality are further integrated into the system’s operational cycle. Upon reaching a full 100% battery capacity—or a custom limit predefined by the user—the robotic arm automatically disconnects and retracts the connector, preventing overcharging and ensuring seamless operation.

Market Competition and Industry Evolution

This development positions Xiaomi as a direct competitor in the race to deploy advanced automation patents within the EV sector. By focusing on household integration and user convenience, the tech giant is targeting consumers who prioritize efficiency and complete automation.

The robotic charging arm is expected to serve as a pivotal advancement in smart charging infrastructure, catering specifically to the growing market for autonomous and premium electric vehicles.

Filed in Robots >Transportation. Read more about Electric Cars and Xiaomi.

NASA’s Swift Boost Mission Will Launch Later This Month To Rescue A Falling Telescope

The Swift Boost rescue mission will soon head to space.




NASA/Ron Beard

The NASA Swift Boost mission is on track to launch later this month to rescue the Neil Gehrels Swift Observatory, whose orbit is decaying faster than anticipated. In other words, the space telescope is falling is too fast, and the agency intends to rendezvous with it and keep it in space for a few more years than it would have lasted without intervention. According to the publication Space, launch has been set for June 27.

NASA teamed up with Arizona company Katalyst Space last year to build LINK, a robotic spacecraft designed to dock with the observatory and tug it to a higher orbit. On June 9, engineers at NASA’s Wallops Flight Facility in Virginia finished installing LINK to a Northrop Grumman Pegasus XL rocket. A few days later, on June 12, they attached the rocket to the belly of a Northrop Grumman plane called Stargazer. The plane left Wallops on June 18 for Kwajalein Atoll in the South Pacific Ocean where it will take off in a week’s time. 

Stargazer will carry Pegasus XL to an altitude of around 40,000 feet before releasing it in the air. The rocket will free fall for a few seconds before firing its motors and delivering LINK to space in approximately 10 minutes. While all satellites in orbit lose altitude over time, the Swift telescope’s orbital decay has been faster than most. NASA explains that it’s because the observatory has been experiencing more atmospheric drag than anticipated due to recent increases in the sun’s activity. 

“Given how quickly Swift’s orbit is decaying, we are in a race against the clock, but by leveraging commercial technologies that are already in development, we are meeting this challenge head-on,” said NASA’s Shawn Domagal-Goldman when the agency’s partnership with Katalyst was announced. 

The Swift telescope launched in 2004 to study gamma-ray bursts, though it’s now being used as a general-purpose multi-wavelength observatory. NASA says Swift serves as a “dispatcher” when a sudden event takes place in the universe, providing critical information that allows other observatories to follow up and learn more. For instance, it detected the location of an X-ray source, which turned out to be a 13-billion-year-old supernova, based on the data that was subsequently gathered by other observatories like the James Webb telescope. 

Spotify’s New Feature Lets You Judge Your Friend’s Music Taste

Spotify has introduced a new feature called “Track Reactions,” designed to make collaborative playlists more dynamic, social, and interactive. This update allows users to provide direct feedback and playfully “judge” the musical tastes of friends and family members within shared music queues.

Interactive Emoji Feedback

According to the streaming platform, members of a shared playlist can now react to specific song selections using a curated set of six distinct emojis: a heart, a laughing face, a thumbs-up, headphones, fire, and an emotional face. These reactions are displayed directly next to the track title within the playlist interface, allowing all contributors to view the collective feedback instantly.

To further enhance social engagement, Spotify will send an in-app notification whenever a user reacts to a song added by another collaborator. This ensures real-time interaction and discussion surrounding the shared music choices.

Settings and Availability

The system is configured to be enabled by default on collaborative playlists that contain ten or fewer editors. However, the creator of the playlist maintains full administrative control over the feature. Owners can manually deactivate or reactivate the reactions at any time to keep the playlist interface clean and strictly focused on the music.

This feature will be accessible to both free users and Premium subscribers, provided they meet the minimum age requirement of 16 years old. Spotify is rolling out the “Track Reactions” tool gradually over the coming weeks across selected global markets.

Broader Platform Evolution

This update aligns with Spotify’s ongoing strategy to transition into a more interconnected social hub. Beyond interactive playlist features, the platform has recently expanded its focus toward integrating live concert discovery and developing advanced tools to identify AI-generated music, reinforcing its broader ecosystem for music creators and listeners alike.

Filed in Cellphones >Computers >Tablets. Read more about Music Streaming and Spotify.

Car Manufacturers Are Ditching Android Auto In 2026: Here’s Why

It’s down to subscriptions, data and new AI-driven infotainment systems.




Google/BMW

Since 2015, consumers and automakers have had a handshake agreement: we’ll buy their cars if they let us connect our smartphones to Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. For ten years or so, it has worked like a charm. We get seamless access to our music, maps and communication, while carmakers offload key infotainment system technology to Google or Apple.

Recently, though, that equation has changed. One of the world’s biggest automakers, General Motors, announced it was dropping Android Auto from its EVs, and plans to pull it from all of its vehicles in the near future. In its place, GM will offer its own conversational-based system that will employ Google’s Gemini AI. 

Other manufacturers have never offered Android Auto to begin with, particularly Rivian and Tesla. And while the vast majority of 2026 car models still offer the tech, that could change soon for several reasons — and you may not like any of them. 

How Android Auto came to dominate your dash




General Motors

To understand how Android Auto came to dominate the dashboards of cars, a short history lesson is in order. Android Auto started out, much like CarPlay, as a simple projection system, letting you connect your phone and car via USB to get a driving-friendly version on the infotainment screen. Manufacturer adoption was not immediate. Toyota and Ford tried to create their own system and BMW even tried to charge users $80 a year for CarPlay (while not supporting Android Auto at all until 2020). 

Car buyers wanted none of that. Rather, they loved the idea of plugging in their phones and having all their tunes, contacts and addresses available with no hassle or cost. Gradually, automakers began offering it as an option alongside their own in-house infotainment systems. Google made that as easy as possible by not charging for integration.

Google made a new play in 2017 with Android Automotive OS (AAOS), which debuted with the Polestar 2 in 2020. That supports Android Auto, but also provides an Android-based vehicle operating system that doesn’t require your phone’s processing power. This came at a good time, as traditional car manufacturers like Volkswagen discovered that developing an in-car OS wasn’t like building a transaxle. Many gave up and adopted AAOS for some or all of their models, starting with Volvo and a couple of Stellantis and GM brands.

Carmakers want your data




BMW

In exchange for the extra convenience, Google helps itself to a lot of the data you generate while driving. On top of the usual info collected, it also grabs GPS and mapping data it can use to help advertisers target you. Since we use our cars to go places and buy stuff, this info is obviously valuable. 

None of this data goes to car manufacturers, though. Most aren’t looking to sell that data to advertisers — in fact, GM is actually forbidden for doing so after breaking California’s privacy laws and paying a $12.75 million fine. Rather, some like Rivian and GM say it deprives them of valuable data they could use to improve their vehicles and retain customers. 

For instance, GM has claimed that it needs sat nav data to improve the EV charging experience. “With Android Auto or Apple CarPlay environments, the vehicle energy model or road segment data is sending energy usage and everything else associated with it to the phone, and it’s pretty difficult to off-board it from the phone,” GM’s infotainment manager told GM Authority in 2023. The company said its own system will allow for intelligent EV routing that takes into account charge state, range and charging station availability, plus integration with its Super Cruise driver assistant.

Since it will still use Google’s AAOS, GM claims that it will work like your phone for things like calls and streaming from contacts and apps. You’ll also be able to use built-in assistants like Siri and Google assistant using Bluetooth pass-through. All that will happen more smoothly as well, the company says, thanks to the responsive built-in hardware. 

GM adds that its own infotainment system will deliver features “that go beyond what’s possible with just phone projection,” it told MotorTrend. It cited Dolby Atmos on Amazon Music as an example of that, calling that experience “impossible” with simple phone projection. 

Rivian and Tesla are two companies that never adopted Android Auto in the first place, with both saying they want more control over the driver experience. Rivian, whose operating system is built on top of AAOS, also believes that phone mirroring systems aren’t necessary, given what’s possible with AI these days. “The possibilities now for such deep AI integration in the car make the entire CarPlay debate completely obsolete,” the company told The Verge last month. 

Potential consumer blowback

There are caveats, though. GM has also acknowledged that there are “subscription revenue opportunities” available with by using its own infotainment systems. That’s what got BMW into trouble in the past, when it wanted to charge $18 per month for heated seats in select regions.

Built-in apps require the vehicle to have an active cellular connection, too, since your phone is no longer being used. Though GM’s latest vehicles ship with eight years of OnStar connected services, it’s not clear what will happen after that. Rivian offers its own premium data service, Rivian Connect+ that costs $150 per year. Tesla, which also eschews Android Auto in favor of its own system, also charges $150 per year for its Connect+ premium cellular data service. Then again, even manufacturers like Kia that fully support Android Auto end up putting features like remote locking behind trial subscriptions that eventually need to be paid for.

Car shoppers may prove to be the biggest hurdle. GM’s announcement that it’s eliminating Android Auto from its vehicles created blowback, with many of Engadget’s readers for instance saying they wouldn’t buy cars that don’t have it. There’s also a groundswell movement against subscription services of all kinds these days, and having to pay one in your car has chafed a lot of people.

Fortunately, Android Auto and CarPlay are still available in most vehicles. Traditional automakers have also shown that they’re uniquely bad at creating their own infotainment systems. So despite Android Auto disappearing from a few brands, plenty of others will continue to support the system, and it should keep on getting better and smarter.

Qualcomm Launches Snapdragon Reality Elite: XR Chip For AI Smart Glasses With 4.4K-Per-Eye Support

Qualcomm launched Snapdragon Reality Elite at AWE 2026, a new system-on-chip designed to power the next generation of premium XR devices, from all-in-one mixed reality headsets to thinner tethered smart glasses. The platform will debut on upcoming Android XR devices, including XREAL’s Project Aura, which is expected to be one of the first products built around the new silicon.

The successor to the Snapdragon XR2+ Gen 2, Snapdragon Reality Elite represents a branding shift for Qualcomm’s XR roadmap while delivering better XR experiences: lighter hardware, higher visual fidelity, and much more on-device AI. The chip is aimed at premium spatial computing experiences, especially mixed reality and optical-see-through designs where low latency, efficient processing, and comfort are critical.

Performance And On-Device AI

As of today (Jun 16, 2026), the XREAL AURA is the only product featuring the Snapdragon Reality Elite. This slide lists the brands that power their devices with Snapdragon XR/AR/Wearable/Sound processors.

On paper, the gains are substantial compared with those of the Snapdragon XR2+ Gen 2. Qualcomm claims up to 60% higher GPU performance, up to 30% higher CPU performance, and up to 160% higher NPU performance. The AI figure is especially important: Snapdragon Reality Elite delivers up to 48 TOPS, giving device makers and developers more compute power to run large language models and vision models directly on the device.

Qualcomm also confirmed that the platform can support AI experiences such as real-time translation, either fully on-device or via a hybrid approach that uses the cloud when needed.

This is crucial because the next wave of smart glasses and XR headsets will not simply display apps in front of the user. Qualcomm is positioning Reality Elite as a platform for spatial AI: real-time assistants, photorealistic avatars, object generation, scene understanding, and interactive experiences that can respond to the user’s physical environment. The platform can support on-device LLM agents and image-generation workloads, reducing reliance on cloud processing when latency, privacy, or connectivity are major concerns.

“We can start doing more on-device, whether it is a non-player character agent, photorealistic avatars, or image generation in a three-dimensional space,” said Matthew DeHamer, Director of Product Marketing at Qualcomm Technologies. “It is very compelling when you start to see the user experiences that can be developed around that.”

Visuals, Cameras, And Tracking

The visual pipeline is another major focus. Snapdragon Reality Elite supports up to 4.4K resolution per eye at 90 Hz, with enhanced color fidelity and lower-latency video see-through. Qualcomm also highlights its Engine for Visual Analytics, a dedicated computer-vision block designed to offload demanding perception tasks such as SLAM, depth estimation, triangulation, optical flow, hand tracking, and 3D reconstruction. This will help new devices to better blend digital and physical content while keeping tracking responsive.

Snapdragon Reality Elite supports up to 12 concurrent cameras, including video-see-through and perception cameras for tracking, depth sensing, and mixed-reality awareness. Qualcomm says additional camera support is possible through multi-drop or aggregation, with the platform supporting 2x IFE (Image Front End) for 12MP at 90 FPS Bayer video-see-through and 10x IFE-Lite for 720p at 120 FPS mono perception cameras.

Qualcomm said the new SoC reduces photon-to-photon latency by about 10% and improves image quality through features such as denoising and foveated processing. Lower photon-to-photon latency means the image updates more quickly as the user moves, which can help reduce visual lag and discomfort, including dizziness or motion sickness.

Efficiency And Wearability

Efficiency is as important as peak performance. Qualcomm claims the platform can deliver up to 20% longer battery life at the same workload and run up to 12 degrees Celsius cooler under load. For smart glasses, where weight, heat, and battery placement can make or break the product, those improvements will be central to making XR hardware more wearable.

Built For More Flexible XR Designs

Snapdragon Reality Elite is designed for both all-in-one XR headsets and tethered optical-see-through or video-see-through devices. That matters because more companies are exploring designs where the glasses are connected to a separate compute puck, moving battery and processing away from the wearer’s face.

XREAL Aura is one of the first products to feature the new chip. The device is an optical-see-through XR glasses design with a connected puck running Android XR, allowing the compute and battery components to be moved away from the glasses themselves. That architecture could help make Project Aura thinner and lighter than fully self-contained headsets, while still benefiting from the performance of Snapdragon Reality Elite. Qualcomm described Project Aura as a three-way collaboration among Google, Qualcomm, and XREAL, including optimization of the compute pack and the overall architecture. Read more on XREAL Aura, which launched at AWE 2026 alongside Snapdragon Reality Elite.

Ecosystem And Device Roadmap

Qualcomm also confirmed that Play for Dream is developing a device based on Snapdragon Reality Elite, with more OEM products expected to follow. The company confirmed that AR1+ and AR2 remain in the portfolio for other smart-glasses categories, while Reality Elite sits above them for high-resolution mixed-reality and virtual-reality devices.

According to the company, not all XR device makers will use the platform’s maximum display capability. While Snapdragon Reality Elite can support up to 4.4K per eye, OEMs may ship products at lower resolutions such as 2.5K, 2.7K, or 3.7K, depending on design, cost, and product positioning.

Filed in General. Read more about AI (Artificial Intelligence), Android XR, Ar, AWE, Google, Qualcomm, Snapdragon, Vr, XR and XREAL.

Nothing’s Budget Brand CMF Won’t Be Releasing A New Phone This Year

The company’s co-founder says it’s because of increasing memory prices.




Nothing

CMF, the budget brand owned by Nothing, will not be launching a follow-up to the Phone Pro 2 anytime soon. “A lot of you have been asking when the next CMF phone is coming and as always we’d rather be transparent,” Nothing co-founder Akis Evangelidis wrote in a post on X. He said that CMF was working on a successor to the Phone Pro 2, but because of current memory prices, the subsidiary can’t build a phone that “feels like a genuine step forward at a price that makes sense for CMF.” That’s why CMF decided not to launch a new phone this year.

RAM prices have skyrocketed over the past year due to supply shortages, caused by manufacturers redirecting their production to fulfill orders from massive AI buildouts. Both Apple and Samsung have already warned that price hikes are coming due to increasing RAM costs, while the IDC predicted that PC shipments could shrink by almost 10 percent this year due to higher prices.

Nothing’s CMF launched the Phone Pro 2 as it latest flagship device in April last year. It was the lightest and slimmest smartphone it has ever designed so far, and the brand suggested back then that the phone can last two days on a single charge. A few months after Phone Pro 2 was launched, Nothing spun off its CMF brand into an independent subsidiary headquartered in India, which is the company’s strongest market. 

Even though it’s not going to release a new phone this year, Evangelidis says CMF will launch several new products, “as well as some entirely new categories.”

Google And XREAL Release AURA: Android XR Glasses With Impressive 70-degree View

XREAL is officially launching XREAL AURA today at AWE 2026, turning the formerly teased Project Aura into a commercial product scheduled to arrive this fall. The device was first unveiled at Google I/O 2026 as part of Google and XREAL’s Android XR collaboration, and now more technical details have been revealed: lightweight optical see-through XR glasses built for Android XR, Gemini-powered, and powered by Qualcomm’s newest XR chip.

AURA uses a wired, split-compute architecture. Instead of placing all processing, battery, and thermal loads inside the glasses’ frame, XREAL uses a dedicated spatial compute unit powered by the Snapdragon Reality Elite. This keeps the headset more wearable while still delivering the performance required for spatial computing, hand tracking, 6DoF experiences, and AI-driven interactions.

The glasses feature a 70-degree field of view, which XREAL describes as a virtually borderless visual canvas. That is an important specification for optical see-through XR, where the goal is not just to mirror a phone screen but to place useful, interactive digital content into the real world. World-facing sensors on the frame support hand tracking, 6DoF tracking, and multimodal AI experiences with user permission.

Inside the frames, XREAL’s X1S Spatial Coprocessor handles low-latency spatial display, sensor processing, and stable glasses-based XR experiences. Meanwhile, Android XR brings Play Store access, Gemini integration, and a growing developer ecosystem.

Qualcomm’s Snapdragon Reality Elite delivers up to 48 TOPS of AI performance, up to 60% higher GPU performance, up to 30% higher CPU performance, and up to 160% higher NPU performance compared with Snapdragon XR2+ Gen 2. The platform also supports up to 4.4K per eye at 90Hz, while targeting improved battery life and cooler operation. Read more details in our dedicated article here.

XREAL has not announced the final retail price for AURA yet, but the company is opening reservations ahead of the fall launch. Customers can reserve a spot with a $99 Launch Credit, which will convert into $199 credit toward the final purchase, effectively giving early buyers a $100 discount. XREAL is also offering a Founder Priority Pass for $299, limited to 2,000 reservations globally, which guarantees launch-day delivery in supported regions and includes numbered special-edition hardware. The final MSRP will be announced closer to the availability date.

Feature
XREAL AURA Specs

Platform
Android XR

Processor
Snapdragon Reality Elite

Design
Optical see-through wired XR glasses

Field of View
70 degrees

Architecture
Split-compute design with dedicated spatial compute unit

Coprocessor
XREAL X1S Spatial Coprocessor

Tracking
Hand tracking, 6DoF tracking, world-facing sensors

AI Features
Gemini integration and multimodal AI experiences

Apps
Play Store apps plus XR-specific Android XR apps

Reservations
$99 Launch Credit or $299 Founder Priority Pass

Launch Window
Fall 2026

Wave 1 Launch Markets
U.S., U.K., Japan, Canada, South Korea

U.S. Retail Partner
Best Buy

Filed in General. Read more about Android XR, AWE, Google and XREAL.

Google Calendar Lets You Use Any Color You Want For Your Events

The platform used to only offer 11 different colors.

This is a big day for people who like a clean and organized Google Calendar. The platform is expanding its event coloring options from 11 predefined hues all the way up to 200. Now even the busiest among us won’t have to double or triple up colors while planning their week or month.

Here’s how it works. There are now 24 default color options, but web users also have access to a full RGB color picker, so you can customize your calendars with whatever hue you prefer. However, mobile users just have the 24 colors and no RGB picking tool. I’m not particularly bothered by this limitation, as everyone I know uses the web tool for primary scheduling and the mobile app for keeping an eye on things.

This new feature will be on by default, but this can be customized by the user. It’s rolling out right now, but it could take a couple of weeks to reach everyone. There are a lot of Google Calendar users out there. To that end, it’s available to all Google Workspace customers, Workspace Individual subscribers and anyone with a personal Google account.

This is just the latest upgrade to the world’s most popular calendar app. The platform recently added the ability to schedule personal tasks and a tool that leverages AI to suggest the best time for an event that suits all participants.

Snap Launches $2,195 SPECS AR Glasses To Take On Meta Ray-Bans In Style

Snap has officially launched its long-awaited SPECS augmented-reality smart glasses, and the company is aiming far beyond another geeky gadget for early adopters. With SPECS, Snap CEO Evan Spiegel envisions AR glasses as the fashionable wearable computer of the future.

Kaia Gerber for SPECS, by Steven Meisel, photo courtesy of SNAP

Unveiled at AWE USA 2026, SPECS are described as a wearable computer built into see-through AR glasses. They are available for preorder now at $2,195, with a $200 refundable deposit, and are expected to ship in Fall 2026 in the US, UK, and France.

Snap is also giving SPECS a strong fashion-and-culture launch. The campaign was shot by legendary photographer Steven Meisel and features Kaia Gerber, Jimmy Butler, Hoyeon, Imogen Heap, and Jack Harlow.

Despite its luxury-wearable vibe, SPECS pack impressive hardware into a surprisingly lightweight frame. What sets SPECS apart from the competition is that they are fully standalone AR glasses, with no puck or tether. They use a Swiss TR90 polymer frame available in two sizes: 47 mm at 132 grams and 52 mm at 136 grams. They feature Snap’s liquid-crystal-on-silicon display, a 51-degree field of view, 16 million colors, and electrochromic lenses that shift from clear to tinted in 10 seconds.

Inside, SPECS use dual Snapdragon processors, although Snap has not disclosed the exact chip models. One processor handles computer vision, while the other is dedicated to running AR Lenses. Snap claims 7 ms motion-to-photon latency, which should help digital objects stay anchored in the real world.

Battery life is rated at up to 4 hours of mixed use, while the charging case provides four additional charges for up to 20 total hours.

According to Snap, SPECS can be used for directions, spatial measurements, AI assistance, private screen casting, whiteboarding, entertainment, and shared AR experiences. That places them somewhere between lightweight AI glasses and bulkier mixed reality headsets.

The closest competitors show how ambitious Snap’s approach is and explain the high price tag.

Ray-Ban Meta Gen 2 glasses start at $379 and are much lighter at about 52 g, but they do not have a display. Meta Ray-Ban Display glasses cost $799 and add a small right-eye screen at around 69-70 g, but their display has only a 20-degree field of view, and they are still not full spatial AR glasses. The 98 g Meta Orion prototype is closer to SPECS with true AR visuals and a wider 70-degree field of view, but it is not a consumer product, reportedly costs around $10,000 per unit to build, and requires a wireless compute puck plus a neural wristband.

Xreal Aura, launched today at AWE 2026, is also closer in weight at under 95 g and offers a wide 70-degree field of view, but it relies on an external compute puck that houses the main processor, battery, and heavier components. The Xreal Aura glasses deliver top XR performance and thus require an external compute unit. The price is still undisclosed. Rokid’s AR/AI glasses are also far lighter at 49 g, with an onboard battery and Snapdragon AR1 Gen 1, but use a simpler monochrome waveguide display and are way cheaper at $599.

SPECS cost $2,195, weigh 132 g, and pack dual Snapdragon processors, battery, cameras, audio, and a 51-degree full-color AR display into the frame with no external puck or tether.Preorders for Snap SPECS are now open at Specs.com in the US, UK, and France. The glasses are priced at $2,195, with a $200 refundable deposit required to reserve a pair. Snap expects shipments to begin in Fall 2026, and buyers can choose between 47 mm Narrow Fit and 52 mm Wide Fit sizes, with support for prescription inserts through certified third-party partners.

Device
Price
Weight
Display / FOV
Processor
Compute / Connection
Key Difference

Snap SPECS
$2,195
132 g / 136 g
Full-color AR display, 51-degree FOV
Dual Snapdragon processors; exact chip models not disclosed
Fully standalone; no puck, no tether
Full-color standalone AR glasses with onboard compute, battery, cameras, and audio.

Ray-Ban Meta Gen 2
From $379
About 52 g
No display
Snapdragon AR1 Gen 1
Standalone for capture, audio, and AI; phone/app/cloud for some features
Lighter and cheaper, but mainly AI camera/audio glasses.

Meta Ray-Ban Display
$799
About 69-70 g
Right-eye color display, 20-degree FOV
Snapdragon AR1 Gen 1
Standalone glasses; no puck or tether, but paired with phone/app and Meta Neural Band
Has a built-in display, but not full spatial AR.

Meta Orion Prototype
Not for sale; reportedly around $10,000 per unit to build
About 98 g
True AR, about 70-degree FOV
Not publicly disclosed
Requires wireless compute puck plus neural wristband
Advanced AR prototype, but not a consumer product.

Xreal Aura
Price not disclosed; $99 reservation deposit
Under 95 g
XR display, about 70-degree FOV
Snapdragon Reality Elite
XREAL X1S Spatial Coprocessor
Requires external compute puck due to main processor top performance; main processor and battery are offloaded from the glasses
Closer in weight and wider FOV, but not fully standalone like SPECS.

Rokid Glasses (AI/AR)
$599
49 g
Dual-eye monochrome Micro-LED display, 23-degree FOV
Snapdragon AR1 Gen 1
Standalone glasses with onboard battery and compute; no puck or tether, but phone/cloud may be used for some features
Far lighter and cheaper, but uses a simpler monochrome AR display.

Spec
Details

Product name
SPECS

Product type
See-through augmented reality smart glasses / wearable computer

Price
$2,195

Preorder deposit
$200 refundable deposit

Shipping window
Expected starting Fall 2026

Launch markets
United States, United Kingdom, France

Frame material
Swiss TR90 polymer

Available sizes
47 mm Narrow Fit, 52 mm Wide Fit

Weight
132 g for 47 mm model, 136 g for 52 mm model

Display type
Snap proprietary liquid-crystal-on-silicon display

Optics
Transparent waveguide technology with redesigned waveguides using billions of nanostructures

Field of view
51 degrees

Color output
16 million colors

Display equivalent
Comparable to a 24-inch desktop display or up to a 115-inch cinema screen viewed from about 10 feet

Lens tinting
Electrochromic adaptive tint lenses

Tint transition
Clear to tinted in 10 seconds

Processor
Dual Snapdragon processors; exact chip models not disclosed

Processor roles
One processor handles computer vision; one is dedicated to running Lenses

Latency
7 ms motion-to-photon latency

Controls
Voice commands and hand/gesture control

Standalone operation
Fully standalone

External puck / tether
No puck, no tether

Battery life
Up to 4 hours mixed use

Charging case
Provides four additional charges

Total battery with case
Up to 20 hours mixed use

Audio
Open-ear stereo speakers

Microphones
Built-in microphones

Charging / data interface
Magnetic 5-pin interface

External streaming
USB-C streaming cable can connect to PC, phone, or gaming console

Prescription support
Removable prescription inserts through certified third-party partners

Privacy indicator
LED light glows when recording

Privacy controls
Permission prompts, on-device processing where possible, and user control over stored, synced, shared, or deleted data

Included in box
SPECS, charging case, charging cable, cleaning cloth, quick-start guide, nose pad kit

Warranty
One-year limited warranty

Returns
14-day return policy after receipt

Filed in Computers >Design >Gadgets. Read more about Agentic Ai, AI (Artificial Intelligence), Ar, AWE, Design, Fashion, Meta, Meta Ray-Ban Display, Snap, Snapdragon, Wearable, Wearable Tech and XR.

How To Pay With Google Wallet Using Your Samsung Galaxy Watch

You’re not limited to using Samsung pay just because it’s a Galaxy Watch




Samsung

Yes, you can tap your Samsung Galaxy Watch to pay for purchases and transportation with cards saved on your Google Wallet. You just have to set it up and make sure you meet a couple of criteria. First, both Google Wallet and its tap-to-pay capability must be available in your region. They’re already supported in the US, and you can check Wallet’s help page to see if they’ve already rolled out to your location. 

Second, your Galaxy Watch must be running Wear OS version 2.0 or newer, which puts Samsung’s Tizen-powered Galaxy Watch 1, 2 and 3 models out of the running. If you have a Samsung Galaxy Watch 4 or a later model, go ahead and follow our instructions below. To check if you have a supported device, swipe down on your smartwatch, go to Settings and then tap “About watch.” From there, you can find its Wear OS version under “Software information.” 

How to install Google Wallet on your devices

  • On your Galaxy Watch, swipe up to access your apps drawer and fire up the Play Store. Search for Google Wallet and install it on your wearable.
    -If you don’t have a lock screen yet, you’ll be prompted to set it up. You can choose between Pattern and PIN. A screen prompting you to check your phone will pop up on your watch as the Wallet apps between devices sync. If you choose PIN, tick “Unlock without tap after PIN entered” so you don’t have to tap an OK button or a check mark every time you key in your your PIN.
  • Do the same thing on the Android phone linked to your watch. Simply download and install Google Wallet from the Play Store.

Screenshots by Mariella Moon (Samsung)

How to add a payment method to your Samsung Galaxy Watch

  • Tap the “+” tile on your Galaxy Watch and check the Wallet app on your phone to add a payment card. 
  • In the “Add to Watch” screen on your phone, you can see the option to add a card. 
  • Here, you can choose one of the cards you’ve previously saved on Google Play for subscriptions or in-app purchases. The Wallet app will ask for some of the card’s details for confirmation, such as its CVV, expiration date or the cardholder name
  • You can also add a new credit or debit card. If you choose this, you can either scan the card to automatically extract its information or type its details manually. 
  • After choosing or adding a card, the Wallet app will confirm with your bank whether you can use that particular card for Tap to Pay. Not all cards and banks support the capability. You can check out Google’s website for all supported cards and banks in the United States. If you’re not in the US, simply choose your region in the drop-down menu. 
  • Once you’ve linked a supported card, you’ll see a screen on your phone’s Wallet app telling you that your card is ready. It also links to instructions on how to use the tap-to-pay feature. 
  • On your Galaxy Watch, you’ll now see the card you’ve added in the Wallet app. The first card you add will be your default card for tap-to-pay purchases, but you can change it by tapping on your card of preference and choosing “Make default.”

How to use Tap to Pay for purchases

  • You can only pay without having to unlock your smartwatch if you have a Pixel Watch 2 or a newer Pixel device.
  • On a Galaxy Watch, you will have to unlock your device, open the Google Wallet app, turn your wrist and then hold the face of the smartwatch close to the card reader. You have to do the same for public transportation, but the reader at the gate or entrance must of course support Tap to Pay. 
  • You will know if the payment is successful if your smartwatch vibrates, makes a sound and shows a blue checkmark on its screen. 
  • Take note that you can pay with a non-default card: Just swipe up to the card you want to use on your watch’s Wallet app and wait for “Hold to reader” to show up.

If you’re in Japan…

  • In Japan, Google Wallet also supports Suica and PASMO prepaid IC cards. However, you can only use them with smartwatches purchased in Japan, since those devices support Sony’s FeliCa contactless technology. 
  • For Samsung, the models that support FeliCa are the Galaxy Watch 6, Galaxy Watch 6 Classic, Galaxy Watch 7, Galaxy Watch 8, Galaxy Watch 8 Classic and Galaxy Watch Ultra. 
  • To add a Suica or PASMO card, tap “Add” in the Wallet app on your watch and select one. You can also add money to the prepaid cards from within the application. 

Google Releases Stable Version Of Android 17 With Enhanced Multitasking And Security

Google has officially released the stable version of Android 17 to compatible Pixel devices. The source code is now available on the Android Open Source Project (AOSP), allowing partner manufacturers and developers to modify and roll out the software to their respective devices over the coming months. This release occurs less than a week following final performance and camera corrections in Beta 4.

According to Google’s Android division, the update introduces features designed to enhance productivity, entertainment, and privacy. Key developments include system-wide task bubbles, an integrated gaming mode, and advanced security frameworks.

Expanded Multifunctional Bubbles Floating screen bubbles, previously restricted to messaging apps, can now open any application in a compact overlay window. On tablets and foldable devices, these bubbles populate a dedicated dock at the bottom of the display to facilitate rapid multitasking.

Gaming Mode and Screen Recording For foldable devices, a native Gaming Mode splits the interface, rendering the game on the upper half and transforming the lower section into a dynamic virtual controller. The update also integrates native support for mapping external controllers. Furthermore, a built-in screen reaction tool enables users to overlay front-camera video during screen recordings to capture real-time reactions.

The Android 17 update is already available to compatible Pixel devices.

Enhanced Security and Privacy Android 17 implements multiple defense mechanisms to protect personal and device data:

  • Theft Protection: Google has reduced permissible passcode attempts and extended lockout periods. Remote locking now requires biometric authentication, preventing unauthorized access even if the device passcode is compromised.
  • Contact Selection: Users can grant access to specific contacts rather than exposing the entire address book.
  • Temporary Permissions: Location sharing can be restricted to brief, temporary intervals.
  • Threat Detection: Real-time analysis identifies suspicious software and fraudulent activities.

Interface and Optimization Adjustments The system also includes functional refinements:

  • Extended Dark Theme: The software automatically inverts light app layouts, allowing manual exclusions.
  • Parental Controls: App blocking and screen time management tools are expanded beyond Pixel devices.
  • Memory Limits: Strict RAM allocation thresholds prevent instability, conserve battery, and maintain UI fluidity.

Filed in Cellphones >Tablets. Read more about Android 17 and Google.

Are You Prepared To Wait Until 2027 For A Steam Controller?

Valve is preaching patience.




Sam Rutherford for Engadget

Steam Controllers have been effectively sold out since the moment they went on sale, and there’s no sign the supply crunch is going to ease up. In fact, Valve has announced that any fresh orders for the gamepad may not be delivered until 2027, although you would hope things would ease up by then. Users who have already ordered a device can check the relevant page on Steam to learn when their order will be fulfilled. The present deadlines are September 2026 and December 2026, with additional orders expected “In 2027.”

If you’re unfamiliar, the Steam Controller is Valve’s latest proprietary gamepad designed to work exclusively with Steam. Engadget’s Jessica Conditt reviewed it back in April, and said it was a sturdy and sleek gamepad with high-end TMR thumbsticks. The only downside, really, is that it’s designed specifically to work just with Steam, rather than as a generic PC gamepad, as part of Valve’s quest to maintain dominance.

“Initial demand exceeded our expectations,” wrote an unnamed company spokesperson after a heavy sip of understatement juice. “As we look at the current demand compared to how many we know we can make by the end of the year, we cant to manage expectations as much as we can,” they added. Of course, the same statement does say that the company will try to get as many devices out as it is able to achieve. But it’s worth bearing these delays in mind given Valve is also pledging to get its Steam Machine PC/console and Steam Frame headset into people’s homes this summer.

Android Auto Calling Not Working? Gemini Bug And How To Fix It

A growing number of Android Auto users are reporting an issue that prevents them from making phone calls using voice commands. The problem stems from Google’s AI assistant, Gemini, which has recently begun replacing the traditional Google Assistant on in-vehicle dashboards.

The Nature of the Issue

When drivers issue a hands-free command asking Gemini to call a contact, the system abruptly halts the process. Instead of placing the call, it displays the error message: “Something went wrong. Please try again.” This malfunction breaks the hands-free functionality, a critical safety feature designed to help drivers maintain their focus on the road.

According to affected users on various social media platforms, standard troubleshooting methods have proven ineffective. Attempts to resolve the bug by reinstalling the Google and Gemini applications, or by rebooting the car’s infotainment multimedia system, do not fix the issue.

Current Status and Root Cause

Google has not yet officially acknowledged the glitch, meaning there is no official fix available. Because the bug does not affect all users simultaneously, experts suggest that it may be linked to server-side adjustments by Google. If this is the case, a permanent resolution will likely come in the form of a silent, background update rolled out directly by the company.

Temporary Solution

For drivers who rely on voice-activated calling and cannot wait for an official patch, a temporary workaround is available. Users can manually revert their default digital assistant from Gemini back to the classic Google Assistant.

How to switch back:

  1. Open the Settings menu on your Android smartphone.
  2. Navigate to the Digital Assistant or Google Assistant settings.
  3. Select Google Assistant as the primary choice instead of Gemini.

This restoration temporarily bypasses the Gemini bug, restoring hands-free calling capabilities in Android Auto until Google deploys a permanent software correction.

Edit: Google states this issue has now been fixed. Users still affected should check for app updates via the Google Play Store.

Filed in Cellphones >Transportation. Read more about Android Auto, Bug, Gemini and Google.

Amazon Is Investigating Three Employees Who Spoke Out Against Building More AI Data Centers

They were testifying at a Seattle city council meeting.




Tada Images/Shutterstock

Five members of Amazon Employees for Climate Justice (AECJ) previously testified at Seattle city council meetings about AI data centers. Now, three of them are apparently under investigation by the company. The AECJ has filed a civil rights complaint against the company on behalf of the three engineers, according to CNBC and GeekWire, accusing Amazon of violating a Seattle law that prohibits companies from discriminating against employees based on their political ideology, race, religion and age.

The engineers spoke at Seattle city council hearings over whether to put a pause on AI data center buildouts. They reportedly urged the council to add renewable energy requirements and labor protections related to data centers to the city’s regulations. In addition, they called for the government to put a stop to the industry’s plans “to build out as much compute capacity as they can, as fast as they can, before regulations can catch up.” The Seattle city council ultimately voted in favor of passing the year-long moratorium on AI data centers for a year. 

In their complaint, the engineers said Amazon called them in separately for a meeting with HR after the hearings and were told that they were being investigated over a concern about their testimonies. They were reportedly told the investigation could lead to disciplinary action and even to termination. 

GeekWire says Amazon denied it told the engineers that they were at risk of being terminated over speaking at the hearings. Company spokesperson Margaret Callahan told the publications in a statement that after reviewing the engineers’ testimonies, “it became clear that they may have been speaking in their capacity as Amazonians and not as private citizens.” The company is looking into whether there truly was a violation, since Amazon doesn’t allow employees to speak as its representatives without following certain procedures. “It’s important to note that we don’t tolerate retaliatory behavior,” she added. 

Amazon fired Emily Cunningham and Maren Costa, two of AECJ’s original organizers, back in 2020 over criticisms of the company’s climate and labor practices. The former employees sued the company for illegal termination. Amazon settled with them in 2021 and was required to pay their back wages, as well as post a notice to all workers that it can’t fire them “for organizing and exercising their rights.” 

OpenAI’s ChatGPT Loses Majority AI Assistant Market Share

For the first time, OpenAI’s ChatGPT has lost its majority hold on the artificial intelligence assistant market. According to a Sensor Tower report, while ChatGPT remains the top-ranked AI assistant product, it now holds a plurality rather than a majority of the user base.

At the beginning of the year, ChatGPT controlled over 50% of the market share, but that figure dropped to an all-time low of 46.4% as of late May.

Drivers of the Market Shift

This decline follows a challenging period for OpenAI’s brand image. In March, the company secured a contract with the Pentagon, sparking a backlash from some users and giving rise to a grassroots boycott movement called “QuitGPT,” which claims millions of participants.

Concurrently, OpenAI shifted its internal strategy away from consumer-focused creative projects toward enterprise and productivity tools, which included the discontinuation of its video-generation application, Sora. The introduction of advertisements within ChatGPT earlier this year further impacted user sentiment.

In contrast, competitors have capitalized on these shifts. Anthropic positioned itself as a more ethically minded alternative, triggering a significant rise in its revenue-generating enterprise clients.

While Anthropic’s Claude still holds a modest 10.3% market share, a Reuters analysis of the Sensor Tower data reveals that its monthly active user growth surged by 640% year-over-year, vastly outpacing ChatGPT’s 62% growth rate.

Current Market Landscape

The broader AI assistant market is now more divided. Google’s Gemini has solidified its position as the primary challenger to OpenAI, capturing 27.7% of the market.

The remaining segment of the industry is highly fragmented; smaller competitors and alternative platforms—including xAI’s Grok, Perplexity, Meta AI, and DeepSeek—are bundled into an “other” category, which collectively accounts for approximately 5% of the total market share.

Filed in Robots. Read more about AI (Artificial Intelligence), ChatGPT and OpenAI.

Amazon Won’t Release Sam Altman Biopic Focused On OpenAI’s 2023 Leadership Crisis

Apropos of nothing, in February, Amazon invested $50 billion in OpenAI.




Tomohiro Ohsumi/Getty Images

Amazon MGM Studios has reportedly dropped the Sam Altman biopic Artificial, even though it’s nearly finished, after the company deepened its partnership with OpenAI. According to Variety, the film directed by Luca Guadagnino has already had several test screenings that enjoyed positive reception. Amazon had a copy of all iterations of the script even before Guadagnino joined the project, so it knew what kind of film it was greenlighting and even fast-tracking last year. 

“We have the utmost respect and admiration for Luca Guadagnino as an award-winning filmmaker — not to mention a longstanding relationship that we hope to continue,” a spokesperson told the publication. “We believe that Artificial will be better served if it were released by a different studio and are working closely with the filmmaking team to find the film a new home.”

Five months after reports came out that Amazon was developing a film about Sam Altman, OpenAI signed a $38 billion multi-year cloud contract with Amazon. It gives OpenAI access to “thousands” of NVIDIA GB200 and GB300 GPUs through Amazon Web Services for inference and training its next-generation models. In February this year, the companies expanded their partnership. Amazon invested $50 billion into OpenAI, and they closed another deal for AWS to run OpenAI models for enterprise customers. 

Artificial revolves around Altman’s controversial firing and reinstatement as CEO of OpenAI back in 2023. It stars Andrew Garfield as Altman, along with Monica Barbaro as former OpenAI CTO Mira Murati who served as interim CEO at the time, as well as Yura Borisov as former OpenAI chief scientist and board member Ilya Sutskever. Ike Barinholtz will portray Elon Musk, who was one of OpenAI’s earliest funders and is now embroiled in a legal battle against it. Variety says the film portrayed Altman and Musk as the least sympathetic characters in the story. The film had already been screened for other companies, but it’s not clear yet which studio fancies painting the head of OpenAI in a negative light.

HONOR Watch 6 Launches With One Month More Battery Life Than Apple And Samsung

HONOR launched the Watch 6 globally today, following the HONOR Watch 6 Plus launch in China on May 25. The new smartwatch is the successor to the HONOR Watch 5 launched two years ago. I covered the 15-day battery life Watch 5 Ultra launch at MWC 2025. HONOR also introduced the Watch 5 Pro on October 15, 2025.

With the Watch 6, HONOR is delivering longer battery life, a brighter display, more sports features, and stronger water resistance.

The most impressive feature is battery life, leaving Samsung and Apple in the dust. The battery gets a massive upgrade with a 980mAh capacity and up to 35 days of typical use, according to HONOR. By comparison, Apple’s flagship Apple Watch Ultra 3 is rated for up to 42 hours, or up to 72 hours in Low Power Mode. Samsung’s Galaxy Watch Ultra does better at up to 100 hours in power-saving mode, but HONOR’s 35-day claim sets a new bar for premium smartwatches.

To be fair, the HONOR Watch 6 runs on MagicOS instead of Wear OS, which is why it delivers significantly longer battery life. The tradeoff is that the user cannot install Google Play Store apps directly onto the device. Instead, the watch apps are easily managed through the HONOR Health companion app on any Android phone. Additionally, any Google notifications received on the phone will mirror perfectly to the watch.

For example, to get access to active Google Maps turn-by-turn directions via third-party tools like Navigation Wear or Navigation Watch. These applications run on the phone and display the active Google Maps turn-by-turn directions, distances, and vibration alerts directly on the watch screen. I would certainly accept the trade-off to get a high-end smartwatch that delivers over a month of battery life.

On the display side, the Watch 6 features a 1.46-inch AMOLED screen with a 464 x 464 resolution, 317 PPI, and up to 3,000-nit peak brightness. Compared to the Watch 5 Ultra, the key upgrade is the much brighter screen, which should be easier to read outdoors.

On the fitness side, the watch supports more than 120 sports and health modes, including a professional football mode with heat maps and trajectory data. Compared to previous models, the Watch 6 adds a stronger sports focus with football analysis, badminton smash-speed tracking, trail-running tools, AI running coaching, and route-deviation alerts.

The Watch 6 also comes with 5 ATM and IP69 water and dust resistance, plus wet-hand touch control, which will help when using the screen during workouts, rain, or swimming. The 5 ATM rating means the watch can withstand pressure equivalent to a depth of 50 meters, making it fine for shallow-water activities such as swimming in a pool or at the beach, but not for diving, hot showers, saunas, or high-speed water sports. 

For health tracking, the Watch 6 monitors heart rate, blood oxygen, stress, body energy, and sleep. The Quick Health Scan provides a fast snapshot of key wellness indicators, while daily reports offer a morning summary.

When it comes to smart features, the Watch 6 supports dual-phone pairing, notifications, NFC payments, wrist-twist gestures, an AI Recorder with smart summaries, and video watch faces that use live photos or short clips. Compared to earlier models, the smart upgrade is less about app bloating and more about user-friendly controls, better personalization, and more phone-free daily features.

In the UK, the black fluoroelastomer strap model costs £229.99, while the brown leather version costs £249.99. Early-bird subscriber offers from June 18 to July 17 lower them to £149.99 and £169.99, with HONOR CHOICE Earbuds Clip included. In Germany, launch pricing starts at €169.90 for black and €189.90 for brown leather.

HONOR Watch 6
Specifications

Dimensions
46.5 mm x 46.5 mm x 10.8 mm

Display
1.46-inch AMOLED screen

Resolution
464 x 464 pixels

Pixel Density
317 PPI

Processor
Not specified by HONOR

Memory
4 GB ROM

Weight
Approx. 41 g (Black) / 50 g (Brown), without strap

Colors
Shadow Black, Twilight Brown

Body
Aluminum alloy veneer frame with 316L stainless steel deco / 316L stainless steel veneer middle frame with 316L stainless steel deco

Strap Styles
Black Fluoroelastomer / Brown Leather

Water Resistance
5 ATM and IP69 water and dust resistance

Battery
980mAh typical capacity

Battery Life
Up to 35 days under typical usage

Bluetooth
Bluetooth 5.4

GPS
Supported

NFC
Supported, region-dependent

Speaker
Supported

Android Compatibility
Android 9.0 or higher

iOS Compatibility
iOS 15.1 or higher

Filed in Apple >Cellphones >General. Read more about Apple, Honor and Samsung.

Doom Composer Bobby Prince Has Died

Prince also worked on Wolfenstein and Duke Nukem games.




id Software

Video game composer and sound designer Bobby Prince has died. An obituary states that Prince died on June 16 at the age of 81 following an illness. Developer id software shared the news of Prince’s passing.

Rest in peace to the video game music pioneer Bobby Prince.
Your music lives on forever. pic.twitter.com/8LAT6CGZ5Y

— id Software (@idSoftware) June 19, 2026

Prince was perhaps best known for his pioneering work on the Doom series. The Library of Congress inducted his soundtrack for the original game into the National Recording Registry just last month.

“Despite the limitations of the 1993-era sound card drivers, Prince composed the perfect riff-shredding accompaniment for the game’s demon-slaying journey to hell and back,” the Library of Congress stated. “Taking advantage of his knowledge of MIDI, Prince even worked to ensure that the sound effects he created could cut through the music by assigning them to different MIDI frequencies.”

Prince also worked on games such as Wolfenstein 3D, Rise of the Triad and Duke Nukem 3D. In 2006, the Game Audio Network Guild honored Prince with a lifetime achievement award.

“Everyone at Romero Games is deeply saddened to learn of the passing of Bobby Prince,” Doom co-designer and id Software co-founder John Romero wrote on X. “He left an incredible mark on games and on my life.”

OnePlus Pad 3 Pro Official: A New Flagship Tablet Challenger

OnePlus has officially introduced the OnePlus Pad 3 Pro in China, a premium tablet closely derived from the OnePlus Pad 4 but tailored with minor adjustments for the domestic market. This new release features significant upgrades in display, processing power, and battery capacity over its predecessors.

Display and Audio Specifications

The OnePlus Pad 3 Pro is equipped with a 13.2-inch LCD screen featuring a 3,392 x 2,400-pixel resolution and a 7:5 aspect ratio. Designed for high responsiveness and visual clarity, it supports a 144Hz refresh rate, a 540Hz touch sampling rate, and a peak brightness of 1,000 nits. The display provides precise color rendering and includes support for Dolby Vision and HDR Vivid. For media consumption, the tablet integrates an eight-speaker audio system. It also supports productivity accessories, including an optional keyboard case and a stylus that leverages AI to convert handwritten notes into structured mind maps and tables.

Hardware and Performance

Under the hood, the device is powered by the Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5 chipset. This processor delivers a 20% increase in CPU performance and a 23% faster GPU compared to the original 8 Elite chip used in the OnePlus Pad 2 Pro, resulting in a 52% higher AnTuTu benchmark score while maintaining lower power consumption.

Battery and Charging

The tablet features a substantial 13,380mAh battery, a notable upgrade from the 9,520mAh capacity of the original Chinese Pad 3 and the 12,140mAh battery found in the global variant. It supports 67W SuperVOOC wired charging, which is slightly lower than the 80W charging speed available on the OnePlus Pad 4.

Pricing and Availability

Available in Dark Brown and Light Green, the OnePlus Pad 3 Pro is offered in three storage configurations:

  • 12GB / 256GB: CNY 4,400 (~$650)
  • 12GB / 512GB: CNY 4,900 (~$725)
  • 16GB / 512GB: CNY 5,400 (~$800)

The retail package in China includes a charger and a USB-A to USB-C cable. While currently exclusive to the Chinese Oppo online store, an international release remains possible given the global availability of previous Pro models.

Filed in Tablets. Read more about OnePlus, Qualcomm and Snapdragon 8 Elite Gen 5.

Do Fitness Trackers Still Work If You Have Tattoos?

The last thing you want to happen after dropping hundreds of dollars on a wearable is to discover that it doesn’t work with your body. But, that’s a fairly common problem people with wrist tattoos have been running into since the advent of smartwatches and fitness trackers. As countless posts on device support pages and Reddit have chronicled over the years, tattooed skin and the sensors used by wearables often don’t mix well.

One of the main issues people experience is with heart rate sensing. Wearables use a light-based technique called photoplethysmography (PPG) to measure heart rate. That’s the green light you see when you flip your device over. But, tattoos can get in the way of that light, messing with the readings. The other problem is wrist detection, which also uses lights to determine if the tracker is on a person’s wrist (along with an accelerometer and electrical sensors). Slap a fitness tracker on a wrist that’s covered by a tattoo, and the device may not register that it’s being worn at all, consequently requiring the wearer to repeatedly unlock the device whenever they want to interact with it.

It might seem a bit silly that technology advanced enough to respond to gesture controls and provide personalized sleep coaching would be stumped by a bit of pigment, but the tattoo issue isn’t just a baseless gripe that consumers have latched onto. Device makers have acknowledged it and advised buyers to avoid putting their trackers on top of tattoos.

“Tattoos (ink, pattern, saturation) can block the heart rate sensor’s light, causing inaccurate or missing readings,” Garmin notes on a support page. “For best performance, wear the watch on skin that is free of tattoos if possible.” Apple has issued similar notices going back to the release of the first Apple Watch.

Is there a solution?

People with tattoos have devised sorts of workarounds to get the most out of their smart watches and fitness trackers, though none are exactly ideal. The simplest? If the inside of your wrist isn’t tattooed (or at least has larger areas of clear skin), you can position the device there instead of on top of the wrist. Similarly, if your other wrist is tattoo-free, wear the device on that one. But if you’ve grown used to wearing a watch on a certain wrist for years, it’s going to feel pretty weird to change it up.

As a quick fix, some people swear by epoxy bottle cap stickers or layering pieces of clear tape, either of which are placed over the sensors and inexplicably correct the problem for a lot of wearers. Reusable accessories designed to work the same way have seen some success too. There’s also the option of using a chest strap if accurate heart rate tracking is all you’re after — and if you don’t have chest tattoos. Again, though, this isn’t the most comfortable or convenient way to use a wearable in most situations day-to-day. 

Ultimately, it’ll continue to be an issue until the sensors these watches and fitness trackers rely on are improved to account for skin variations like tattoo ink. Likewise, light-based sensors have been found to be less reliable for people with dark skin, highlighting a need for more diversity in the research and development of this type of technology.

Anecdotally, it seems like Google’s Pixel Watch 4 might be much better at handling tattooed skin than its predecessors. There were rumors of Samsung introducing an update a few years back to improve things in this area too, but the complaints of tattooed Galaxy Watch users would suggest otherwise.

More research is needed

Identifying the problem is theoretically the first step to solving it, but unhelpfully, the reality is that how much tattoos interfere with sensor readings isn’t consistent from case to case. A study published in 2025 attempted to quantify the difference in readings taken from devices worn over tattooed skin versus non-tattooed skin, and while it did find the former suffered inaccuracies, the results were mixed.

The researchers used the Polar Verity Sense and armband, outfitting participants with one device over a tattoo plus one on the same arm in an area without a tattoo. Participants also wore a Polar H10 chest strap heart rate monitor to establish a baseline, as this style of wearable is considered to be more accurate. Over the course of a day, they were monitored when at rest, walking at their own pace and jogging.

This revealed that the presence of the tattoos did have an impact on heart rate readings, but it was dependent on the wearer’s activity level, “with the greatest effect observed at rest and variation decreasing as exercise intensity increases.” And in some cases, the researchers note, “the presence of an arm tattoo did not affect the heart rate validity measurement at all.” There are a number of variables that must be taken into account — like ink color, saturation and depth — and as it stands today, there just hasn’t yet been enough research down to the nitty-gritty of the problem to bring about a solution.

This New Instagram Feature Will Make You Want To Post Even More Pics

Instagram has launched one of its most highly anticipated features for content creators and casual users alike: the ability to add a unique, individual caption to each slide within a single carousel post.

Previously, carousel posts were restricted to a single general description. This limitation often disrupted visual storytelling, forcing users to read massive blocks of text in the main description or comments to understand the context of specific images.

Feature Functionality and Flexibility

The new tool is integrated natively into the app’s publishing screen. While preparing a carousel, users can toggle a switch in the text area to enable per-slide captions. This feature is entirely optional; users can still opt for a single caption across the entire album if they prefer the traditional format. This flexibility allows for deep storytelling, making it easier to segment travelogues, step-by-step recipes, or tutorials organically.

This update follows Instagram’s recent expansion of carousel capacity, which doubled from 10 to up to 20 photos or videos per post. Combining 20 distinct media items with 20 dedicated captions significantly enhances opportunities for audience engagement and retention.

Broader Platform Updates

The carousel enhancement is part of a broader push by Meta to modernize the platform’s user experience through substantial software upgrades, particularly for Android devices. Recent updates include:

  • Camera Integration: Native support for Google’s ecosystem, enabling Ultra HDR and Night Sight compatibility directly within the Instagram app on compatible Android devices.
  • Profile Customization: The ability to freely rearrange the grid layout of posts on a user’s profile.
  • Algorithm Controls: New options to reset or reshape recommendation topics on the Explore and Reels tabs.

Availability

The global rollout of individual slide captions has already begun. The feature is expected to reach the entire user base on both iOS and Android within approximately one week. Users should update Instagram via the App Store or Google Play Store to access the new tool.

Filed in Cellphones >Computers >Tablets. Read more about Instagram, Meta, Social Media and Social Networks.

Norway Imposes Broad Restrictions On AI For Elementary School Kids

This follows a smartphone and tablet ban in classrooms.

Norway is imposing a strict ban on the use of generative AI tools by elementary school kids, according to a report by Reuters. Prime Minister Jonas Gahr Stoere suggested at a press conference that AI lets children skip crucial steps in their education and that schools should focus on teaching them how to “read, write and do mathematics.”

These standards will be imposed at the start of the new school year, which begins in late August. The ban impacts students from first through seventh grade, ages six to 13. However, the policy also extends to teens, albeit in a reduced fashion. Kids aged 14 to 16 can use generative AI, but only with a teacher’s supervision. Teens 17 and above are encouraged to use AI appropriately on their own.

This isn’t the first move Norway has made to remove tech from classrooms. The country banned smartphones from schools back in 2024, which has proven to be a success. It led to a reduction in bullying, better grades and a significant decrease in the number of visits to psychologists for mental health issues. These results were especially potent with girls.

Norway is also planning a social media ban for all children under 16, which is similar to how Australia handles things. A bill will be introduced to parliament by the end of the year.

The US has also been slowly making moves to limit the amount of time kids can spend with AI chatbots. The Senate and the House have been discussing a bill that would require AI companies to implement an age-verification process and ban them from providing chatbots to minors.

The so-called Guidelines for User Age-verification and Responsible Dialogue Act, or GUARD Act, advanced past the US Senate Judiciary Committee but has yet to be voted on. The language of the bill did soften last month. When originally proposed, it was aimed at nearly every AI-powered chatbot. Now, it just refers to “AI companions”, which potentially means that products like ChatGPT, Gemini and CoPilot would be exempt. 

Critics of the legislation have suggested that the bill’s narrower language could let companies exempt themselves if the chatbot function of their tools are deemed “incidental.” After all, it’s a fine-line between an “AI companion” and a “search tool” that someone happens to talk to 24/7.

Nothing Cancels CMF Phone 3 Pro Due To Rising RAM Costs

Smartphone manufacturer Nothing has announced the cancellation of its upcoming CMF Phone 3 Pro. The decision stems from significant cost pressures surrounding RAM components, which have made the production of the mid-range smartphone financially unviable. Akis Evangelidis, co-founder of Nothing, confirmed that the company will not release the new CMF Phone in 2026, despite its original development roadmap.

The CMF Phone 3 Pro was actively being developed as the direct successor to the CMF Phone 2 Pro. Industry estimates indicate that if the device were released now with its intended specifications, it would cost approximately Rs. 30,000 (~$318). In comparison, its predecessor launched in April 2025 at an original price of Rs. 18,999 (~$201). This change represents a projected price increase of 58% to 85% for the consumer.

A lot of you have been asking when the next CMF phone is coming and as always we’d rather be transparent.

CMF Phone 2 Pro was a product we were incredibly proud of. It even won Budget Phone of the Year from MKBHD and the response from all of you made it even more special.

We…

— Akis Evangelidis (@AkisEvangelidis) June 19, 2026

Nothing CEO Carl Pei highlighted an unusual inversion in the standard hardware cost structure, noting that current RAM expenses now exceed the combined costs of the device processor and display. Consequently, the company is set to adjust its product portfolio under the budget-friendly CMF brand. Meanwhile, the parent brand Nothing plans to explore alternative product categories outside of traditional smartphones throughout 2026.

Future Outlook and Teasers

The company subtly hinted at its shifting strategy via themed Pokémon teasers posted on its official social media accounts. Code names discovered in these materials include “Jumpluff”—speculated to be an upcoming pair of earbuds—and “Blastoise,” which points to a distinct smartphone model. These developments suggest incoming hardware refreshes under the primary brand, alongside a potential wind-down or restructuring of the CMF sub-brand.

It remains unconfirmed whether Nothing will absorb the design elements of the canceled CMF project into the upcoming Nothing Phone 4, or if it will develop a separate mid-tier product under the main Nothing lineup to compensate for the absence of the Phone 3 Pro.

Filed in Cellphones. Read more about Nothing.

Why People Might Ditch Their Smartwatches For Something Simpler




Google / Oura / Casio

Tech has taken over our lives. We have smartphones, smartwatches and smart TVs. There are even smart fridges, smart toilets and smart sex dolls. (Or, uh, so I hear.) And with the rise of AI, Big Tech is now jumping on the smartglasses bandwagon… again.

An analog rebellion is brewing. I recently went to a Barnes & Noble for the first time in well over a decade. I was surprised at how many young, hip people were there, scouring the print books and vinyl records. Then there’s the resurgence of digital cameras, film cameras and cassette tapes.

When smartwatches started popping up in the mid-2010s, they promised quick info at a glance without having to grab your phone. In theory, that meant freeing you up to engage with the world around you. But in practice? Well, over a decade later, not everyone finds that to be the case.

To be clear, nobody’s arguing that people are ditching smartwatches left and right. In fact, the market is steadily growing, not shrinking. But not everyone wants to keep marching in that direction.

“My smartwatch kept me attached to b******t I wanted it to get me away from,” born-again analog watch user RadioAdam posted. But not everyone needs to go back to the days of Casio and Timex. Minimal wearable tech products can track your fitness, just without feeling like you have a second phone on your wrist.

Notification overload

The persistent nag of the online world can feel even more intrusive when it’s on your wrist. It’s one thing to hear your phone chirp in a pocket or bag. It’s another to have a wearable device poking you every time something comes in.

“I don’t want my wrist to communicate with me at all” u/NeoMoose wrote in the Whoop subreddit. “My phone is already too much distraction.” Of course, you can silence notifications. But at that point, you (like these smartwatch expats) might question how much you need one in the first place.

Big Tech sold us the always-online lifestyle as a utopia. But the reality has too often resembled a dopamine-addiction hellscape. And if you’re looking to cut down on devices, smartwatches are an obvious candidate for the first item on your list.

Feature (and tracking) fatigue




Will Shanklin for Engadget

Smartwatches can suffer from feature creep. While an Apple Watch has potentially lifesaving ones like fall detection and the ability to call emergency services from your wrist, it (and its competitors) also have… lots of other stuff.

For instance, Redditor u/Adventurous_Rice_731 briefly switched from a minimal Whoop to a Garmin smartwatch and quickly regretted the decision. “Went to my first [workout] and realized how many times I was actively checking the screen, looking to see if all my reps were recording,” they posted. “Overall, I just found myself glued to it even during TV time.” Simpler devices could keep you focused on not just the task or activity at hand, but also help you stay present in moments.

For some, health tracking can (ironically) increase stress. On top of that, when smartwatches and other fitness trackers measure things like sleep, stress and recovery, they’re merely estimates. Those things can’t be measured directly with a wrist-worn device, only approximated via advanced algorithms. Some people don’t see much point in using data that’s little more than an informed guess, as opposed to paying closer attention to their body.

In this economy?

Smartwatches, at least the most useful ones, can be expensive. For example, the Apple Watch Series 11 starts at $399. Samsung’s and Google’s alternatives are in the same ballpark. And while the Apple Watch SE is a more affordable $249 and up, it lacks several key health features (ECG, blood oxygen and hypertension monitoring).

With inflation running rampant, it’s easy to cast a more critical eye on the value of a smartwatch. Sure, it’s nice not to have to whip out your phone to check messages or the forecast. But is it $400 nice? If all you want is health tracking, wearables like Google’s Fitbit Air and Nothing’s CMF Watch 3 Pro offer it for a small fraction of the price.

Road safety

Smartwatches may also make driving less safe. One study found that drivers were more distracted by smartwatch notifications than phone alerts. Glancing down at a watch seems more likely to take your eyes off the road than glancing at a phone, often mounted on a dashboard. (For the record, voice-based responses on either device were the least distracting.)

Arguably, this one is more about applying common sense and self-control than it is about the device itself. But it’s another factor to weigh when questioning whether you need a screen on your body.

Style and substance




Cherlynn Low for Engadget

Tech companies do their best to make smartwatches look good. I’m in the camp that doesn’t mind the aesthetic of the Apple Watch and some of its rivals. But if I were basing my decision on style alone, above all else? I’d go with a sleek analog watch without hesitation.

The advantage of screenless tracking bands is that they’re typically subtle enough to wear alongside more stylish watches. They could also be easier to dress up or wear to events where smartwatches are frowned upon. And if you’re looking for something that still tells the time and tracks your steps while looking like a classic timepiece, there are hybrid smartwatches from companies like Withings and Garmin that could meet those needs.

Opting for something simpler




Cherlynn Low for Engadget

If a smartwatch seems like a bit much, there are simpler and cheaper alternatives.

Screen-free fitness bands are having a moment with the recent launch of Google’s $100 Fitbit Air. The device, which impressed us in our review, is currently sold out everywhere. Whoop, the apparent inspiration for Google’s product, is another screenless contender with robust health tracking. However, it requires a subscription that ranges from $149 for the first year (then $199) to $359 annually, which can put some people off.

Then there are smart rings. Although they’re more expensive (the new Oura Ring 5 starts at $399), they excel at sleep tracking and recovery metrics. Of course, they also lack a screen and haptics, so it’s one less thing bugging you. There’s also the Samsung Galaxy Ring, a $400 competitor that’s often on sale for $300 at big-box retailers.

As a bonus, these free up space on your wrist for an analog watch. “I can wear a mechanical watch and be more in the moment,” u/Th3p4l4d1n posted. “The Whoop allows me to do that more since it has auto workout tracking.” Plus, you don’t need to worry about charging classic timepieces. And they won’t become obsolete in a few years.

There’s no shortage of variety (in style and price) in that space. For example, Casio has a plethora of options, starting at $30. Or, for that matter, head to any jewelry or department store and have at it. And while old-school timepieces don’t promise the moon, they also won’t lower your attention span or raise your blood pressure.

Ubisoft+ Premium Offered Free For Five Days On Xbox And PC

Ubisoft has launched a promotional campaign offering five days of free access to its Ubisoft+ Premium subscription service for both Xbox and PC users. This limited-time offer grants temporary access to dozens of titles from the publisher’s catalog, occurring amidst ongoing internal restructuring and studio closures at the company.

Eligible Titles and Features

During the trial period, participants can access Premium Editions of major Ubisoft releases. Notable titles available through the promotion include Assassin’s Creed Shadows, Rayman 30th Anniversary Edition, and Avatar: Frontiers of Pandora Complete Edition. These editions typically include base games along with additional downloadable content (DLC) and expansions.

Don’t miss the boat! 🏃🏻‍♂️‍➡️ You have until June 23 to live out your digital nomad dreams thanks to our FREE Ubisoft+ trial → https://t.co/VAsXhNJCrj pic.twitter.com/MRLQQNzt9N

— Ubisoft (@Ubisoft) June 18, 2026

Redemption Process for Xbox and PC

While PC users can easily navigate the promotion, Xbox players cannot activate the trial directly through their console’s interface. Instead, Ubisoft requires users to complete the following steps:

  • Visit the official Ubisoft website and select the “Premium – Free for 5 days” promotional offer.
  • Log in or create a Ubisoft account to claim the trial.
  • Link the activated Ubisoft account to the corresponding Xbox network account to sync the subscription benefits to the console.

Payment and Cancellation Details

To complete the registration process, users must provide a valid payment method, such as a credit card or a verified PayPal account. Although the initial five days are entirely free, a recurring subscription model is tied to the sign-up.

If users do not manually cancel the subscription before the trial period concludes, they will automatically be charged the standard monthly rate for the Premium tier. To avoid automated billing, it is recommended to cancel the subscription immediately after redemption. Taking this step ensures that temporary access remains active until the promotional window closes on June 23.

Filed in Cellphones >Gaming. Read more about Games and Ubisoft.

Toy Story 5 Is A Surprisingly Thoughtful Critique Of Technology

After five films, digital technology has finally arrived in the cloth-and-plastic world of Toy Story. But the film, directed by franchise veteran Andrew Stanton and McKenna Grace, mostly avoids the easy trope of making technology inherently bad. Instead, it’s a disruptive force that can be either helpful or harmful, depending on how it’s used. The film makes the case that parents need to take a hands-on approach to help kids manage their gadgets, especially when it comes to managing screen time or dealing with bullying.

Slight spoilers ahead for Toy Story 5.

Toy Story 5 centers on Bonnie, a young girl struggling to make friends who was gifted Woody, Buzz and Andy’s other toys from the first three films. She’s the only kid in her neighborhood not using a Lilypad tablet — instead, she prefers to play the old fashioned way, by crafting scenarios purely out of her imagination. Her parents reluctantly decide to get her a Lilypad (played by Greta Lee) as a way to connect with other kids.

Like a McKinsey consultant storming into a quaint local business, Lilypad decides she knows the best way for Bonnie to make friends. The tablet sends friend requests to several girls Bonnie knows, and she miraculously gets an invite to a sleepover. But instead of playing together, all of the girls just zone out endlessly on their Lilypads, barely saying a word to each other. Those same girls later start bullying Bonnie for playing with older toys, which leads to Bonnie’s parents wisely disabling the Lilypad’s social network access.

Pixar

It might seem crazy that parents even have to worry about social networking for 8-year-olds, but platforms like Zigazoo and JusTalk Kids already exist. They market themselves as safe spaces where kids can chat with close friends and family members, but there’s still room for awful social dynamics. Kids will be kids, and many of them are little jerks.

While Lilypad stumbles to help Bonnie connect, older toys like Cowgirl Jessie (Joan Cusack) also realize they’re out of touch with the way kids play today. When Jessie tries to sneak her way into Bonnie’s sleepover, she immediately becomes a source of shame.

Research shows a relationship between managing anxiety and imaginative play in kids, and Toy Story’s main cast make convenient messengers for that information. But the film surprised me by finding ways to make room for Lilypad and other new devices. A messageboard app on Lilypad helps Bonnie connect with Blaze, another young girl who still plays with toys the old fashioned way. Without Lilypad, they probably never would have met.

It’s hokey, but it works in the context of the film. And it’s also the reality parents have to live with today. Despite their potential harms, it’s helpful for kids to sometimes watch TV on the go. There are tons of educational games on iPadOS and Android, and both platforms also have a bevy of video chatting apps for staying in touch with friends and relatives. The key is moderation and parental supervision.

Toy Story 5 would be even more of an insightful critique if it made room for new types of play. Lilypad just has a few basic games for kids. But these days, any iPad can play Minecraft, a game that is appealing precisely because it so closely mirrors imaginative play. It’s also complex enough to grow with kids into adulthood, more so than the likes of Woodie and Buzz Lightyear.

Now that tablets have entered the world of Toy Story, it’s unclear where the franchise can go next. Pixar has already wrung the series’ core concept dry. We’ve explored the inner lives of toys, we’ve seen them wrestle with the meaning of their existence and they’ve even confronted death directly. (Toy Story 3 must have traumatized an entire generation.) Toy Story 5 isn’t nearly as essential as the original trilogy, but at least it’s a reminder to parents that they can’t just sit back and relax when it comes to tech.

Apple Rumored To Raise Prices On Macs And iPads. Prepare Your Pockets!

An industry report indicates that Apple is considering price increases across several of its hardware lineups in response to surging costs for memory and flash storage components. While multiple smartphone manufacturers have already raised retail prices to offset these rising component expenses, major industry leaders like Apple and Samsung have historically absorbed the financial impact. However, recent developments suggest that Apple may no longer maintain its current pricing structure.

Component Pressures and Impacted Products

According to a report by The Wall Street Journal, which features an interview with Apple CEO Tim Cook, the company is preparing to adjust retail pricing for select products in the near future. Although specific implementation timelines and exact product lists were not disclosed by leadership, industry analysis suggests that Apple’s Mac and iPad portfolios are positioned to receive price adjustments ahead of other devices.

Furthermore, the pricing updates are expected to extend into future product generations. The report notes that the upcoming iPhone 18 Pro lineup will likely debut at a higher price point compared to the current iPhone 17 Pro series, reflecting the sustained financial pressure from the semiconductor supply chain.

Broader Market Context

The volatility in the global memory market has driven up production costs for high-capacity devices. Both random-access memory (RAM) and NAND flash storage chips have experienced steady price growth, forcing consumer electronics brands to evaluate their profit margins. While smaller manufacturers reacted early by adjusting their retail pricing, larger companies with substantial ecosystem locks are now facing identical supply-chain realities.

For consumers, these impending adjustments highlight a broader trend of rising costs within the flagship electronics segment. While Apple has not formally detailed the exact price margins or specific global regions that will experience the initial hikes, the shift signals an end to the company’s period of absorbing escalated manufacturing costs internally.

Filed in Apple >Cellphones >Computers >Rumors >Tablets. Read more about Apple, Rumor and Rumors.

At Least One UK Government Department Is Reportedly Done With X

Attorney General Richard Hermer told staff to stop posting due to racism and violence concerns.




Ascannio/Shutterstock

Richard Hermer, the Attorney General for England and Wales and Advocate General for Northern Ireland, has reportedly told his department to stop posting official updates on X. According to The Guardian and The Observer, Hermer made his department quit the social network due to concerns that X was being used to incite violence and racism. The last time his office posted on X was on June 12. Prior to that, it posted on the platform pretty frequently, sometimes even more than once a day, with updates about the work the government is doing to tackle various issues in the region. 

In a recent speech about the importance of Britain staying with the European Court of Human Rights after Brexit, he said: “We simply cannot let a very small group of crypto-funded millionaires of this world get away with using the debate about the ECHR or drawing closer to the EU to sow more division in this country — we cannot allow them to draw lines between our communities.”

Hermer made the decision to leave X after the Southampton and Belfast riots earlier this month, as he believes bad actors are using the website to intentionally sow discord and divide communities, the publications report. The Observer says he communicated his decision to his staff last week, following a surge in misinformation on the platform about the murder of Henry Nowak, who was fatally stabbed by a Sikh man, and the separate stabbing of a Dublin man by a Sudanese national. 

Far right activists were using the platform to spread disinformation and hate towards immigrants, with X owner Elon Musk further amplifying their voices. Some high-profile personalities were spreading doctored bodycam footage from the Nowak case, as well. In addition, Grok apparently wrongly identified two cops who were involved in the Nowak case. Their information was then widely shared online.

While Hermer’s office is possibly the first in the UK government to quit X, some female MPs individually left the website after it came out that Grok was allowing users to generate images of real women and children wearing revealing clothing. Hermer reportedly told his staff that the only reason his office should post on X was to correct misinformation on the platform. 

How To Watch X-Men ’97 Season 1 Free On YouTube Right Now

Marvel has launched a new promotional campaign ahead of the upcoming second season of X-Men ’97, making episodes from the critically acclaimed first season available to watch for free on its official YouTube channel. The strategy aims to build anticipation for the new season, migrating content that was previously exclusive to the Disney+ streaming platform to a wider audience.

Release Schedule and Availability

The free episodes are being distributed sequentially, with Marvel releasing one episode per day. The rollout began recently, and if the daily release schedule persists, the entire first season is expected to be accessible on YouTube just before the second season premieres on July 1. Currently, the first two episodes of the season—”To Me, My X-Men” and “Mutant Liberation Begins”—are live on the platform. The episodes are streaming in 1080p resolution.

Promotional Strategy and Future Outlook

While the complete first season will be available for free temporarily on YouTube, the upcoming second season will remain exclusive to Disney+. This distribution model serves as a strategic marketing tool for one of Disney+’s most successful animated ventures, which has already secured a renewal for a third season.

X-Men ’97 serves as a direct continuity sequel to the classic 1990s animated series. It maintains the distinct aesthetic and narrative tone of the original production while utilizing modern animation techniques and updated production values. The upcoming second season is set to advance the overarching narrative by introducing major plotlines involving Apocalypse, one of the most prominent and enduring antagonists in the X-Men franchise. Through this free daily release initiative, Marvel is positioning the franchise to re-engage existing viewers and attract new subscribers to its primary streaming service ahead of the July premiere.

Filed in Home. Read more about Marvel, X-men and YouTube.

Your 8K Living Room On Wheels Has Arrived

Benz’s electric “Grand Limousine” might just make minivans cool.

The concept of a living room on wheels is something of a modern cliché in the automotive world, a vision for a car so comfortable, well-appointed and ultimately luxurious that you’d be just as happy to spend hours there as you would lounging at home.

The problem is that most of those concepts, like the Cadillac InnerSpace or Mini Urbanaut, have depended on the availability of self-driving technology, something that still only exists in the limited circles of Waymo, Zoox and their ilk. We’re still years away from you or I being able to buy a car that can drive itself unsupervised, but that isn’t stopping Mercedes from releasing what could be the most compelling of the rolling living spaces.

It’s called the VLE, and while it requires a human behind the wheel, passengers in the second row will be treated to reclining, massaging seats, a 22-speaker Dolby Atmos sound system and a 31.3-inch ultrawide 8K display. It’s an amazing package, but is it enough to shrug off those minivan preconceptions?

Don’t call it a Caravan

Visually, the VLE fits the silhouette of countless family-friendly minivans that have been handling kid-hauling duties in the United States since the Dodge Caravan planted the seed way back in the early ’80s. Ask Mercedes, though, and they’ll tell you this is a different beast.

The VLE is what the company calls a Grand Limousine, and while that sounds pretentious, it’s actually perfectly appropriate. At 216 inches, the VLE is 10 inches longer than a GLS SUV. It also has an internal ceiling height of 49 inches, making it easy for me, at six feet tall, to move around.

And it is certainly at least as luxurious as your average limousine, with seating to match. The VLE can be configured with room for up to eight across three rows, but it’s best with fewer, specifically configured with the two-seat captain’s chair arrangement you see here.

Two powertrains will be available. The VLE 300 offers front-wheel drive and 272 horsepower, while the VLE 400 4MATIC steps up to a dual-motor, all-wheel drive configuration with 416 hp. Both rely on the same, sizable, 115-kilowatt-hour usable battery pack that spans the floor of the van. Mercedes says it will provide enough range to cover 435 miles on the European WLTP test cycle. On our more challenging EPA test, expect a rating somewhere around 350 miles.It’s an 800-volt system that charges at a maximum rate of 300 kilowatts. That means adding about 200 miles in 15 minutes.

The media experience

As much as I love to drive, the best seats in the VLE are in the second row. From there, you can recline and gaze up through the glass ceiling, or deploy the 31.3-inch ultra-wide screen and whittle away at your YouTube queue.

You can also stream Disney+ directly on the display, but sadly those are the only two video streaming partners of note. Neither Chromecast nor AirPlay streaming are supported. There is an HDMI port if you want to BYO content, but running wires across the cabin doesn’t feel particularly luxurious to me.

You can also pick from a few basic games to play on the system, and if you have two kids who can never agree on anything, you can split the TV into dual, 15-inch 4K displays. The 32:9 ratio means that after splitting, you’re effectively getting a pair of 16:9 displays, which is honestly better for viewing most content anyway. A pair of Bluetooth headsets means a pair of passengers can also get their own dedicated audio.

Sitting up front? There’s plenty of pixels there, too. Specifically, three dashboard-spanning units that make up Benz’s MBUX Superscreen setup. There’s a 10.25-inch gauge cluster on the left, a 14-inch main infotainment screen in the middle and a 14-inch passenger display on the right that can also stream videos and other media.

For the broader aural part of the media experience, you have 22 speakers from a Burmester 3D sound system. It handles Dolby Atmos, so you can be fully immersed in both music and more theatrical content. Interestingly, the system can also dynamically reconfigure itself based on who is sitting in the van and where.

Driving solo? The speakers automatically prioritize you. Have a full van? It’ll fill it all with sound. And it’s very capable of doing that. I cruised through a playlist of Atmos-optimized music, everything from Tay Tay to Axl Rose, and everything sounded fantastic.

Creature comforts

Those two chairs in the middle are heated and ventilated and can sit you upright or slide you to a reasonable degree of recline. No, they don’t go fully flat, but you probably wouldn’t like what would happen to you in an accident if they did. They’re honestly a bit narrow and awkward to get in and out of, but I could see myself spending hours back here without complaint.

I could stay productive, too, thanks to integrated USB-C power in all three rows, and a fold-out laptop tray that looks flimsy but was sturdy enough to handle my Lenovo X1 Carbon. A temperature-controlled compartment in the armrest can keep hot drinks hot and cold drinks cool, and there’s a separate chiller towards the back for more.

RGB LEDs run throughout the entire cabin, so you can give your ride whatever hue you like, and there’s even an integrated nebulizer, making for a bespoke scent, too.

Even the third row is comfortable. The middle seats swing themselves forward and out of the way, so entry is easy, and I had ample headroom back there.And then there’s the driver’s seat, which is also comfortable and accommodating should you have to drive this machine yourself.

Behind the wheel

With up to 416 horsepower delivered through all four wheels, the VLE can be properly quick when punched up to sport mode. It also rides on adaptive air suspension, which can firm up and make the VLE feel that much more responsive in the corners.

But in my time behind the wheel, it never felt comfortable when driven aggressively. I enjoyed piloting the VLE much more when I dialed it down to Comfort, took a deep breath and just cruised along my route.

In this mode, the air suspension is supple, and the throttle relaxed enough that you can ease your way forward without disturbing anyone in the rear seats. The steering has a slow ratio as well, but don’t let that make you think this isn’t a nimble van. With seven degrees of steering from the rear wheels, the VLE can turn its impressive bulk in a far tighter circle than you might expect.

Drivers get to take advantage of a suite of active safety systems as well, including active lane-keep assistance on the highway and a comprehensive automatic parking system that swings this big beast into tiny parking spots. It’ll even automatically back itself out of a tight situation should you make a wrong turn down a narrow alley.

Wrap-up

About the only thing the VLE is missing is full autonomy. It’d be awfully nice to get a machine like this and let it take you to work while you got in a few rounds of Fortnite on that 8K display. Alas, we’re not there yet, but I have a feeling most people who experience the VLE will do so from the second row. This would be an epic airport and event shuttle, but it’s going to be a little while before it enters service.

The VLE isn’t due to hit the American market until late 2027, and while the price isn’t set, Andreas Zygan, Head of Development at Mercedes-Benz Vans, told me this: “It will not be a cheap one, for sure.”

Samsung And Sony Pictures Launch Spider-Man Tracker Ahead of Spider-Man: Brand New Day

Samsung is bringing its Galaxy phones and smartwatch into Sony Pictures’ Spider-Man: Brand New Day with a new fan experience called Spidey Tracker. The online tracker lets fans follow Spider-Man sightings, events, and content drops ahead of the movie’s July 31 release.

The partnership with Sony Pictures gives Spider-Man fans something to play with before the film arrives, while also giving Samsung’s Galaxy Z Flip, Galaxy Z Fold, and Galaxy Watch roles in the movie’s cast. For anyone already following the movie rollout, Spidey Tracker is the new place to check for updates.

Spidey Tracker is inspired by a device used in the film by Ned Leeds, played by Jacob Batalon. In the movie, Ned uses Samsung Galaxy devices to track Spider-Man. Samsung has turned that idea into a real interactive online experience.

The site includes Spider-Man sightings, campaign events, easter eggs, fan posts, and new content tied to the movie. It is available at SpideyTracker.com and through the X account @SpideyTracker.

The massive Samsung campaign is rolling out in 35 countries, so this is a broad global campaign rather than a small regional tie-in. The company also plans to bring the campaign into real-world locations, with possible appearances at venues, live events, creator videos, and Samsung Experience Stores.

On the product placement side, the Galaxy Z Flip, Galaxy Z Fold, and Galaxy Watch will appear in Spider-Man: Brand New Day. The Z Flip gets the portable-device angle, while the Z Fold and Galaxy Watch are used by Ned as part of the Spider-Man tracking setup.

Spider-Man: Brand New Day opens exclusively in theaters on July 31, 2026. Fans can visit Spidey Tracker now and keep checking for new sightings as Samsung and Sony Pictures add more campaign updates through the summer.

Filed in Cellphones. Read more about Entertainment, Galaxy Z Flip, Movie, Samsung, Sony, Sony Pictures and Spider-man.

Rivian Faces A Class Action Lawsuit Over Self-Driving In Its Early Vehicles

Plaintiffs claim the company overstated the capabilities of the R1T and R1S.




Hiroshi-Mori-Stock/Shutterstock

Rivian has been sued on allegations that it made misleading statements about the self-driving capabilities of its R1T truck and R1S SUV. 

According to the class action complaint brought by Rivian customers, the first-generation models of these vehicles are not capable of the offering the self-driving potential that the company had promised. The plaintiffs argued that Rivian represented that those early models would be capable of level 3 autonomous driving, meaning the vehicle would be able to steer, accelerate and break without driver action.

“In reality, Rivian manufactured its Gen 1 Vehicles without the hardware, cameras, sensors, and compute to enable hands-free driving and/or Level 3 autonomous operation,” the complaint states. “No software update — no matter how sophisticated — will enable its Gen 1 Vehicles to perform as advertised. Rivian unquestionably knew that its Gen 1 Vehicles would never be capable of Level 3 autonomy or ‘true hands-free driving’ yet continued to tout the supposed capabilities of its vehicles to induce consumers to purchase them.”

Rivian introduced its “universal hands-free driving” software update late last year. The tech was made available for the company’s R2 collection of electric vehicles and the second generation of its R1 lineup.

When contacted by TechCrunch, Rivian declined to offer comment on the pending case.